WO2013014821A1 - Light source for lighting, and lighting device - Google Patents

Light source for lighting, and lighting device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013014821A1
WO2013014821A1 PCT/JP2012/000832 JP2012000832W WO2013014821A1 WO 2013014821 A1 WO2013014821 A1 WO 2013014821A1 JP 2012000832 W JP2012000832 W JP 2012000832W WO 2013014821 A1 WO2013014821 A1 WO 2013014821A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
light source
antenna
light emitting
support member
illumination
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2012/000832
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
龍海 瀬戸本
次弘 松田
三貴 政弘
隆在 植本
Original Assignee
パナソニック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by パナソニック株式会社 filed Critical パナソニック株式会社
Priority to JP2012527537A priority Critical patent/JP5129413B1/en
Publication of WO2013014821A1 publication Critical patent/WO2013014821A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/502Cooling arrangements characterised by the adaptation for cooling of specific components
    • F21V29/507Cooling arrangements characterised by the adaptation for cooling of specific components of means for protecting lighting devices from damage, e.g. housings
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V3/00Globes; Bowls; Cover glasses
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21KNON-ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES USING LUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING CHARGES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL; LIGHT SOURCES USING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AS LIGHT-GENERATING ELEMENTS; LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21K9/00Light sources using semiconductor devices as light-generating elements, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED] or lasers
    • F21K9/20Light sources comprising attachment means
    • F21K9/23Retrofit light sources for lighting devices with a single fitting for each light source, e.g. for substitution of incandescent lamps with bayonet or threaded fittings
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21KNON-ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES USING LUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING ELECTROCHEMILUMINESCENCE; LIGHT SOURCES USING CHARGES OF COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL; LIGHT SOURCES USING SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES AS LIGHT-GENERATING ELEMENTS; LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21K9/00Light sources using semiconductor devices as light-generating elements, e.g. using light-emitting diodes [LED] or lasers
    • F21K9/90Methods of manufacture
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • F21V23/04Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches
    • F21V23/0435Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches activated by remote control means
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V17/00Fastening of component parts of lighting devices, e.g. shades, globes, refractors, reflectors, filters, screens, grids or protective cages
    • F21V17/10Fastening of component parts of lighting devices, e.g. shades, globes, refractors, reflectors, filters, screens, grids or protective cages characterised by specific fastening means or way of fastening
    • F21V17/101Fastening of component parts of lighting devices, e.g. shades, globes, refractors, reflectors, filters, screens, grids or protective cages characterised by specific fastening means or way of fastening permanently, e.g. welding, gluing or riveting
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V19/00Fastening of light sources or lamp holders
    • F21V19/001Fastening of light sources or lamp holders the light sources being semiconductors devices, e.g. LEDs
    • F21V19/003Fastening of light source holders, e.g. of circuit boards or substrates holding light sources
    • F21V19/005Fastening of light source holders, e.g. of circuit boards or substrates holding light sources by permanent fixing means, e.g. gluing, riveting or embedding in a potting compound
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V23/00Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices
    • F21V23/04Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches
    • F21V23/0442Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches activated by means of a sensor, e.g. motion or photodetectors
    • F21V23/045Arrangement of electric circuit elements in or on lighting devices the elements being switches activated by means of a sensor, e.g. motion or photodetectors the sensor receiving a signal from a remote controller
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/502Cooling arrangements characterised by the adaptation for cooling of specific components
    • F21V29/506Cooling arrangements characterised by the adaptation for cooling of specific components of globes, bowls or cover glasses
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V29/00Protecting lighting devices from thermal damage; Cooling or heating arrangements specially adapted for lighting devices or systems
    • F21V29/50Cooling arrangements
    • F21V29/56Cooling arrangements using liquid coolants
    • F21V29/58Cooling arrangements using liquid coolants characterised by the coolants
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21VFUNCTIONAL FEATURES OR DETAILS OF LIGHTING DEVICES OR SYSTEMS THEREOF; STRUCTURAL COMBINATIONS OF LIGHTING DEVICES WITH OTHER ARTICLES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F21V31/00Gas-tight or water-tight arrangements
    • F21V31/005Sealing arrangements therefor
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2107/00Light sources with three-dimensionally disposed light-generating elements
    • F21Y2107/40Light sources with three-dimensionally disposed light-generating elements on the sides of polyhedrons, e.g. cubes or pyramids
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2107/00Light sources with three-dimensionally disposed light-generating elements
    • F21Y2107/60Light sources with three-dimensionally disposed light-generating elements on stacked substrates
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F21LIGHTING
    • F21YINDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES F21K, F21L, F21S and F21V, RELATING TO THE FORM OR THE KIND OF THE LIGHT SOURCES OR OF THE COLOUR OF THE LIGHT EMITTED
    • F21Y2115/00Light-generating elements of semiconductor light sources
    • F21Y2115/10Light-emitting diodes [LED]

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an illumination light source and an illumination device using a semiconductor light emitting element, and more particularly to an illumination light source and an illumination device that receive and control an illumination from an external wireless signal.
  • a light bulb-shaped illumination light source using a semiconductor light emitting element such as a light emitting diode (LED) has been widely used as a substitute for an incandescent light bulb.
  • a light source for illumination provided with a function of receiving and controlling a wireless signal from the outside (for example, Patent Document 1).
  • an illumination light source is provided with an antenna for transmitting and receiving a wireless signal in the illumination light source
  • the antenna be disposed at a position where the wireless signal can be transmitted and received with high sensitivity.
  • the illumination light source itself is located in a recessed area in the opening provided in the ceiling Accordingly, transmission and reception of radio waves of the wireless signal is hindered by the ceiling or the like, and the wireless signal is less likely to reach the illumination light source in the opening. In such a case, it is desirable to be able to more reliably execute transmission and reception of wireless signals.
  • the light distribution characteristics of the illumination light source be as good as possible.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide an illumination light source and an illumination device that can transmit and receive a wireless signal more reliably and realize excellent light distribution characteristics. Do.
  • a light source for illumination is a light source for illumination that includes a hollow globe made of a translucent member, and receives a wireless signal from the outside to control lighting of a semiconductor light emitting element.
  • the semiconductor light emitting device is supported by a support member inside the glove, and an antenna for receiving the wireless signal is disposed in the glove.
  • a lighting device is characterized by including the light source for illumination.
  • the arrangement position of the light source is closer to the light source position of the incandescent lamp Since good light distribution characteristics closer to the light characteristics can be obtained, and the light source for illumination is arranged inside the glove that is relatively exposed to the outside when the light source is mounted on the illumination device, it is possible to obtain wireless Transmission and reception of signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • an illumination light source that can perform parent signal reception of a wireless signal more reliably, and realize excellent light distribution characteristics.
  • FIG. 1 It is a top view of a circuit unit, (a) is a top view seen from the surface side of a circuit board, (b) is a top view seen from the back side. It is a circuit diagram showing the circuit composition of a circuit unit. It is sectional drawing which shows the general
  • FIG. 1 is an external appearance perspective view of the light source for illumination
  • FIG. 2 is a top view of a light emission part.
  • FIG. 1 is an external appearance perspective view of the light source for illumination
  • FIG. 2 is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 2.
  • FIG. 2 is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 3.
  • FIG. 2 is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 4.
  • FIG. 1 is an external appearance perspective view of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modification 7. It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 8.
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modified Example 8; It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 9.
  • FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modification 13.
  • FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view of a lighting light source according to Modification 14. It is arrow sectional drawing along the C-C 'line
  • FIG. 28 is a continuation of FIG. 27 illustrating the method of forming joints in the flare.
  • (A), (b) and (c) are arrow sectional views along the line corresponding to the DD 'line in FIG. 23, and (a'), (b ') and (c') are It is arrow sectional drawing which followed the EE 'line in (a), (b), and (c), respectively.
  • FIG. 28 It is a figure which shows the continuation of FIG. 28, Comprising: It is a figure which shows the method of forming an exhaust port.
  • (A), (b) is an arrow sectional view along a line corresponding to the line DD 'in FIG. 23, (a'), (b ') are respectively in (a), (b) It is an arrow sectional view along an EE 'line.
  • FIG. 30 Comprising: (a) is a figure which shows the glove sealing process by a drop seal system, (b), (c) discards the air in a glove and is a process of filling with helium.
  • FIG. FIG. 32 is a view showing the continuation of FIG. 31 and (a) is a view showing a process of sealing the exhaust pipe, (b) and (c) showing a process of attaching a circuit unit, a housing and a cap
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows the glove sealing process by a butt seal system. It is sectional drawing of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 15. FIG. It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 16. As shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 21 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modification 19.
  • FIG. It is a partially broken side view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 30.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows the main manufacturing processes about the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 32.
  • FIG. It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33.
  • FIG. It is sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows the main manufacturing processes about the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows the main manufacturing processes about the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the illuminating device which concerns on the modification 57.
  • FIG. 1 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment.
  • FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the illumination light source 1.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 1 taken along the line AA ′ shown in FIG.
  • the alternate long and short dash line drawn along the vertical direction of the drawing shows the lamp axis J1 of the illumination light source 1.
  • the illumination light source 1 emits light above the drawing along the lamp axis J1. It is the main emission direction of light.
  • the main emission direction of the light emitted from the illumination light source 1 is "upper", and the direction opposite to the main emission direction is "downward".
  • each embodiment and each modification it is the same, unless there is particular notice.
  • the illumination light source 1 is a bulb-type lamp that substitutes for an incandescent bulb, and uses an LED as a semiconductor light emitting element as a light source. It is an LED lamp.
  • the illumination light source 1 includes, as its main components, a translucent globe 10, a light emitting unit 20 including a semiconductor light emitting element 22 (see FIG. 4) which is a light source, and a cap 30 for receiving power from the outside. And a support member 40 for supporting the light emitting unit 20 in the glove 10.
  • a case 60 is attached to the opening side end 11 a which is an end of the glove 10 on the opening 11 side.
  • the case 60 has a tubular shape.
  • a base 30 is attached to one end of the case 60 (the lower end in FIGS. 1 to 3).
  • the opening on the other end side (upper side in FIGS. 1 to 3) of the case 60 is closed by the base 50.
  • a circuit unit 80 is stored inside the case 60.
  • a support member 40 is provided upright on the base 50 in the direction of extension into the glove 10, and the light emitting unit 20 is attached to the end of the support member 40 in the extension direction.
  • the globe 10 has a shape similar to that of an incandescent bulb (also referred to as a glass bulb).
  • the globe 10 is here a so-called A-type, which is similar in shape to a general incandescent bulb (bulb with a filament).
  • the glove 10 is composed of a hollow spherical portion 10a and a cylindrical portion 10b.
  • the cylindrical part 10b is diameter-reduced as it leaves
  • the opening 11 exists in the edge part on the opposite side to the spherical part 10a in the cylindrical part 10b, and let this edge part be the opening side edge part 11a.
  • the glove 10 is made of a translucent material.
  • translucent materials include glass materials and resin materials such as acrylics.
  • the glove 10 is made of, for example, a glass material.
  • the shape of the glove 10 does not have to be A-shaped.
  • the shape of the glove 10 may be G-shaped or E-shaped or the like.
  • the glove 10 does not necessarily have to be transparent to visible light, and may be subjected to a diffusion treatment, for example, by applying silica to form a milky white diffusion film.
  • it may be colored in red, yellow or the like, or a pattern or picture may be applied.
  • a reflective film or the like may be provided on the base side of the light source as in the case of a reflex light bulb.
  • the thickness of the plurality of portions of the globe 10 unevenly, the light from the light emitting unit 20 can hit the uneven portion of the thickness, and the glittering feeling of light can be enhanced.
  • FIG. 4 (a) is a plan view of the light emitting unit 20 in the illumination light source 1
  • FIG. 4 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the light emitting unit 20 along the line BB 'in FIG. 4 (a). is there.
  • the light emitting unit 20 includes a mounting substrate 21 and a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 mounted on a front surface which is a main surface on the upper side of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is an LED element
  • the light emitting unit 20 includes, in addition to the mounting substrate 21 and the semiconductor light emitting element 22, a sealing body 23 that covers the semiconductor light emitting element 22.
  • the semiconductor light emitting element 22 may be, for example, an LD (laser diode), and an EL element (electric luminescence element). It may be, for example, an LD (laser diode), and an EL element (electric luminescence element). It may be
  • the mounting substrate 21 is made of a translucent material.
  • a translucent material used for the mounting substrate 21 for example, a sapphire substrate, a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a translucent resin substrate or the like is used.
  • the mounting substrate 21 has a rectangular shape in a plan view, and as the material, for example, glass, alumina or the like is used.
  • a wiring pattern 27 for electrically connecting the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 (series connection or / and parallel connection) or connecting with the circuit unit 80 is formed on the mounting substrate 21, a wiring pattern 27 for electrically connecting the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 (series connection or / and parallel connection) or connecting with the circuit unit 80 is formed. There is. A part of the wiring pattern 27 is shown in FIG. 4 (a).
  • the wiring pattern 27 is also preferably made of a translucent material, and even if ITO or the like is used as such a translucent material. Good.
  • the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are mounted linearly along the longitudinal direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21 at intervals (for example, at equal intervals). It is mounted on the surface of the substrate 21.
  • two rows in which ten semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are arranged at substantially equal intervals are arranged.
  • the number, the arrangement, and the like of the semiconductor light emitting devices 22 arranged in one column are not limited to the above, and are appropriately determined according to the luminance and the like required for the illumination light source 1. That is, the number of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 arranged in one row is not limited to 10, and can be appropriately changed according to the application. Further, the number of rows in which the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are arranged on the mounting substrate 21 is not limited to two, and may be one, or three or more rows.
  • the sealing body 23 is mainly made of a translucent material.
  • the sealing body 23 has a function of preventing air and moisture from entering the semiconductor light emitting element 22.
  • the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 constituting the line are covered in row units in which the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are linearly arranged.
  • the sealing body 23 needs to convert the wavelength of light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 into a predetermined wavelength, in addition to the above-described intrusion prevention function of air or the like, the light from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 It also has a wavelength conversion function to convert the wavelength of
  • the wavelength conversion function can be implemented, for example, by mixing a wavelength conversion material that converts the wavelength of a predetermined light into the translucent material.
  • silicone resin can be utilized, for example.
  • fluorescent substance particle can be utilized as a wavelength conversion material, for example.
  • the semiconductor light emitting element 22 emits blue light, and phosphor particles that convert blue light into yellow light are used as a wavelength conversion material.
  • white light mixed with blue light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and yellow light wavelength-converted by the phosphor particles is emitted from the light emitting unit 20 (light source for illumination 1).
  • second through holes 26 penetrating the mounting substrate 21 and the feeding terminals 24 a and 24 b are provided in the portions of the mounting substrate 21 where the feeding terminals 24 a and 24 b are formed.
  • one end of each of the lead wires 71 and 72 is inserted into each of the second through holes 26, and a conductive bonding member 73 made of solder or the like is used.
  • the feed terminal 24 a and the lead wire 71 are electrically connected
  • the feed terminal 24 b and the lead wire 72 are electrically connected.
  • the first through hole 25 is provided so as to penetrate the mounting substrate 21 and is configured to be fitted with a convex portion 43 of the support member 40 described later, and the top view shape of the first through hole 25 is , And the top view shape of the convex portion 43.
  • the shape of the first through hole 25 in the longitudinal direction coincides with the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 and the width direction of the mounting substrate 21 as shown in FIG. It is a rectangle coinciding with the width direction.
  • the first through holes 25 are provided substantially at the center of the mounting substrate 21. That is, the first through hole 25 is provided at the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, and is provided between the two sealing bodies 23 in the present embodiment.
  • the case 60 has the same shape as the portion close to the base 30 of the bulb of the incandescent lamp.
  • the case 60 has the large diameter portion 61 in the glove 10 side half in the central axis direction and the small diameter portion 62 in the mouth ring half, and between the large diameter portion 61 and the small diameter portion 62 There is a step 63.
  • the end of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 is closed by the base 50 as described above.
  • the groove 54 between the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 and the base 50 is filled with an adhesive 55 such as a resin, and the opening side end 11a of the glove 10 is inserted therein to solidify the adhesive. 10 are fixed relative to the base 50 and the case 60.
  • a base 30 is screwed to the small diameter portion 62 of the case 60.
  • the base 30 is an Edison type. Therefore, the outer periphery of the small diameter portion 62 is a male screw, and is screwed into the base 30. Thus, the base 30 and the case 60 are screwed together. Details will be described later.
  • the small diameter portion 62 of the case 60 is formed with a groove 64 extending in parallel with the direction in which the central axis of the case 60 extends.
  • the groove 64 is for fixing a lead wire 75 for connecting a base 30, which will be described later, and the circuit unit 80 (for restricting the movement of the lead wire 75).
  • the case 60 is made of a resin material such as polybutylene terephthalate (PBT).
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • the case 60 has the large diameter portion similar to the incandescent lamp as a whole in a state where the glove 10 is attached to the upper side end and the cap 30 is attached to the lower side end.
  • the shape of the curve 61 is expanded in a curved shape as it moves from the base 30 side to the glove 10 side.
  • the case 60 has a function of releasing the heat generated at the time of lighting of the circuit unit 80 housed inside to the outside. Heat dissipation is performed by heat conduction from the case 60 to the outside air, convection of the outside air, radiation, and the like.
  • the case 60 has an opening at the upper end thereof closed by the base 50 as described above, and an opening at the lower end thereof closed by the base 30 to have a substantially sealed space inside.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated in this space. The method of storing the circuit unit 80 will be described later in detail.
  • the base 30 is for receiving power from the socket of the lighting fixture 1 when the lighting light source 1 is mounted on the lighting fixture and turned on.
  • the type of the base 30 is not particularly limited, but in the present embodiment, an Edison type is used.
  • the base 30 is cylindrical and has a shell portion 33 whose peripheral wall is screw-shaped, and an eyelet portion 35 attached to the shell portion 33 via an insulating member 34.
  • the shell portion 33 is connected to the circuit unit 80 through the lead wire 75, and the eyelet portion 35 is connected to the circuit unit 80 through the lead wire 74.
  • the lead wire 75 is covered with the shell portion 33 in a state of being drawn out from the inside of the small diameter portion 62 of the case 60 through the opening at the lower end and being fitted in the groove 64 of the case 60.
  • the lead wire 75 is sandwiched between the outer periphery of the case 60 and the inner periphery of the shell portion 33, and the lead wire 75 is fixed to the cap 30, and the lead wire 75 and the cap 30 are electrically connected.
  • the base 50 is inserted into the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60. Since the base 50 is inserted into the case 60, the base 50 has an outer surface (circumferential surface) corresponding to the inner surface of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60.
  • the inner peripheral surface of case 60 corresponds to the outer peripheral surface of base 50, and since the cross-sectional shape of the inner peripheral surface of large diameter portion 61 is circular, base 50 also has a cross section. It has a disk-like shape that is circular in shape.
  • the base 50 has a small diameter portion 50a and a large diameter portion 50b having a larger diameter than the small diameter portion 50a.
  • the outer peripheral surface of the large diameter portion 50 b corresponds to (is in contact with) the inner peripheral surface of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60.
  • the opening side end 11 a of the glove 10 is inserted into the groove 54 and fixed by an adhesive 55.
  • the base 50 is joined to the case 60 and the glove 10 by the adhesive 55 while being inserted into the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60.
  • the base 50 has a function of closing the upper side opening of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 as described above. Further, heat is generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 when the semiconductor light emitting element 22 emits light, but the heat of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 transmitted from the mounting substrate 21 to the support 50 and transmitted to the base 50 is The base 50 further has a function of transmitting to the glove 10 and the case 60. For this reason, the base 50 is made of a material having good thermal conductivity. Specifically, for example, metal such as aluminum, resin, ceramic or the like.
  • the support member 40 supports the light emitting unit 20 at a central position inside the glove 10.
  • the central position is a position corresponding to the light source (filament) position in the incandescent lamp, and is, for example, substantially the same position as the position where the filament is disposed in the incandescent lamp.
  • the support member 40 has a bar-like shape, and the upper end is coupled to the light emitting unit 20 and the lower end is attached to the base 50. That is, the support member 40 is erected on the base 50 in a state of extending from the base 50 to the inside of the glove 10.
  • connection between the upper end portion of the support member 40 and the light emitting unit 20 uses, for example, an engagement structure.
  • a protrusion 43 is formed substantially at the center of the upper surface 41 of the support member 40.
  • a first through hole 25 is formed substantially at the center of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20. That is, the first through hole 25 is provided at the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, and is provided between the two sealing bodies 23 in the present embodiment.
  • the shape of the convex portion 43 and the shape of the first through hole 25 correspond to each other, and the convex portion 43 of the upper surface 41 of the support member 40 is inserted into the first through hole 25 of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 The mounting substrate 21 is placed on the upper surface 41 of the support member 40 so as to fit.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is disposed with the surface on which the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are mounted facing the top of the globe 10. That is, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is planarly disposed with its main emission oblique direction directed to the upper side of the illumination light source 1.
  • FIG. 5 is a principal part expanded sectional view of the light emission part 20 and the supporting member 40 of the light source 1 for illumination which concerns on this embodiment.
  • FIG. 5 shows a state before the power supply terminals 24a (24b) and the lead wires 71 (72) (not shown) are connected by soldering.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is placed on the upper surface 41 of the support member 40 so that the first through holes 25 of the light emitting unit 20 are fitted to the convex portions 43 of the support member 40. At this time, the attitude of the light emitting unit 20 is regulated by the convex portion 43, and the direction of the light emitting unit 20 is determined according to the convex portion 43. As described above, in the present embodiment, the light emitting unit 20 and the support member 40 are coupled by fitting the first through hole 25 to the convex portion 43, and the light emitting unit 20 is fixedly supported by the support member 40. Be done. In addition to this, when the light emitting unit 20 is fixed to the support member 40 by fitting the first through hole 25 to the convex portion 43, the alignment between the light emitting unit 20 and the support member 40 can be easily performed. Can.
  • the bonding between the lower end of the support member 40 and the base 50 uses, for example, an adhesive structure.
  • the lower surface of the support member 40 is flat.
  • the flat lower surface of the support member 40 is fixed (bonded) to the flat upper surface of the base 50 by an adhesive (not shown).
  • the support member 40 has a function of supporting the light emitting unit 20 inside the globe 10 and also has a function of transferring the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 to the base 50 at the time of light emission.
  • This heat transfer function can be implemented by using a material with high thermal conductivity. Examples of the material having high thermal conductivity include metals and ceramics.
  • the support member 40 is made of, for example, aluminum.
  • the light emitting unit 20 can emit the light from the light emitting unit 20 downward as well by forming the mounting substrate 21 with a translucent material.
  • the support member 40 has a shape close to a rod-like shape as much as possible so as not to block the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 (the light emitting unit 20).
  • the middle region of the support member 40 is a cylindrical portion 47 having a circular cross section.
  • the upper region of the support member 40 is a flat portion 48 having a flat shape (thin in the width direction) in the width direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21.
  • the lower region of the support member 40 is a frusto-conical cone 42 which increases in diameter as it approaches the base 50. As a result, the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and reaching the lower end of the support member 40 is easily reflected.
  • the support member 40 may be made of a translucent material (for example, a glass material) so as not to block the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22, or light is reflected on the surface of the support member 40. It may be processed to enhance its properties.
  • a translucent material for example, a glass material
  • through holes 44 and 45 for inserting the lead wires 71 and 72 for electrically connecting the circuit unit 80 and the light emitting unit 20 are formed in the support member 40, and the lead 50 is also formed on the base 50.
  • Through holes 51 and 52 for inserting the wires 71 and 72 respectively are formed.
  • the through holes 44, 45, and 51, 52 may be formed at different positions instead of being provided at substantially symmetrical positions with respect to the central axis of the support member 40 as shown in FIG.
  • a through hole having a size through which the two lead wires 71 and 72 can be inserted is one each for the conical portion 42 and the base 50. It may be formed.
  • the support member 40 is provided with a through hole for inserting the antenna wire 91 at the back side of the conical portion 42 in FIG.
  • the length of the support member 40 is, for example, 20 to 40 mm, and the diameter of the cylindrical portion 47 of the support member 40 is, for example, 5 to 30 mm.
  • the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21 are 5 to 30 mm in a substrate diagonal direction, and the thickness is, for example, 1 to 1.6 mm.
  • the antenna 90 is for transmitting and receiving radio signals from the outside, and is connected to the circuit unit 80 through the antenna wire 91.
  • the antenna 90 is a helical antenna, and is helically wound around the support member 40.
  • One end of an antenna wire 91 is attached to the end of the antenna 90 on the base 30 side, and the other end of the antenna wire 91 is connected to the antenna terminal 89 e of the circuit unit 80.
  • the antenna 90 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited to this, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used.
  • the length of the antenna 90 (the length in the vertical direction in a state of being attached to the support member 40) is, for example, 20 to 31.25 [mm], but the size and design of the support member 40, the lead wire 71 , 72, and the wiring method of the antenna wire 91, as long as desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied, it may be changed as appropriate. For example, when using in the 900 MHz band, it may be, for example, 80 to 83.3 [mm].
  • the directivity of the antenna 90 is preferably nondirectional.
  • the antenna 90 and the antenna wire 91 may be integrally formed using a single metal wire.
  • the antenna 90 is helically wound around the support member 40 in the glove 10 as described above. According to such a configuration, for example, when the illumination light source 1 is used as a light source of a downlight illumination fixture (see FIG. 55), as compared to the case where the antenna 90 is housed in the case 60 Even if the antenna 90 is disposed in the glove, the antenna 90 is less susceptible to interference with wireless signal transmission and reception by a ceiling or the like, and wireless signal transmission and reception can be performed more reliably.
  • the support member 40 since the support member 40 is made of conductive aluminum, the support member 40 can also be used as an antenna. In this case, since the diameter of the support member 40 is larger than that of the helical antenna 90, the width of the frequency of radio waves that can be transmitted and received can be increased.
  • the support member in the case where a conductive member such as aluminum is used as the support member, the support member may similarly function as an antenna in each embodiment and each modification.
  • the circuit unit 80 transmits and receives a wireless signal from the outside, and controls the lighting of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 based on the wireless signal.
  • the “lighting control” here includes, for example, lighting, extinguishing, light control, illumination color change, and the like.
  • the circuit unit 80 includes a circuit board 81 and various electronic components mounted on the circuit board 81, which will be described later in detail.
  • the circuit board 81 has a disk shape, and is fixedly accommodated in the case 60 with the main surface thereof being substantially orthogonal to the lamp axis J1.
  • the circuit board 81 is fixed to the inside of the case 60 using a locking structure. Specifically, the peripheral portion of the back surface (surface on the base 30 side) of the circuit board 81 is in contact with the step portion 63 inside the case 60, and the circuit board 81 is formed by the locking portion 65 provided on the inner surface of the large diameter portion 61. The surface of the base 50 (surface on the base 50 side) is locked.
  • the plurality of (for example, four) locking portions 65 are formed at intervals (for example, at equal intervals) in the circumferential direction.
  • the locking portion 65 protrudes toward the central axis of the case 60 as it gets closer to the step portion 63, and the distance between the locking portion 65 and the step portion 63 corresponds to the thickness of the circuit board 81.
  • the circuit unit 80 When mounting the circuit board 81, the circuit unit 80 is inserted from the upper side (large diameter portion 61 side) of the case 60, and when the back surface of the circuit board 81 reaches the locking portion 65, the circuit board 81 is further It is pushed downward to pass the locking portion 65. Thereby, the circuit board 81 is locked by the locking portion 65, and the circuit unit 80 is fixed to the case 60.
  • the circuit unit 80 and the base 30 are electrically connected by lead wires 74 and 75.
  • a wiring pattern is formed on the circuit board 81 by patterning, for example, a copper foil or the like, and a part of the wiring pattern is a signal transmission path to the antenna 90 described later. It has become.
  • circuit configuration of the circuit unit 80 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 6 (a) and 6 (b) and FIG.
  • FIG. 6 (a) is a plan view of the circuit board 81 as viewed from the surface 81a side which is the upper side main surface thereof, and FIG. 6 (b) is a back surface which is the lower side main surface thereof. It is the top view seen from the 81b side.
  • the circuit unit 80 includes a circuit board 81, a rectifier circuit 85 disposed on the circuit board 81, a smoothing capacitor 86, a wireless control unit 820, and a light emitting element.
  • electronic components of the SMD (Surface Mount Device) type are mounted on the surface 81 a side of the circuit board 81, and electronic components of the type mounted by lead wires are mounted on the back surface 81 b side.
  • the lead wires 71 and 72 are respectively connected to output terminals 89c and 89d provided on the back surface 81b, and the antenna wire 91 is connected to an antenna terminal 89e provided on the back surface 81b.
  • the lead wires 74 and 75 are respectively connected to input terminals 89a and 89b provided on the back surface 81b.
  • the lead wires 71 and 72 and the antenna wire 91 are wired from the output terminals 89c and 89d and the antenna terminal 89e to the front surface 81a side through the notch 81c provided in the circuit board 81.
  • SMD type electronic components mounted on the front surface 81a are the oscillator 83, the wireless control unit power supply 84, the light emitting element control unit 87, etc., and are mounted by lead wires mounted on the back surface 81b.
  • Type electronic components are the rectifier circuit 85, the smoothing capacitor 86, the wireless control unit 820, and the like.
  • FIG. 7 is a circuit diagram showing a circuit configuration of the circuit unit 80 according to the first embodiment.
  • the illumination light source 1 includes a light emitting unit 20, and a circuit unit 80 that transmits and receives a radio signal and controls lighting of a semiconductor light emitting element 22 (here, LED) based on the radio signal. And.
  • a semiconductor light emitting element 22 here, LED
  • the light emitting unit 20 is, for example, two parallel connected series connected bodies in which ten LEDs are connected in series.
  • the light emitting unit 20 receives supply of power from the AC power supply 19 via the switching circuit 810, and turns on the LED.
  • the circuit unit 80 mainly includes a rectifier circuit 85, a smoothing capacitor 86 (C1), a switching circuit 810, a control circuit 871, a wireless control unit 820, a wireless control unit power supply 84, and a lighting control signal detection unit 830. .
  • the input side of the circuit unit 80 is connected to an AC power supply 19 via input terminals 89a and 89b, and the output side is connected to the light emitting unit 20 via output terminals 89c and 89d.
  • the outline of the function of the circuit unit 80 is as follows: AC power supplied from the AC power supply 19 by the lighting circuit including the rectifier circuit 85, the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1), the switching circuit 810, the control circuit 871, and the lighting control signal detector 830 The conversion to power for lighting the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and the output of the converted power to the semiconductor light emitting element 22 are performed.
  • the wireless signal circuit including the antenna 90, the wireless control unit 820, and the wireless control unit power supply 84 performs transmission and reception of a wireless signal, conversion of the wireless signal into an electrical signal, and input and output of the electrical signal.
  • the rectifier circuit 85 full-wave rectifies the AC voltage supplied from the AC power supply 19, and the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1) smoothes it to a DC current.
  • the switching circuit 810 is a so-called step-down DC-DC converter that converts DC power supplied from the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1) into power for lighting the semiconductor light emitting element 22, and includes a switching element 811 and a diode D1. , An inductor L1, and a capacitor C2. By the power supply from the switching circuit 810, the light emitting unit 20 is lit.
  • the DC-DC converter includes single forward, flyback, push-pull, half bridge, full bridge, mag amp, step-down chopper, step-up chopper, and step-up / step-down chopper.
  • step-down chopper method is adopted in the present embodiment, any other method may be adopted.
  • the control circuit 871 is connected to the control terminal 811 g of the switching element 811.
  • the control circuit 871 performs on / off control of the switching element 811 by giving a signal to the control terminal 811g, and steps down the DC voltage supplied from the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1) to a desired voltage.
  • a field effect transistor FET: Field Effect Transistor
  • the control terminal 811g corresponds to the gate of the FET, and the signal supplied to the control terminal 811g corresponds to the gate voltage.
  • the antenna 90 adopts a standard corresponding to a radio signal to be used.
  • the wireless signal includes an instruction to turn on the lighting light source 1, but the frequency of the signal used as the wireless signal is not particularly limited.
  • IEEE 802.15.4 is a name of a short distance wireless network standard called PAN (Personal Area Network) or W (Wireless) PAN.
  • the wireless communication using the wireless signal in the frequency band as described above has a short wavelength as compared with the conventional infrared communication. Therefore, good communication can be performed even when the line of sight between the transmitter side and the transceiver side (the antenna unit side) of the wireless signal is bad.
  • the wireless control unit 820 generates a lighting control signal for controlling power supply to the semiconductor light emitting device 22 based on the wireless signal transmitted and received by the antenna 90, and outputs the lighting control signal to the control circuit 871 of the light emitting device control unit 87.
  • the wireless control unit 820 for example, NXP JN 5142 or JN 5148 can be used.
  • the wireless control unit 820 receives supply of power from the wireless control unit power supply 84.
  • the wireless signal transmitted and received by the antenna 90 is input to the first pin of the wireless control unit 820.
  • the wireless signal input to the first pin of the wireless control unit 820 is amplified in the wireless control unit 820 and then converted to an electrical signal, and finally output from the fourth pin as a lighting control signal.
  • the second pin of the wireless control unit 820 is the ground terminal of the antenna 90
  • the third pin is the ground terminal
  • the fifth pin is the VDD input terminal
  • the sixth pin is a high voltage input terminal
  • the seventh and eighth pins are inductors. It is an input / output terminal of L2.
  • the lighting control signal detection unit 830 detects the level of the lighting control signal output from the wireless control unit 820, and outputs a signal corresponding to the detected level to the third pin of the light emitting element control unit 87.
  • an LED driver (corresponding to the light emitting element control unit 87) in which the control circuit 871 and the switching element 811 are sealed in one package.
  • an LED driver for example, MIP 551 of Panasonic Corporation or SSL 2108 of NXP Corporation can be used.
  • the first pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 is a power input terminal.
  • the second pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 is a VDD supply terminal, and is used for operating voltages of the wireless control unit 820 and peripheral elements.
  • a signal corresponding to the level detected by the lighting control signal detection unit 830 is input to the third pin of the light emitting element control unit 87.
  • the light emitting element control unit 87 is configured to reduce the LED current of the internal oscillation circuit as the level decreases.
  • the fourth pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 is connected to the source of the switching element 811 and the ground.
  • the fifth pin and the sixth pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 are a source and a drain of the switching element 811 respectively.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is provided in the globe 10 at a position (for example, substantially the same position) corresponding to the light source (filament) position of the incandescent lamp.
  • the light emitting unit 20 will be disposed at the position of the filament, and the light distribution characteristic similar to that when the incandescent lamp is mounted You can get it.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is configured using the light transmitting mounting substrate 21, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the mounting substrate 21 and is emitted from the globe 10 to the outside. .
  • the shape of the support member 40 supporting the semiconductor light emitting element 22 into an elongated rod shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 40 can be reduced. it can.
  • the support member 40 By making the support member 40 of a translucent material, the light reaching the support member 40 passes as it is, and the light reaching the inner surface of the glove 10 is transmitted through the glove 10 and emitted to the outside .
  • the light emitting unit 20 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as the light source is supported by the support member 40 at the central position in the glove 10. This makes it possible to obtain good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp.
  • the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 40 and the illumination light source 1 is mounted on the illumination device, the antenna 90 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 10, Compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is less likely to be disturbed, and the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be performed more reliably.
  • the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted since a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 10 is formed. , And further transmit through the glove 10 and are emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 1 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the support member 40 by making the support member 40 into an elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 40 can be reduced. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 1 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the configuration in which the antenna 90, which is a helical antenna, is helically wound and attached around the support member 40 has been described as an example.
  • the manner in which the antenna is provided to the support member 40 is not limited to this.
  • a configuration in which a rod antenna is provided to the support member 40 will be described.
  • a same sign is attached
  • FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment, taken along the straight line corresponding to the line A-A 'in FIG.
  • the support member 140 has a hollow structure having a space 140 a inside, and a rod antenna (long cylindrical shape) is formed inside the space 140 a ( A communication hole 146 in which an antenna 190 which is a pole antenna) is accommodated, and an antenna wire 91 connected to the lower end of the antenna 190 communicates from the space 140a of the support member 140 to the lower end surface of the support member 140; It differs from the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment in that it is inserted into the through hole 153 provided in the pedestal 150.
  • the antenna 190 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited thereto, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used.
  • the length of the antenna 190 is, for example, 20 to 31.25 mm, and the diameter is 1 to 30 mm.
  • the size and design of the support member 140, the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna The wiring method of the line 91 may be appropriately changed as long as the desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied.
  • the directivity of the antenna 190 is preferably nondirectional.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is attached to the upper end portion of the support member 140, and the light emitting unit 20 and the circuit board 81 are electrically connected by lead wires 71 and 72.
  • the lead wire 71 is inserted through the through hole 144 provided in the conical portion 142 of the support member 140 and the through hole 151 provided in the base 150.
  • the lead wire 72 is inserted through the through hole 145 provided in the conical portion 142 of the support member 140 and the through hole 152 provided in the base 150.
  • the through holes 144, 145 and 151, 152 are for passing the lead wires 71, 72, and the through holes having a size through which the two lead wires 71, 72 can be inserted are the conical portion 142 and the base
  • Each of the pedestals 150 may be formed one by one. Also, as shown in FIG. 8, it may be formed at another position other than the position across the support member 440.
  • the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed inside the support member. As compared with the case of being housed in the housing, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is less likely to be inhibited, and the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be performed more reliably. Further, in the present embodiment, the antenna 190 is housed inside the support member 140 Because of this, the support member 140 is composed of a non-conductive member. Examples of the nonconductive member include glass and ceramic, but in the present embodiment, glass is used.
  • the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the lower side of the mounting substrate 21 passes through the support member 140, reaches the lower side of the globe 10, and exits from there. Because of this, better light distribution characteristics can be realized.
  • the support member 140 When the support member 140 is made of a nonconductive member such as glass or ceramic, the support member 140 may be integrally formed in a state in which the antenna 190 is included. In such a case, the antenna 190 is closely accommodated in the support member 140 without providing a space 140 a as a gap between the support member 140 and the antenna 190 in the inside of the support member 140. It is also good. The same applies to modifications 2, 4 and 6 to be described later.
  • the aspect in which the antenna is provided inside the glove 10 is not limited to these.
  • FIG.9 (a) is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source 200 for illumination which concerns on 3rd Embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 (b) is a plan view of the light emitting unit 220 in the illumination light source 200.
  • an antenna 290 is formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220.
  • the antenna 290 is a PCB antenna (print antenna), and is formed in a rectangular wave shape on a mounting substrate using an aluminum thin film or the like.
  • the antenna 290 is at one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25 and a central portion in the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, That is, it is provided between the two sealing bodies 23.
  • an antenna terminal 292 to which one end of the antenna wire 91 is connected is formed, and at the center of the antenna terminal 292, the mounting substrate 21 and the antenna terminal 292 are provided.
  • a through hole 293 penetrating is formed.
  • one end of the antenna wire 91 opposite to the side connected to the circuit unit 80 is inserted into the through hole 293, and the conductive bonding member 73 made of solder or the like is used.
  • the antenna terminal 292 and the antenna wire 91 are connected.
  • the antenna wire 91 is inserted through the through hole 246 formed in the conical portion 242 of the support member 240 and the insertion hole (not shown) formed in the base 250, and is connected to the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3).
  • the antenna 290 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited thereto, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used.
  • the length of the antenna 290 (the length in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21) is, for example, about 20 to 31.25 [mm], but the size of the mounting substrate 21, the arrangement of the semiconductor light emitting elements 22, the sealing body
  • the configuration may be changed as appropriate as long as the desired wireless signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied, depending on the arrangement mode of 23 and the position on the mounting substrate 21 where the antenna 290 is formed.
  • the directivity of the antenna 90 is preferably nondirectional.
  • the supporting member 240 is different from the supporting member 40 in the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment in that the supporting member 240 is formed of a translucent member such as glass, but is the same as the supporting member 40. It has a shape.
  • the through hole 246 for inserting the antenna wire 91 is drawn on the front side in the drawing, but in the support member 40 shown in FIG. It is not shown in FIG. 1 as it is formed and can not be seen behind the cone 42.
  • the through holes 244 and 245 may be formed at other positions instead of being provided at substantially symmetrical positions with respect to the central axis of the support member 240 as shown in FIG. Instead of being formed one by one for each of 72, one through hole having a size that allows the two lead wires 71 and 72 to be inserted may be formed in the conical portion 242.
  • the antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 as a PCB antenna, and is disposed inside the globe 10.
  • the antenna 290 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 10, so the antenna is housed inside the case 60 and In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the light emitting portion 220 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the globe 10, thereby obtaining good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp. be able to.
  • the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted since a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 10 is formed. , And further transmit through the glove 10 and are emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 200 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the support member 240 is configured using a translucent member, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the support member 340 without being blocked by the support member 240. Then, it reaches the glove 10 and is emitted to the outside from there. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 200 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the antenna 290 is formed on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but is not limited to this.
  • the antennas 290 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25.
  • one pair of antennas 290 may be respectively provided on the one end side and the other end side, and the antennas 290 on both ends may be integrally formed.
  • the antenna 290 is not limited to the surface of the mounting substrate 21, and may be formed on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 or may be formed on the side surface of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the antenna terminal 292 may be provided on each longitudinal end and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each.
  • two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 292 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the configuration in which the PCB antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 has been described, but the antenna provided on the mounting substrate 21 is limited to the PCB antenna. I can not.
  • FIG. 10A is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 300 according to the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 10B is a plan view of the light emitting unit 320 in the illumination light source 300.
  • the illumination light source 300 has the antenna 390 formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320, and the antenna 390 is a chip antenna that is an SMD in the third embodiment. It differs from the illumination light source 200 according to FIG.
  • the antenna 390 is at one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25 and the center of the mounting substrate 21 in the lateral direction. That is, it is provided between the two sealing bodies 23.
  • An antenna terminal 392 to which one end of the antenna wire 91 is connected is formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the antenna 390 is connected to the antenna terminal 392 by solder or the like.
  • a through hole 393 is formed in the central portion of the antenna terminal 392 so as to penetrate the mounting substrate 21 and the antenna terminal 392.
  • one end of the through hole 393 on the opposite side of the side connected to the circuit unit 80 of the antenna wire 91 is inserted, and the conductive bonding member 73 made of solder or the like is used.
  • the antenna terminal 392 and the antenna wire 91 are connected.
  • the antenna 290 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited thereto, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used.
  • the antenna 390 for example, AN048 manufactured by Texas Instruments may be used.
  • the size of the antenna 390 is 2 mm in length (corresponding to the width direction of the mounting substrate 21) and in width (mounting substrate 21 corresponding to the longitudinal direction) 7 mm, height (corresponding to the vertical direction) 3 mm.
  • the chip antenna used for the antenna 390 is not limited to the above, and the size is the size of the mounting substrate 21, the arrangement of the semiconductor light emitting elements 22, the arrangement of the sealing body 23, and the antenna 290 Depending on the position on the mounting substrate 21 to be processed, as long as the desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied, it may be changed as appropriate.
  • the directivity of the antenna 90 is preferably nondirectional.
  • the antenna 390 is mounted on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320 as a chip antenna and disposed inside the glove 10.
  • the antenna 390 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 10, so that the antenna is housed inside the case 60.
  • transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 320 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the glove 10, thereby obtaining good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp. be able to.
  • the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted since a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 10 is formed. , And further transmit through the glove 10 and are emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 300 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the support member 240 is configured using a translucent member, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the support member 240 without being blocked by the support member 240. Then, it reaches the glove 10 and is emitted to the outside from there. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 300 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the antenna 390 is mounted on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the antennas 390 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25.
  • the antenna 390 is mounted on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 without being limited to the front surface of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the antenna terminal 392 may be provided on each longitudinal end, and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each.
  • two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 392 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the through holes 244 and 245 may be formed at different positions instead of being provided at substantially symmetrical positions with respect to the central axis of the support member 240 as shown in FIG. Instead of being formed one by one for each of 72, one through hole having a size that allows the two lead wires 71 and 72 to be inserted may be formed in the conical portion 242.
  • the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 has a rectangular shape in plan view, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 11 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification.
  • the illumination light source 400 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 440, a base 450, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • a circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3) is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 3). There is.
  • the mounting substrate 421 of the light emitting unit 420 has a disk shape, and a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 422 are mounted in a ring shape on the surface of the disk mounting substrate 421.
  • the sealing body 423 is formed in an annular shape so as to cover all the semiconductor light emitting elements 422.
  • the mounting substrate 421 is configured using a translucent member.
  • the translucent member for example, a sapphire substrate, a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a translucent resin substrate, or the like is used.
  • the plurality of semiconductor light emitting devices 422 have the same configuration as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 described in the first embodiment, but different configurations, for example, emission color, output (luminance) are different. It may be something.
  • the sealing body 423 is made of a translucent material. Since the semiconductor light emitting device 422 emits light of the same color as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 of the first embodiment, the wavelength of light from the semiconductor light emitting device 422 is converted to a desired (yellow) as in the first embodiment. A wavelength conversion material is mixed in the translucent material. Note that the sealing body 423 has an annular shape when viewed in plan, but may be formed, for example, in a dome shape (circular shape when viewed in plan).
  • the base 450 has a disk shape like the base 50 of the first embodiment.
  • the base 450 has a support member 440 erected at the center of the surface in plan view, and a lead wire electrically connecting the circuit unit (80) and the light emitting unit 420 at a position across the support member 440.
  • the through holes 451 and 452 through which the holes 71 and 72 are inserted are provided.
  • the support member 440 Since the lead wires 71 and 72 are inserted through the through holes 451 and 452 provided in the base 450, the support member 440 is not provided with the through holes for inserting the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna wire Only through holes (not shown) for inserting (91) are formed. However, the through holes for the antenna wires may be provided in the base 450 instead of being provided in the support member 440.
  • the support member 440 has the same basic configuration as the support member 40 of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment except that the through holes for the lead wires are not provided, and the support members A member similar to 40 (in this case, aluminum) is used to form a similar elongated rod-like shape.
  • the through holes 451 and 452 are for passing the lead wires 71 and 72, and one through hole having a size through which the two lead wires 71 and 72 can be inserted may be formed. It may be formed at another position other than the position across the member 440.
  • the end portions of the lead wires 71 and 72 on the side of the light emitting unit 420 are inserted from the bottom to the top through the through holes provided in the mounting substrate 421 and fixed by the conductive bonding member 73 such as solder on the upper surface of the mounting substrate 421 And electrically connected with the wiring pattern.
  • the same effect as the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment can be obtained also by the configuration of the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification. That is, the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 440 at the center position in the glove 10, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 90 is a support member. Because it is attached to the 440 and disposed inside the glove 10, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be impeded as compared with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, and transmission and reception of radio signals are made more reliable. It can be carried out.
  • a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 421 and emitted to the lower side of the globe 10.
  • the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, whereby the light source 400 for illumination is directed downward.
  • the amount of light emitted can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
  • the mounting substrate 421 has a disk-like shape (the shape in a plan view is circular), but is not limited thereto.
  • the shape in a plan view is a polygon such as a hexagon or an octagon, or a heart It may be indeterminate form such as shape.
  • the illumination light source 400 according to the modification 1 is an example in which the light emitting unit 420 having the disk-shaped mounting substrate 421 is applied to the configuration instead of the light emitting unit 20 of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment.
  • the light emitting unit 420 of the first modification is not limited to the above, and may be applied to the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment.
  • FIG. 12 is a partially cutaway perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification.
  • the illumination light source 500 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 540, a base 550, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • a part of the case 60 and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 60, and in FIG. 12, only a part of the circuit unit 80 is visible from the notch portion of the case 60.
  • an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna (pole antenna) having a long rod-like (cylindrical) shape, is accommodated in a space 540a inside the support member 540.
  • a communication hole 546 communicating the bottom surface of the space 540 a with the lower end surface of the support member 540 is formed at the lower end portion of the support member 540.
  • a through hole 553 is formed at a position facing the communication hole 546 of the base 550.
  • the antenna wire 91 is connected to the lower end portion of the antenna 190, and the antenna wire 91 is inserted into the communication hole 546 and the through hole 553 and connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the base 550 is disk-shaped like the base 150 of the second embodiment.
  • the base 550 has a support member 540 erected at the center of its surface in plan view, and the lead wire 71 electrically connects the circuit unit 80 and the light emitting unit 420 at a position across the support member 540,
  • the through holes 551 and 552 through which the holes 72 are inserted are provided.
  • the supporting member 540 has the same basic configuration as the supporting member 140 except that the through hole is not provided, except for the supporting member 140 of the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment.
  • a member similar to the member 140 in this case, glass is used to form a similar elongated rod-like shape.
  • the through holes 551 and 552 are for passing the lead wires 71 and 72, and one through hole having a size through which the two lead wires 71 and 72 can be inserted may be formed. Instead of sandwiching the support member 540 as shown at 12, it may be formed at another location.
  • the same effect as the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment can be obtained. That is, the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 540 at the center position in the glove 10, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 190 is a support member. Because the antenna is housed inside the glove 10 in a state housed inside the 540, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, and transmission and reception of wireless signals are made more It can be done surely.
  • a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the mounting substrate 421 and is emitted to the lower side of the globe 10.
  • the support member 440 by making the support member 440 into an elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, thereby making it possible for illumination
  • the light emitting unit formed by mounting the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source on a single plate-like mounting substrate
  • the configuration provided has been described.
  • the structure of the light emitting unit is not limited to these, and may be configured to include the light emitting unit having a more three-dimensional structure.
  • FIG. 13 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 600 according to the third modification.
  • the illumination light source 600 includes, as its main components, a glove 10, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 440, a base 450, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3) is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 3). There is.
  • the light emitting unit 620 is configured in a rectangular parallelepiped shape by combining six square mounting substrates 621 on which a plurality of SMD type semiconductor light emitting elements 622 are mounted.
  • the respective mounting substrates 621 are fixed to each other using an adhesive or the like, whereby the rectangular parallelepiped-like shape is maintained.
  • the light emitting unit 620 is supported inside the glove 10 by the support member 440 in such a manner that one of the corners of the rectangular parallelepiped pierces the support member 440.
  • An adhesive or the like is used for the bonding portion between the mounting substrate 621 of the light emitting unit 620 and the support member 440, whereby the light emitting unit 620 is fixedly supported by the support member 440.
  • the fixing method of the light emitting unit 620 to the support member 440 is not limited to the adhesive, and an engagement structure, a stopper, or the like may be used.
  • the semiconductor light emitting device 622 is obtained by packaging a light emitting device corresponding to the semiconductor light emitting device 22 and a sealing body covering the same as one chip.
  • the luminescent color of the light emitting element, the material configuration of the sealing body, and the wavelength conversion characteristic are the same as those of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and the sealing body 23, respectively.
  • SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 622 is used in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and like the semiconductor light emitting device 22 in the first to fourth embodiments and the first and second modifications, a mounting substrate is used. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element of the type directly formed on it may be used.
  • each of the lead wires 71 and 72 is connected to a different mounting substrate 621, and the other end is connected to the circuit unit 80 housed in the case 60 through the through holes 451 and 452 of the base 450, respectively. There is.
  • each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected by a lead wire inside the light emitting unit 620, whereby each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80. ing.
  • the illumination light source 600 according to the third modification has the same basic configuration as the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification shown in FIG. 11 except that the light emitting unit 620 having a rectangular parallelepiped structure is used. is there.
  • the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 440 and disposed inside the glove 10, compared with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, wireless Transmission and reception of signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 620 is three-dimensionally configured to have a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the mounting boards 621 are attached at different angles with respect to the lamp axis. Therefore, the main emission directions of the light of the semiconductor light emitting elements 622 mounted on the respective mounting substrates 621 are different. Furthermore, since the light emitting portion 620 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the glove 10, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions, and good light distribution characteristics can be obtained. .
  • the light emitting unit 620 has a three-dimensional structure, and the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions.
  • the submount substrate of the element 622 is not particularly assumed to be made of a translucent member, but a translucent member may be used for both substrates. In that case, it is preferable to use a translucent member for both substrates.
  • the light emitting unit 620 of the third modification is not limited to the above, and may be applied to the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification.
  • FIG. 14 is a partially cutaway perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 700 according to the fourth modification.
  • the illumination light source 700 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 540, a base 550, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • the light emitting unit 620, a part of the case 60, and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 60, and in FIG. 14, only a part of the circuit unit 80 is visible from the notch portion of the case 60.
  • the antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
  • the illumination light source 700 according to the fourth modification has the same basic configuration as the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification shown in FIG. 12 except that the light emitting unit 620 having a rectangular parallelepiped structure is used. is there.
  • the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 700 according to the present modification is the same as the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 600 according to the modification 3 shown in FIG. It has composition.
  • the same effect as the illumination light source 600 of the third modification can be obtained. That is, since the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed inside the support member 540, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. The transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
  • the mounting substrate 621 and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 may be made of a translucent member, in which case the mounting substrate 621 and the semiconductor light emitting element 622 Preferably, translucent members are used for both of the submount substrates.
  • the three-dimensional shape of the light emitting part capable of obtaining good light distribution characteristics is not limited to the cube-like shape as shown in the third and fourth modifications.
  • FIG. 15 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of an illumination light source 900 according to the fifth modification.
  • the illumination light source 900 includes a globe 10, a light emitting unit 920, a support member 440, a base 450, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like as its main components.
  • the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3) is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 3). There is.
  • the light emitting unit 920 is configured in a triangular pyramid shape by combining four triangular mounting substrates 921 on which a plurality of SMD type semiconductor light emitting elements 622 are mounted.
  • the respective mounting substrates 921 are fixed to each other using an adhesive or the like, whereby the triangular pyramid-like shape is maintained.
  • the light emitting unit 920 is supported inside the glove 10 by the support member 440 in such a manner that one of the corners of the triangular pyramid is stuck in the support member 440.
  • An adhesive or the like is used for the bonding portion between the mounting substrate 921 of the light emitting unit 920 and the support member 440, whereby the light emitting unit 620 is fixedly supported by the support member 440.
  • the fixing method of the light emitting unit 920 to the support member 440 is not limited to the adhesive, and an engagement structure, a stopper, or the like may be used.
  • SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 622 is used in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and like the semiconductor light emitting device 22 in the first to fourth embodiments and the first and second modifications, a mounting substrate is used. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element of the type directly formed on it may be used.
  • each of the lead wires 71 and 72 is connected to a different mounting substrate 921 and the other end is connected to the circuit unit 80 housed in the case 60 through the through holes 451 and 452 of the base 450, respectively. There is.
  • each mounting substrate 921 is electrically connected by a lead wire inside the light emitting portion 920, whereby each mounting substrate 921 is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80. ing.
  • the illumination light source 900 according to the fifth modification is the same as the third modification shown in FIG. 13 except that a light emitting part 920 having a triangular pyramidal structure is used instead of the light emitting part 620 having a rectangular parallelepiped structure.
  • the basic configuration is the same as that of the illumination light source 600.
  • the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed inside the support member 540, compared with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 920 is three-dimensionally configured to have a triangular pyramidal shape, and the light of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 mounted on one of the mounting substrates 921 as shown in FIG. Supported by the support member 440 such that the main emission direction of the light source is upward (parallel to the lamp axis) and the main emission direction of the light of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 on another mounting substrate 921 is obliquely below the illumination light source 900. ing. Furthermore, since the light emitting portion 620 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the glove 10, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions, and good light distribution characteristics can be obtained. .
  • the light emitting portion 920 has a three-dimensional structure, and the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions.
  • the submount substrate of the element 622 is not particularly assumed to be made of a translucent member, but a translucent member may be used for both. In that case, it is preferable to use a translucent member for both substrates.
  • the light emitting unit 920 in the fifth modification can also be applied to the illumination light source 700 according to the fourth modification.
  • FIG. 16 is a partially cutaway perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1000 according to the sixth modification.
  • the illumination light source 1000 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 920, a support member 540, a base 550, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • the light emitting unit 920, a part of the case 60, and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 60, and in FIG. 16, only a part of the circuit unit 80 is visible from the notch portion of the case 60.
  • the antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
  • the illumination light source 1000 according to the sixth modification has the same basic configuration as the illumination light source 700 according to the fourth modification shown in FIG. 14 except that the light emitting unit 920 having a triangular pyramidal structure is used. It is.
  • the light emitting unit 920 of the illumination light source 1000 according to the present modification is the same as the light emitting unit 920 of the illumination light source 900 according to the modification 5 shown in FIG. It has composition.
  • the same effect as the illumination light source 900 of the fifth modification can be obtained. That is, since the antenna 190 is attached to the support member 540 and disposed inside the glove 10, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, and wireless Signal transmission and reception can be performed more reliably.
  • light emitted from the light emitting portion 920 supported at the center position in the glove 10 and having a triangular pyramid-like shape is emitted in substantially all directions, so that good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the mounting substrate 921 and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 may be made of a translucent member, in which case the mounting substrate 921 and the semiconductor light emitting element 622 are Preferably, translucent members are used for both of the submount substrates.
  • the configuration in which the semiconductor light emitting device is supported in the glove is not limited to the configuration in which the light emitting unit including the semiconductor light emitting device is supported by the rod-like support member as in the above embodiments and the modifications. For example, the following modifications can be considered.
  • FIG. 17 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1100 according to the seventh modification
  • FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a plane of the illumination light source 1100 including the lamp axis J3.
  • the illumination light source 1100 includes, as main components, a globe 1110, a light emitting unit 1120, support members 1140b and 1140c, a base 1150, a case 1160, a base 30, and an antenna 190 as a rod antenna. , Lead wires 71, 72 and the like.
  • a circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the case 1160. The antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
  • a mounting substrate 1121a having an annular shape on which a plurality of SMD type semiconductor light emitting elements 1122 are mounted in an annular shape is mounted on the peripheral portion of the upper surface of the base 1150.
  • a cylindrical support member 1140 b is placed inside the annular ring of the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 mounted on the mounting substrate 1121 a.
  • a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 1122 are mounted in an annular shape, and a mounting substrate 1121 b having an annular shape with an outer diameter slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the support member 1140 b is mounted on the upper surface of the support member 1140 b.
  • a cylindrical support member 1140c is mounted inside the annular ring of the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 mounted on the mounting substrate 1121b, the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 is mounted, and the outer diameter of the support member 1140c is larger than the outer diameter
  • a mounting substrate 1121c having a slightly smaller diameter disk shape is mounted on the upper surface of the support member 1140c.
  • the mounting substrate 1121 a is fixed on the base 1150 with an adhesive or the like.
  • the mounting substrate 1121 b is fixed on the support member 1140 b by an adhesive or the like.
  • the mounting substrate 1121 c is also fixed on the support member 1140 c by an adhesive or the like.
  • fixation of said each mounting substrate is not restricted to an adhesive agent, You may carry out by engagement, screwing, etc.
  • a recess is formed on the upper surface of the support member 1140b with a size to which the mounting substrate 1121b just fits, and a top surface of the support member 1140c has a recess with a size to which the mounting substrate 1121c just fits.
  • the mounting substrate 1121 a and the mounting substrate 1121 b are electrically connected by two lead wires 76 inside the cylinder of the support member 1140 b.
  • the mounting substrate 1121 b and the mounting substrate 1121 c are electrically connected by two lead wires 77 inside the cylinder of the support member 1140 c.
  • One end of each of the two lead wires 78 is connected to the mounting substrate 1121a inside the cylinder of the support member 1140b.
  • the lead wires 78 are respectively inserted into the through holes 1151 and 1152 provided in the base 1150, and the other ends of the lead wires 78 are connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the mounting boards 1121 a, 1121 b and 1121 c are electrically connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 1122 is different from the SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 622 in the modified examples 3 to 6 in the shape of the package (622 is square or rectangular when viewed in plan, but 1121 is The basic configuration is the same except that it is circular in plan view).
  • a concave portion 1154 is formed at a central portion of the base 1150 and at a position corresponding to the inner side of the annular ring of the mounting substrate 1121a, and the lower end of the antenna 190 is fitted to the concave portion 1154 to thereby mount the antenna 190. It is fixedly held in the space 1140 a formed by the support members 1140 b and 1140 c, the mounting substrates 1121 a, 1121 b and 1121 c, and the base 1150. One end of the antenna wire 91 is connected to the lower end of the antenna 190, and the antenna wire 91 is in communication with the recess 1154 and is inserted into the communication hole 1153 provided in the base 1150. It is connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the antenna 190 may be more stably fixed to the base 1150 by applying an adhesive or the like between the base 1150 and the antenna 190. Furthermore, instead of the fitting and the adhesive, the antenna 190 may be fixedly held to the base 1150 by an engagement structure, screwing, or the like.
  • the light emitting unit 1120 of the illumination light source 1100 according to the seventh modification has a step structure like a wedding cake, so to speak, and is emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 mounted on the mounting substrate on the lower side.
  • the light is blocked by the support member on the upper side and the mounting substrate disposed in the main emission direction, so if the heights of the support members 1140 b and 1140 c are too high, good light distribution characteristics can not be obtained. Therefore, in the illumination light source 1100, a globe 1110 having a shorter length in the vertical direction is used in place of the globe shaped to simulate a bulb of an incandescent lamp. Along with this, a case 1160 in which the length in the vertical direction is longer is used.
  • the basic configuration of the glove 1110 and the case 1160 is basically the same as that of the glove 10 and the case 60 in the illumination light source 1 except that the lengths in the vertical direction are different (that is, the shapes are different) as described above. It is the same.
  • the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 1110 in a state of being housed in the space 1140 a, compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
  • the light distribution characteristics are also mounted on the mounting substrates 1121 b and 1121 c by using light transmitting members for the support members 1140 b and 1140 c, the mounting substrates 1121 b and 1121 c, and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 1122.
  • the light emitted downward is transmitted through the submount substrate, each support member, and each mounting substrate, reaches the lower side of the globe 1110, and is transmitted to the outside from there. Since the light is emitted, it is possible to obtain a somewhat better light distribution characteristic.
  • antenna 190 which is a rod antenna was arranged in glove 1110 in the state where it was stored in space 1140a, it is not restricted to this.
  • a helical antenna may be spirally wound and attached to the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder of the support members 1140 b and 1140 c.
  • FIG. 19 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1200 according to the eighth modification
  • FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of a plane of the illumination light source 1200 including the lamp axis J4.
  • the illumination light source 1200 includes, as main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 1220, a base 1250, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, and lead wires 71 and 72. Etc.
  • a circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the case 60. The antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
  • a rectangular mounting substrate 1221 on which a plurality of (eight in the case of this modification) semiconductor light emitting elements 1222 which are shell-type LEDs are mounted in a row has its longitudinal direction up and down
  • a light emitting unit 1220 configured to form a hollow polygonal prism (an octagonal prism in the case of the present modification) like a plurality in combination in a manner that matches the direction is provided.
  • the lower end portion of each mounting substrate 1221 constituting the polygonal pillar is fixed to the base 1250 by being fitted into a recessed portion 1255 provided on the upper surface of the base 1250.
  • the upper end of the polygonal prism is covered with a disc-shaped lid portion 1243.
  • One end of the lead wire 71 is connected to one of the plurality of mounting substrates 1221 and one end of the lead wire 72 is connected to the other one.
  • the lead wires 71 and 72 are respectively inserted into the through holes 1251 and 1252 provided in the base 1250, and the other ends of the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the mounting boards 1221 other than the mounting board to which the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected are connected by the lead wires (not shown) between adjacent mounting boards, whereby each mounting board 1221 electrically connects with the circuit unit 80. Connected.
  • a recess 1254 is formed in the center of the upper surface of the base 1250, and the lower end of the antenna 190 is fitted to the recess 1254, whereby the antenna 190 is fixed to the base 1250. It is held in the inner space 1221a.
  • One end of an antenna wire 91 is connected to the lower end of the antenna 190, and the antenna wire 91 is in communication with the recess 1254 and is inserted into a communication hole 1253 provided in the base 1250. It is connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the antenna 190 may be more stably fixed to the base 1250 by applying an adhesive or the like between the base 1250 and the antenna 190. Furthermore, instead of the fitting and the adhesive, the antenna 190 may be fixedly held to the base 1250 by an engagement structure, screwing, or the like.
  • the mounting substrate 1221 also serves as a support member for supporting the semiconductor light emitting element 1222 as a light source inside the glove.
  • the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed in the space 1221 a, so compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
  • each mounting substrate 1221 since the semiconductor light emitting element 1222 mounted on the upper side of each mounting substrate 1221 is at a position close to the center position inside the globe 10, it is possible to obtain good light distribution characteristics to some extent.
  • antenna 190 which is a rod antenna was arranged in glove 10 in the state where it was stored in space 1221a, it is not restricted to this.
  • a helical antenna may be spirally wound and attached to the outer peripheral surface of the polygonal prism of the mounting substrate 1221 in a manner avoiding the semiconductor light emitting element 22.
  • the antenna since the antenna is made of a conductor such as metal, it is preferable that the wiring be formed on the inner surface (the side forming the inner side of the polygonal prism) of each mounting substrate 1221.
  • FIG. 21 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1300 according to the ninth modification.
  • the antenna 1390 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being attached to the support member 1340, comparison with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60 As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is supported at the central position inside the glove 10 by the support member 1340, good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the illumination light source according to the second, third, and fourth embodiments or the above-described and the following modifications may be configured to include the antenna 1390.
  • the position at which the antenna is disposed is not limited to the peripheral surface and the inside of the support member and on the mounting substrate of the light emitting portion, as long as the light distribution characteristics such as the base and the inner surface of the globe are not adversely affected. It may be placed at any position inside the glove.
  • a film antenna configured using a translucent member it can be attached to the inside of the glove, and in particular, the film on the inner surface of the region exposed to the outside most when attached to the lighting device of the glove.
  • the shape of the antenna 190 in the said 2nd Embodiment and modification 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 was cylindrical, it is not restricted to this.
  • it may be a polygonal prism such as a quadrangular prism (rectangular parallelepiped) or a hexagonal prism, or it may be a columnar body having an irregular cross section (for example, a heart shape).
  • the size of the diameter of the antenna 190 does not have to be constant over the entire width in the longitudinal direction, and the diameter may be reduced from one end to the other, or from one end to the other
  • the shape may be such that the increase and decrease of the diameter is repeated once or a plurality of times as it goes.
  • the antenna 190 does not have to be configured as a single rod-like member, and a plurality of parts may be combined to form a rod-like shape, or a metal wire or the like may be wound around the rod-like member.
  • a helical antenna may be helically wound).
  • the antenna 290 (PCB antenna) in the third embodiment and the antenna 390 (chip antenna) in the fourth embodiment have the disk-like mounting substrate 421 in the first and second modifications and the mounting substrate in the third and fourth variations. 621, the mounting substrate 921 in the fifth and sixth modifications, the mounting substrates 1121 a, 1121 b and 1121 c in the seventh modification, and the mounting substrate 1221 in the eighth modification.
  • the life may be greatly influenced by the influence of heat. Therefore, in order to secure the long life of the circuit unit, it is important to suppress the heat load on the circuit unit 80.
  • FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1400 according to the modification 13.
  • the illumination light source 1400 includes, as main components, a globe 1410, a light emitting unit 20, a support member 40, a base 50, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91.
  • the globe 1410 has the globe 10 of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment in that the length in the vertical direction of the opening end 1410 c is longer than the thickness (length in the vertical direction) of the base 1450. Except for the difference, the basic configuration is the same as the glove 10.
  • the base 1450 has no step on its peripheral edge, and the diameter is substantially equal over the entire width in the vertical direction, and the diameter corresponds to the inner diameter of the open end 1410 c of the glove 1410 (ie,
  • the basic configuration is the same as that of the base 50 except that it is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the opening end 1410 c but substantially equal.
  • the diameter of the opening side end 1410c of the globe 1410 is set to be slightly smaller than the diameter of the cylindrical portion 1410b, and a step 1410d is formed at the joint portion of both.
  • the outer diameter of the opening side end 1410 c corresponds to the inner diameter of the upper end side opening of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60.
  • the base 1450 is fixed to the open end 1410 c by the adhesive 56 in a state of being inserted into the open end 1410 c of the glove 1410.
  • the open end 1410 c of the glove 1410 is fixed to the large diameter portion 61 by the adhesive 57 in a state of being inserted into the upper end opening of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60. At this time, the upper end surface of the large diameter portion 61 abuts on the step 1410 d and the downward movement of the glove 1410 is locked.
  • an adhesive having high thermal conductivity is used
  • an adhesive having low thermal conductivity is used.
  • a silicone resin adhesive, an epoxy resin adhesive or the like may be used.
  • an adhesive having high thermal conductivity for example, fine particles having high thermal conductivity such as metal powder (for example, aluminum filler) are mixed into a silicone resin adhesive, an epoxy resin adhesive, etc. to enhance thermal conductivity. You may use what.
  • the heat from the light emitting unit 20 conducted along the support member 40 to the base 1450 is transmitted through the adhesive 56 having high thermal conductivity to the heat of the globe 1410. It is easy to transmit to the open end 1410 c. And since the adhesive 57 interposed between the open end 1410 c and the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 is an adhesive with low thermal conductivity, the heat transmitted to the open end 1410 c is transmitted from there. It is difficult to transmit to case 60.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is supported inside the glove 1410 by the support member 40, and the antenna 90 is spirally wound around the support member and taken out. Since it is worn, the effect that the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be performed more reliably and the effect that a good light distribution characteristic is obtained can be expected as well.
  • the illumination light source having the function of receiving and controlling the radio signal for lighting includes a circuit for transmitting and receiving the radio signal, and these circuits are configured.
  • the electronic components that are included include components that are susceptible to heat load.
  • a driver wireless control unit
  • a wireless signal is susceptible to heat.
  • the casing located between the LED light emitting module and the base when the heat from the LED light emitting module is transferred to the base Because the heat is transferred, the temperature of the housing and the internal space of the housing rises, and the heat load on the circuit unit housed inside the housing increases.
  • LEDs have a long life, and circuits (electronic parts) for lighting such LEDs are also required to have a long life.
  • FIG. 23 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • FIG. 24 is an exploded perspective view of the illumination light source 1500.
  • FIG. 25 is an arrow sectional view of the illumination light source 1500 taken along the line CC ′ shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 1500 taken along the line DD ′ shown in FIG.
  • the alternate long and short dash line drawn along the vertical direction of the drawing shows the lamp axis J5 of the illumination light source 1500.
  • the illumination light source 1500 is a bulb-type lamp replacing an incandescent bulb, and is an LED lamp using an LED as a semiconductor light emitting element as a light source. It is.
  • the illumination light source 1500 includes, as its main components, a translucent globe 1510, a light emitting unit 20 including a semiconductor light emitting element 22 (see FIG. 5) which is a light source, and a cap 30 for receiving power from the outside. And a support member 1540 for supporting the light emitting unit 20 in the glove 1510.
  • the open end of the glove 1510 is integrally connected to the stem 1550, and a case 1560, which is a housing, is attached to the end.
  • the case 1560 has a tubular shape.
  • a base 30 is attached to one end of the case 1560 (the end on the rear side in FIGS. 23 to 27).
  • the opening on the other end side (the front side in FIGS. 23 to 27) of the case 1560 is closed by a stem 1550.
  • a circuit unit 80 is stored inside the case 1560.
  • a support member 1540 is attached to the stem 1550 in the direction of extension into the glove 1510.
  • a convex portion 1553a is formed on the upper end of the joint portion 1553 of the stem 1550, and the support member 1540 is attached to the joint portion 1553 by engaging with a concave portion 1544 formed on the lower end of the support member 1540.
  • the stem 1550 is a base on which the support member 1540 is erected.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is attached to the tip of the support member 1540 in the extending direction (upper side).
  • what integrated the glove and the stem may be called a valve.
  • the globe 1510 has a shape similar to a bulb (also referred to as a glass bulb) of an incandescent bulb (a bulb having a filament), and is a so-called A type.
  • the globe 1510 is composed of a hollow spherical portion 1510a and a cylindrical portion 1510b.
  • the cylindrical portion 1510 b reduces in diameter as it is separated from the spherical portion 1510 a in the lamp axial direction.
  • An opening is present at the end of the cylindrical portion 1510 b opposite to the spherical portion 1510 a, and the opening is closed by the stem 1550.
  • the edge part by which this opening exists be an opening side edge part.
  • the globe 1510 is made of a translucent material.
  • translucent materials include glass materials and resin materials such as acrylics.
  • the glove 1510 is made of, for example, a glass material.
  • the case 1560 has the same shape as the portion close to the base 30 of the bulb of the incandescent lamp.
  • the case 1560 has the large diameter portion 1561 in the glove 1510 side half in the direction of the central axis (lamp axis J5), and the small diameter portion 1562 in the mouthpiece half, and the large diameter portion 1561 and the small diameter portion 1562 There is a step 63 between them.
  • a stepped portion 1566 is annularly provided in the circumferential direction on the front side (upper end side) inner circumferential surface of the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560, and a stem 1550 integrally connected with the glove 1510 is attached to the case 1560
  • the lower end portion 1551b1 of the flange portion 1551b of the stem 1550 is placed on the step 1566, and the large diameter upper end portion of the cylindrical portion 1510b of the flange portion 1551b and the globe 1510 and the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560
  • An adhesive 1556 such as a resin is filled in a space between the inner peripheral surface of the 1561a and the like, and the integrated glove 1510 and stem 1550 and the case 1560 are fixed to each other.
  • the upper end side opening of the case 1560 is closed by the stem 1550 as described above.
  • a base 30 is screwed to the small diameter portion 1562 of the case 1560.
  • the base 30 is an Edison type. Therefore, the outer periphery of the small diameter portion 1562 is a male screw, and is screwed into the base 30. Thus, the base 30 and the case 1560 are screwed together.
  • a groove 1564 is formed which extends in parallel with the direction in which the central axis of the case 1560 extends.
  • the groove 1564 is for fixing the lead 75 connecting the base 30 and the circuit unit 80 (for restricting the movement of the lead 75).
  • the case 1560 is made of a resin material such as polybutylene terephthalate (PBT).
  • PBT polybutylene terephthalate
  • the case 1560 has the shape of the large diameter portion 1561 similar to an incandescent lamp as a whole in a state where the glove 1510 is attached to the upper end and the cap 30 is attached to the lower end.
  • the diameter increases in a curved manner as it moves from the base 30 side to the globe 1510 side.
  • the case 1560 has a function of releasing the heat generated by the circuit unit 80 housed inside the case 1560 when the lighting light source 1500 is lit, to the outside. Heat is released by heat conduction from the case 1560 to the outside air, convection of the outside air, radiation, and the like.
  • the case 1560 has the opening at the upper end side thereof closed by the stem 1550 as described above and the opening at the lower end side closed by the base 30 to have a substantially sealed space inside.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated in this space.
  • the stem 1550 is integrally connected to the glove 1510 and inserted into the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560.
  • the stem 1550 comprises a dome-shaped flare 1551, an exhaust pipe 1552, and a joint 1553.
  • the exhaust pipe 1552 which will be described in detail later, is a thin tube for evacuating the air inside the glove 1510 and for filling the filling fluid 12 instead.
  • the joint portion 1553 is provided on the top of the dome of the flare 1551 and has a convex portion 1553a at its upper end for attaching a support member 1540 described later.
  • the stem 1550 has an outer diameter corresponding to the inner surface of the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560 because the stem 1550 is inserted into the inside of the case 1560.
  • the inner peripheral surface of case 1560 corresponds to the outer diameter of stem 1550, and the cross-sectional shape of the inner peripheral surface of large diameter portion 1561 is circular, so the lower end of the dome of flare 1551 Also in plan view, the shape is circular.
  • the flare 1551 is composed of a flare head 1551a (see FIG. 27) including the top of the dome and a flange portion 1551b (see FIG. 27) extending in the form of a ridge below the flare head 1551a (see FIG. 27).
  • the stem 1550 is joined to the case 1560 by the adhesive 1556 in a state of being inserted into the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560.
  • lead wires 71 and 72 and an antenna wire 91 described later are sealed to the stem 1550.
  • the support member 1540 supports the light emitting unit 20 at a central position inside the glove 1510.
  • the central position is a position corresponding to the light source (filament) position in the incandescent lamp, and is, for example, substantially the same position as the position where the filament is disposed in the incandescent lamp.
  • the support member 1540 has a rod-like shape, and the upper end is coupled to the light emitting unit 20 and the lower end is attached to the joint 1553 of the stem 1550. That is, the support member 1540 is provided on the stem 1550 in a state of extending from the stem 1550 into the inside of the glove 1510.
  • connection between the upper end portion of the support member 1540 and the light emitting unit 20 uses, for example, an engagement structure.
  • a protrusion 1543 is formed substantially at the center of the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540.
  • a first through hole 25 is formed substantially at the center of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20. That is, the first through hole 25 is provided at the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, and is provided between the two sealing bodies 23 in the present embodiment.
  • the shape of the convex portion 1543 and the shape of the first through hole 25 correspond to each other, and the convex portion 1543 of the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 is inserted into the first through hole 25 of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20
  • the mounting substrate 21 is placed on the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 so as to fit.
  • connection between the support member 1540 and the light emitting unit 20 is not limited to the engagement structure, and an adhesive or the like may be used, for example.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is disposed such that the surface on which the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are mounted is directed to the top of the globe 1510. That is, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is planarly disposed with its main oblique direction facing the front of the illumination light source 1500.
  • a recess 1544 (see FIG. 25) is formed at the lower end of the support member 1540, and the support member 1540 is attached (coupled) to the stem 1550 by fitting the protrusion 1553a of the joint portion 1553 to the recess 1544. ing.
  • the connection between the support member 1540 and the stem 1550 is not limited to the above fitting, and an adhesive or the like may be used.
  • the joint portion 1553 can be omitted. That is, an adhesive may be used to attach the support member directly to the top of the flare 1551.
  • the support member 1540 As a material for forming the support member 1540, a material having high thermal conductivity (heat dissipation) is used. Examples of the material having high thermal conductivity include metals and ceramics. In the present embodiment, the support member 1540 is made of, for example, aluminum. Details will be described later.
  • the light emitting unit 20 can emit light from the light emitting unit 20 to the rear by forming the mounting substrate 21 with a light transmitting material.
  • the support member 1540 has a shape close to a rod shape as much as possible so as not to block the light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 (light emitting unit 20).
  • the rear side region of the support member 1540 is a cylindrical portion 1547 having a circular cross section.
  • the front side region of the support member 1540 is a flat portion 48 having a flat shape (thin in the width direction) in the width direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21.
  • the support member 1540 may be made of a translucent material (for example, a glass material) so as not to block the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22, or light is reflected on the surface of the support member 1540. It may be processed to enhance its properties.
  • the length of the support member 1540 is, for example, 20 to 40 mm, and the diameter of the cylindrical portion 1547 of the support member 1540 is, for example, 5 to 30 mm.
  • the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21 are 5 to 30 mm in a substrate diagonal direction, and the thickness is, for example, 1 to 1.6 mm.
  • the inside of the glove 1510 is filled with the filling fluid 12.
  • the filling fluid 12 functions as a medium and a heat conduction path for thermally conducting the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the globe 1510.
  • the fluid to be used as the filling fluid 12 there are a gas and a liquid, and in either case, a fluid having a heat conductivity higher than that of air and light transmissivity is used.
  • the filling fluid 12 is a gas, specifically, for example, helium (He) gas.
  • He helium
  • the advantages of using helium gas include inertness, low cost, and no concern about depletion.
  • the volume and filling ratio of helium gas enclosed in the globe 1510 are not particularly limited. Even when the inside of the globe 1510 closed by the stem 1550 is not completely filled with helium gas, the heat transfer from the light emitting unit 20 to the globe 1510 as compared to the case where the helium gas is not enclosed in the glove 1510 at all. It is possible to promote
  • the gas used as the filling fluid 12 is not limited to helium gas, and neon (Ne) gas may be used as a gas having thermal conductivity higher than that of air, and oxygen is present in the glove 1510. Otherwise, hydrogen (H) gas may be used.
  • Specific examples of the liquid used for the filling fluid 12 include water and silicone oil. When water is used, lead wires 71 and 72, antenna wire 91, feed terminals 24a and 24b on the mounting substrate 21, wiring pattern 27, and conductivity are provided to prevent problems due to deterioration due to rust or occurrence of short circuit.
  • the members disposed inside the globe 1510 such as the bonding member 73, the antenna 90, the support member 1540, those which may be corroded by water and those which may cause an electrical failure are all coated with resin or the like. You should keep it in mind.
  • the support member 1540 has a function of supporting the light emitting unit 20 inside the globe 1510, and the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 with the filling fluid 12 at the time of transferring the heat to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12. It also functions to increase the heat transfer efficiency by increasing the contact area (envelope volume). That is, part of the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 at the time of light emission is transmitted to the support member 1540 via the mounting substrate 21, but at this time, the light emitting unit 20 directly to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid. In addition to heat transfer, heat transfer from support member 1540 to glove 1510 via fill fluid 12.
  • the support member 1540 when a material with high heat dissipation (high thermal conductivity) is used for the support member 1540, the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 can be conducted to the globe 1510 more efficiently.
  • the material having high thermal conductivity include metals and ceramics.
  • the support member 1540 is made of, for example, aluminum.
  • the illumination light source 1500 is filled with the filling fluid 12 having a thermal conductivity higher than that of air in the glove 1510, the air is sealed in the glove in the related art.
  • the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is easily transmitted to the globe 1510 as compared with the illumination light source of the above.
  • the rate of heat radiation from the globe 1510 can be increased to reduce the rate of heat transferred from the support member 1540 to the case 1560, thereby reducing the case 1560 internal space
  • the thermal load received by the circuit unit 80 in particular, the thermal load received by the wireless control unit 820, can be suppressed by suppressing the temperature rise of the circuit unit 80. And, the long life of the wireless control unit can be realized, and good quality can be stably secured over a long period of time.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is provided in the globe 1510 at a position (for example, substantially the same position) corresponding to the light source (filament) position of the incandescent lamp.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is disposed at the position of the filament, and characteristics similar to the light distribution characteristics when the incandescent lamp is attached You can get it.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is configured using the light transmitting mounting substrate 21, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the mounting substrate 21 and is emitted from the globe 1510 to the outside. .
  • the shape of the support member 1540 supporting the semiconductor light emitting device 22 into a long and thin rod shape, the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 by the support member 1540 can be reduced. it can.
  • the supporting member 1540 By forming the supporting member 1540 with a translucent material, the light reaching the supporting member 1540 passes as it is, and the light reaching the inner surface of the globe 1510 is transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. .
  • FIG. 27 is a view for explaining the process of forming the flare 1551 in the manufacturing process of the illumination light source 1500, wherein (a) and (a ′) show the state before forming the flare, (b) ) And (b ′) are diagrams showing a state after forming a flare.
  • (A) and (b) are arrow sectional views along a line corresponding to the line DD ′ in FIG. 23, and (a ′) and (b ′) are (a) and (b) respectively. Is a sectional view taken along the line EE ′ in FIG.
  • the flare 1551 is made of, for example, glass in the present embodiment, and the lead wires 71 and 72 and the antenna wire 91 are sealed to the flare 1551, for example.
  • the exhaust pipe 1552 is fused.
  • the flare 1551 includes a flare head 1551a in which the lead wires 71 and 72 are sealed, and a lower side from the flare head 1551a (in the case where it is finally assembled as the illumination light source 1500.
  • the “upper” and the “lower” indicate the “upper” and the “lower” in the case of being assembled as the illumination light source 1500, respectively.
  • the flare 1551 is formed by processing a flared tube 1551', and the straight portion 1551'a of the flared tube 1551 'is heated by the burner 9 A part of the glass is melted, and as shown in FIGS. 27B and 27B, it is combined with the upper end portion of the glass capillary 1552 to form a flare head 1551a. Further, the flared portion 1551 ′ b becomes a collar portion 1551 b without melting and deformation. A part of the flange portion 1551 b is melt-bonded to the lower end portion of the cylindrical portion 1510 b of the globe 1510 in the glove sealing step.
  • the thin tube 1552 ′ is processed into an exhaust pipe 1552.
  • An exhaust pipe 1552 is used to exhaust the air inside the glove 1510 and to fill the inside of the glove 1510 with the filling fluid 12.
  • the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 ′ is fused to the flare head 1551 a of the flare 1551.
  • the lower end portion of the thin tube 1552 ′ is sealed after filling the filling fluid 12 in the globe 1510. Details of these will be described later.
  • FIG. 28 is a view showing a process subsequent to FIG. 27, wherein (a) and (a ′) show the state before forming the joint portion, and (c) and (c ′) are forming the joint portion It is a figure which shows the state of the back, and (b), (b ') is a figure which shows the state in the middle.
  • (A), (b) and (c) are arrow sectional views along the line corresponding to the line DD 'in FIG. 23, and (a'), (b ') and (c') These are arrow sectional views along the EE 'line in (a), (b) and (c) respectively.
  • the lower end surface of the joint member 1553' is heated by the burner 9 to be softened.
  • the joint member 1553 ' is here made of, for example, glass.
  • the lower end portion of the softened joint member 1553 ' is placed on the top of the flare head 1551a of the flare 1551, as shown in FIGS. 28 (b) and 28 (b').
  • the periphery of the contact portion between the lower end of the joint member 1553 'and the flare head 1551a is heated and melted by the burner 9, and the lower end of the joint member 1553' and the flare head 1551a are integrated, as shown in FIG.
  • the joint portion 1553 integrated with the flare 1551 is formed.
  • the lower end portion of the joint member 1553' is heated and softened by the burner 9, whereby the lower end portion of the joint member 1553 'becomes the shape of the flare head 1551a.
  • the joint member 1553 'becomes more stable when placed, and it becomes difficult to form a gap between the lower end face of the joint member 1553' and the flare head 1551a, so it is melted and integrated There is an effect that air bubbles are less likely to be generated inside.
  • the joint member 1553 ' is formed of a joint base 1553'b having a cylindrical shape and a convex portion 1553'a provided thereon.
  • the convex portion 1553'a has a quadrangular prism shape having a rectangular shape in plan view, and the length of the diagonal of the rectangle is set smaller than the diameter of the cylinder of the joint base 1553'b .
  • the joint member 1553 ' is previously formed in a predetermined shape.
  • FIG. 29 is a view showing a process subsequent to FIG. 28, wherein (a) and (a ′) show the state before forming the exhaust hole, and (b) and (b ′) show the formation of the exhaust hole It is a figure which shows the state of the back.
  • (A) and (b) are arrow sectional views along a line corresponding to the line DD ′ in FIG. 23, and (a ′) and (b ′) are (a) and (b) respectively. Is a sectional view taken along the line EE ′ in FIG. In FIG. 29 (b ′), the periphery of the exhaust hole 1552 a is not made to be a cross section in order to show the exhaust hole 1552 a in an easily understandable manner.
  • the periphery of the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 ′ sealed by the flare 1551 is heated by the burner 9 from the outside of the flare 1551. .
  • air is fed into the exhaust pipe 1552 from the lower end side of the exhaust pipe 1552, and the pressure is high. Therefore, when the periphery of the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 'is heated and softened by the burner 9, the air pressure inside the thin tube 1552' seals the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 'as shown in FIGS.
  • the attachment is broken to form the exhaust hole 1552a, and the exhaust pipe 1552 is formed.
  • the stem 1550 including the flare 1551, the exhaust pipe 1552, and the joint portion 1553 and the lead wires 71 and 72 and the antenna wire 91 sealed together is formed by the process described above.
  • a mount represents integrally the state in which the stem 1550, the supporting member 1540, and the light emission part 20 were assembled
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a process subsequent to FIG.
  • a concave portion 1544 formed at the lower end of the support member 1540 is fitted to the convex portion 1553a of the joint portion 1553 to bond (attach) the support member 1540 to the joint portion 1553.
  • the support member 1540 may be attached to the joint portion 1553 together with the antenna 90 in a state of being wound around the support member 1540, or the support member 1540 may be jointed.
  • the antenna 90 may be wound around and attached to the support member 1540, or the antenna 90 wound in a coil shape may be attached to the support member 1540 so as to cover it.
  • the lower end portion of the antenna 90 and the upper end portion of the antenna wire 91 are connected by the connector 92, and the state shown in FIG. 30B is obtained.
  • the recess 1544 formed at the lower end of the support member 1540 has a shape corresponding to the convex portion 1553a. That is, similarly to the convex portion 1553a, the shape in plan view has a rectangular shape, and the lengths and angles of the sides and diagonals thereof coincide with the convex portion 1553a. As described above, by forming the recess 1544 in a shape that matches the convex portion 1553a, when the support member 1540 is attached to the joint portion 1553, the concave portion 1544 and the convex portion 1553a are fitted, so the support member 1540 is formed. Does not easily disengage from the joint 1553.
  • the convex portion 1553a and the concave portion 1544 in a plan view in a rectangular shape, positioning (positioning in the rotational direction about the lamp axis J5) when attaching the support member 1540 is facilitated, and the lead wire 71 , 72 and the feed terminals 24a and 24b, respectively, which facilitates work.
  • the method of attaching the support member 1540 to the stem 1550 is not limited to the above-mentioned fitting, and may be attached using adhesion, an engagement structure, screwing, or the like.
  • plan view shape of the convex portion 1553a and the concave portion 1544 is not limited to a rectangle, and may be a triangle or a polygon having five or more sides. In this case, if the polygon is not a regular polygon, the support member 1540 can be more easily positioned.
  • plan view shape may be, for example, an irregular shape such as a heart shape instead of a polygon, or a protrusion or a recess may be formed on a part of the circumference of a circle to facilitate positioning. It may have a provided shape.
  • the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 is placed on the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 by the same method as described above, and the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected to the feed terminals 24a and 24b, respectively.
  • the mount 13 is formed as shown in FIG.
  • the mount 13 is inserted into the glove member 1510 'from the opening provided at the lower end of the glove member 1510'.
  • a cylindrical tubular portion 1510'b is provided at the lower end portion of the glove member 1510 ', and the inner diameter of the tubular portion 1510'b is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the peripheral portion of the collar portion 1551b. It is set large.
  • the mount 13 can be smoothly inserted into the glove member 1510 '.
  • the mount 13 is inserted into the glove member 1510 'so that the peripheral portion of the flange portion 1551b is located near the middle in the vertical direction of the cylindrical portion 1510'b.
  • the peripheral part periphery of the collar part 1551b is heated by the burner 9 over the perimeter from the outer side of cylindrical part 1510'b, and the collar part 1551b and the member 1510 'for gloves are made. And fusion.
  • the extra portion 1510'c of the cylindrical portion 1510'b is dropped and separated by its own weight, forming a globe 1510 integrally fused to the stem 1550. Be done.
  • the air inside the glove 1510 is exhausted from the exhaust pipe 1552 through the exhaust hole 1552a, and as shown in FIG. 31 (c), the air is filled from the exhaust pipe 1552 through the exhaust hole 1552a. Fill with fluid 12 (in this case helium (He)). Then, as shown in FIG. 32A, the exhaust pipe 1552 is heated by the burner 9 and sealed. Thus, the inside of the glove 1510 is closed. That is, although the exhaust pipe 1552 communicates with the inside of the glove 1510 through the exhaust hole 1552a, the space inside the glove 1510 is outside since the sealed end 1552b closes the outside. It is a closed space.
  • fluid 12 in this case helium (He)
  • the filling fluid 12 filled in the inside of the glove 1510 does not leak to the outside, and air and moisture do not enter from the outside, so the heat dissipation effect by the filling fluid 12 is sustained over a long period of time be able to.
  • the position sealed in the exhaust pipe 1552 that is, the position where the sealed end 1552b is formed is below the exhaust hole 1552a, and when assembled as the illumination light source 1500, the circuit board inside the case 1560
  • the position is not particularly limited as long as the position does not abut on 81.
  • the circuit unit 80, the case 1560, and the base 30 are further assembled and shown in FIG. 32 (c)
  • the illumination light source 1500 is completed.
  • the open end of the glove 1510 is heated by the burner 9 to be softened and the opening is narrowed.
  • the mount 13 is inserted into the inside of the glove 1510 from the opening of the softened and narrowed glove 1510, and the open end of the softened and narrowed glove 1510 is brought into contact with the ridge portion 1551 b of the stem 1550.
  • the ridge portion 1551b and the globe 1510 in the vicinity thereof are heated by the burner 9, and as shown in FIG. 33 (c), the ridge portion 1551b and the globe 1510 are melted. Put it on.
  • the circuit unit 80, the case 1560, and the base 30 are further assembled to complete the illumination light source.
  • the flare 1551 can be seen from the outside, which may impair the beauty. In such a case, it is preferable to use lead-free glass for the flare 1551. Further, in order to make the flare 1551 difficult to see from the outside, a diffusion process may be performed by forming a milky white diffusion film on the inner surface of the cylindrical portion 1510 b of the globe 1510 or a reflection film may be provided.
  • the light emitting unit 20 including the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is supported inside the globe 1510 by the support member 1540, and the air inside the globe 1510.
  • a filling fluid 12 having a higher thermal conductivity is sealed.
  • the ratio of the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 to the heat conducted from the globe 1510 is increased compared to the conventional LED lamp in which the air is sealed inside the globe. Can.
  • the rate of heat conducted to the case 1560 side, which is a housing, is reduced to suppress the temperature rise of the case 1560 itself and the inside of the case 1560, and the circuit unit 80 housed inside the case 1560, in particular, the circuit unit 80
  • the heat load on the wireless control unit 820, which is one of the constituent electronic components, can be suppressed.
  • the long-term stable operation of the wireless control unit 820 and the other electronic components can be ensured, and the longevity of the illumination light source 1500 can be realized.
  • the light emitting unit 20 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 1540 at a central position in the globe 1510, thereby obtaining a good light distribution characteristic close to the light distribution characteristic of the incandescent lamp. Can.
  • the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 1540, and when the illumination light source 1500 is attached to the illumination device, the antenna 90 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 1510. Compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is less likely to be inhibited, and the wireless signal can be more reliably transmitted and received.
  • the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted since a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 1510 The light is further transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1500 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the support member 1540 by making the support member 1540 into an elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 1540 can be reduced. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1500 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the entire shape of the illumination light source 1500 is a shape similar to the incandescent bulb. ing. Thereby, the mounting compatibility rate of the illumination light source 1500 to the conventional lighting fixture using the incandescent lamp can be made approximately 100 [%].
  • Modification 15 In the modification 14, the configuration in which the antenna 90 which is a helical antenna is spirally wound and attached around the support member 1540 is described as an example.
  • the manner in which the antenna is provided to the support member 1540 is not limited to this.
  • the modification 15 a configuration in which a rod antenna is provided to a support member 1540 will be described.
  • FIG. 34 is an arrow sectional view along a straight line corresponding to the C-C ′ straight line of FIG. 23 of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 15.
  • an antenna 1690 which is a rod antenna (pole antenna) having a long rod-like (cylindrical) shape, is housed inside the support member 1640, and the lower end portion of the antenna 1690 is Is a metal wire, which penetrates the support member 1640 and is led out from the circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion 1647 and is connected to the antenna wire 91 via the connector 92 (see FIG. 26).
  • This is different from the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • the other configuration is the same as the basic configuration of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the support member 1640 is formed of a nonconductive member.
  • the nonconductive member include glass and ceramic, but in the present modification, glass is used.
  • antenna 1690 is accommodated inside support member 1640, and a metal wire at the lower end of antenna 1690 is easily derived from the circumferential surface of cylindrical portion 1647 to the outside. It can be integrally formed.
  • light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the rear side of the mounting substrate 21 passes through the support member 1640 to reach the rear side of the globe 1510 and is emitted therefrom to the outside. Because of this, better light distribution characteristics can be realized.
  • the antenna 1690 is, for example, used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited to this, and an antenna adapted to the desired band to be used may be used.
  • the length of the antenna 1690 is, for example, 20 to 31.25 mm, and the diameter is 1 to 30 mm, but the size and design of the support member 1640, the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna
  • the wiring method of the line 91 may be appropriately changed as long as the desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied.
  • the directivity of the antenna 1690 is preferably omnidirectional.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is attached to the upper end portion of the support member 1640, and the light emitting unit 20 and the circuit board 81 are electrically connected by lead wires 71 and 72.
  • the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is supplied to the globe via the filling fluid 12.
  • the heat is conducted to 1510 and dissipated from the globe 1510 to reduce the rate of heat transferred to the case 1560 side, thereby suppressing the temperature rise inside the case 1560 and suppressing the heat load to the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can do.
  • the antenna 1690 is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being housed inside the support member, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560
  • the support member 1640 is made of glass, from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the rear side of the mounting substrate 21. Since the emitted light can be transmitted through the support member 1640 to reach the rear side of the globe 1510 and emitted therefrom to the outside, better light distribution characteristics can be realized.
  • Modification 16 In the modification 14, a configuration in which the antenna 90, which is a helical antenna, is helically wound and attached around the support member 1540 will be described. In the modification 15, the antenna 1690, which is a rod antenna, is The structure accommodated inside the support member 1640 has been described.
  • the aspect in which the antenna is provided inside the glove 1510 is not limited to these.
  • FIG. 35 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1700 according to Modification 16. As shown in FIG. 35
  • an antenna 290 is formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220.
  • the antenna 290 is a PCB antenna (print antenna), and is formed in a rectangular wave shape on a mounting substrate using an aluminum thin film or the like.
  • the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the same effect as the illumination light source 1500 according to modification 14 and the illumination light source 1600 according to modification 15 can be obtained. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 as a PCB antenna and disposed inside the globe 1510.
  • the antenna 290 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 1510, so that the antenna is housed inside the case 1560. In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 220 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the globe 1510, thereby obtaining a good light distribution characteristic close to the light distribution characteristic of the incandescent lamp. Can.
  • the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted since a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 1510 The light is further transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1700 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the support member 1540 has the same configuration as the support member 1540 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • the support member 1540 is made of aluminum, but the support member 1540 is translucent. May be used. In that case, although the heat dissipation from the support member 1540 is reduced as compared to the case of aluminum, light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the support member 340 without being blocked by the support member 240. Since the light reaches the globe 1510 and is emitted to the outside from there, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1700 can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
  • the antenna 290 is formed on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the antennas 290 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25.
  • one pair of antennas 290 may be respectively provided on the one end side and the other end side, and the antennas 290 on both ends may be integrally formed.
  • the antenna 290 is not limited to the surface of the mounting substrate 21, and may be formed on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 or may be formed on the side surface of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the antenna terminal 292 may be provided on each longitudinal end and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each.
  • two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 292 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • FIG. 36 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1800 according to Modification 17. As shown in FIG.
  • the illumination light source 1800 has the antenna 390 formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320, and the antenna 390 is a chip antenna that is an SMD, according to the modification 16. It differs from the illumination light source 1700.
  • the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the same effects as those of the illumination light source 1500 according to modification 14 and the illumination light sources according to the above-described modifications can be obtained. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the antenna 390 is mounted on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320 as a chip antenna, and is disposed inside the globe 1510.
  • the antenna 390 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 1510, so that the antenna is housed inside the case 1560. In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 320 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the globe 1510, thereby obtaining good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp. Can.
  • the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted since a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 1510 The light is further transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1800 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the support member 1540 has the same configuration as the support member 1540 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • the support member 1540 is made of aluminum, but the support member 1540 is translucent. May be used. In that case, although the heat dissipation from the support member 1540 is reduced as compared to the case of aluminum, light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the support member 240 without being blocked by the support member 240. It reaches the glove 1510, from where it is emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1800 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the antenna 390 is mounted on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the antennas 390 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25.
  • the antenna 390 is mounted on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 without being limited to the front surface of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the antenna terminal 392 may be provided on each longitudinal end, and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each.
  • two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 392 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
  • the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit has a rectangular shape in a plan view, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • FIG. 37 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1900 according to the modification 18.
  • the illumination light source 1900 includes a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 1540, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like as its main components.
  • circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 25) is accommodated in case 1560, and antenna 90 and circuit unit 80 are connected by antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 25). There is.
  • the mounting substrate 421 of the light emitting unit 420 has a disk shape, and a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 422 are mounted in a ring shape on the surface of the disk mounting substrate 421.
  • the sealing body 423 is formed in an annular shape so as to cover all the semiconductor light emitting elements 422.
  • the mounting substrate 421 is configured using a translucent member.
  • the translucent member for example, a sapphire substrate, a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a translucent resin substrate, or the like is used.
  • the plurality of semiconductor light emitting devices 422 have the same configuration as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 described in the first embodiment, but different configurations, for example, emission color, output (luminance) are different. It may be something.
  • the sealing body 423 is made of a translucent material. Since the semiconductor light emitting device 422 emits light of the same color as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 of the modification 14, as in the modification 14, the wavelength conversion material for converting the wavelength of light from the semiconductor light emitting device 422 into a desired (yellow) is It is mixed in the said translucent material. Note that the sealing body 423 has an annular shape when viewed in plan, but may be formed, for example, in a dome shape (circular shape when viewed in plan).
  • the end portions of the lead wires 71 and 72 on the side of the light emitting unit 420 are inserted from the bottom to the top through the through holes provided in the mounting substrate 421 and fixed by the conductive bonding member 73 such as solder on the upper surface of the mounting substrate 421 And electrically connected with the wiring pattern.
  • the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the same effects as those of the illumination light source can be obtained in modification 14 and the above-described modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the globe 1510, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 90 is supported. Since it is attached to the member 440 and disposed inside the glove 1510, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, and transmission and reception of radio signals are more assured Can be done.
  • a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 421 and emitted to the rear side of the globe 1510.
  • the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, whereby the light source 1900 for illumination is The amount of light emitted can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
  • the support member 1540 has the same configuration as the support member 1540 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • the support member 1540 is made of aluminum, but the support member 1540 is translucent. May be used. In that case, although the heat dissipation from the support member 1540 is reduced as compared to the case of aluminum, light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the support member 240 without being blocked by the support member 240. It reaches the glove 1510, from where it is emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1800 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the mounting substrate 421 has a disk shape (a shape in a plan view is circular), but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a polygon such as a hexagon or an octagon in plan view or a heart It may be indeterminate form such as shape.
  • the illumination light source 1900 according to the modification 18 is an example in which the light emitting unit 420 having the disk-shaped mounting substrate 421 is applied to the configuration instead of the light emitting unit 20 of the illumination light source 1500 according to modification 14.
  • the light emitting unit 420 of the modification 18 is not limited to the above, and may be applied to the illumination light source 1600 according to the modification 15.
  • FIG. 38 is a partially cutaway appearance perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2000 according to Modification 19.
  • the illumination light source 2000 includes a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 1640, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 1690 which is a rod antenna, and lead wires 71 and 72 as main components.
  • a part of the case 1560 and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 1560, and in the figure, only a part of the circuit unit 80 can be seen from the notch portion of the case 1560.
  • the support member 1640 has the same configuration as is apparent from the same reference numerals as the support member 1640 for the illumination light source according to the fifteenth modification.
  • An antenna 1690 which is a rod antenna (pole antenna) having a long rod-like (cylindrical) shape, is accommodated inside.
  • the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the same effects as those of the illumination light sources according to the modification 14 and the above-described modifications can be obtained. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 1640 at a central position in the globe 1510, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 1690 is supported. Since it is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being housed inside the member 1640, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be impeded compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, and transmission and reception of radio signals It can be done more reliably.
  • a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 421 and emitted to the rear side of the globe 1510.
  • the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, whereby the light source 1900 for illumination is The amount of light emitted can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
  • Modification 20 In each of the illumination light sources according to the modification 14 and the modifications, the configuration including the light emitting unit in which the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as the light source is mounted on a single plate-like mounting substrate has been described. However, the structure of the light emitting unit is not limited to these, and may be configured to include the light emitting unit having a more three-dimensional structure.
  • FIG. 39 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2100 according to the modification 20.
  • the illumination light source 2100 includes, as its main components, a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 1540, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 25) is accommodated in the case 1560, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 25). There is.
  • the light emitting unit 620 is formed into a regular dodecahedron-like shape by combining 12 regular pentagonal mounting substrates 621 on which a plurality of SMD type (surface mounting type) semiconductor light emitting devices 622 are mounted. ing.
  • the respective mounting substrates 621 are fixed to one another using an adhesive or the like, whereby the regular dodecahedron-like shape is maintained.
  • a through hole is provided in the mounting substrate 621 forming one surface of the regular dodecahedron of the light emitting unit 620, and the convex portion 1543 provided on the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 is fitted to the through hole.
  • the light emitting unit 620 is supported inside the glove 1510 by the support member 440.
  • joining with the light emission part 620 and the supporting member 1540 is not restricted to the said fitting, You may use an adhesive agent, an engaging structure, a screw, another stop etc.
  • the semiconductor light emitting device 622 is obtained by packaging a light emitting device corresponding to the semiconductor light emitting device 22 and a sealing body covering the same as one chip.
  • the luminescent color of the light emitting element, the material configuration of the sealing body, and the wavelength conversion characteristic are the same as those of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and the sealing body 23, respectively.
  • SMD type semiconductor light emitting element 622 is used in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and as in semiconductor light emitting element 22 in the first embodiment, it is of a type formed directly on the mounting substrate. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element may be used.
  • One ends of the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected to different mounting boards 621, and the other ends are connected to the circuit unit 80 housed in the case 1560.
  • each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected by a lead wire inside the light emitting portion 620, whereby each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80. ing.
  • the illumination light source 2100 according to the modification 20 is basically the same as the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 shown in FIG. 23 except that a light emitting unit 620 having a regular dodecahedron-like structure is used. Also in the illumination light source 2100 according to the present modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the configuration of the illumination light source 2100 according to the present modification it is possible to obtain the same effect as the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and each of the above modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 1540 and disposed inside the glove 1510, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, Transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 620 is three-dimensionally configured to have a regular dodecahedron shape, and the mounting boards 621 are attached at different angles with respect to the lamp axis. Therefore, the main emission directions of the light of the semiconductor light emitting elements 622 mounted on the respective mounting substrates 621 are different. Furthermore, since the light emitting portion 620 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the globe 1510, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions, and good light distribution characteristics can be obtained. .
  • the light emitting unit 620 has a three-dimensional structure, and the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions.
  • the submount substrate of the element 622 is not particularly assumed to be made of a translucent member, but a translucent member may be used for both substrates. In that case, it is preferable to use a translucent member for both substrates.
  • Modification 21 In the modification 20, the configuration in the case where the light emitting unit 620 having a three-dimensional structure is applied to the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 has been described.
  • the light emitting unit 620 of the modification 20 is not limited to the above, and can be applied to the illumination light source 1600 according to the modification 15.
  • FIG. 40 is a partially cutaway external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2200 according to the modification 21.
  • the illumination light source 2200 includes, as its main components, a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 1640, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 1690 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like.
  • the light emitting part 620, a part of the case 1560, and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views.
  • the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 1560, and in the figure, only a part of the circuit unit 80 can be seen from the notch portion of the case 1560.
  • the antenna 1690 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
  • the illumination light source 2200 according to the present modification is basically the same as the illumination light source 1600 according to modification 15 shown in FIG. 34 except that the light emitting portion 620 having a regular dodecahedron-like structure is used. It is the same.
  • the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 2200 according to the present modification is the same as the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 2100 according to the modification 20 shown in FIG. Also in the illumination light source 2200 according to this modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the configuration of the illumination light source 2200 according to the present modification it is possible to obtain the same effect as the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and each of the above modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat is transmitted to the case 1560 side. The temperature load inside the case 1560 can be suppressed, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed in the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the antenna 1690 is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being housed inside the support member 540, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560 Thus, the wireless signal can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the mounting substrate 621 and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 may be made of a translucent member, in which case the mounting substrate 621 and the semiconductor light emitting element 622 Preferably, translucent members are used for both of the submount substrates.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and as in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 in the first embodiment, the type is formed directly on the mounting substrate. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element may be used.
  • Modification 22 Although the whole rod antenna is accommodated in the inside of a support member in the above-mentioned modifications 15, 21, and 23, it is not restricted to this. For example, the following modification can be considered.
  • FIG. 41 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2300 according to the modification 22. As shown in FIG. In the illumination light source 2300, concave portions 2349 (in FIG. 41, only one located on the front side of the drawing is shown) in which one end of each of two rod antennas 1390 is provided in the cylindrical portion 947 of the support member 2340. And the remaining part extends outward from the cylindrical portion 947 of the support member 2340.
  • the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
  • the configuration of the illumination light source 2300 according to the present modification it is possible to obtain the same effect as the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and each of the above modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat is transmitted to the case 1560 side. The temperature load inside the case 1560 can be suppressed, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed in the case 1560 can be suppressed.
  • the antenna 1390 is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being attached to the support member 2340, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560 Thus, the wireless signal can be transmitted and received more reliably.
  • the light emitting unit 20 is supported at the center position inside the glove 1510 by the support member 2340, good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
  • the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the antenna 1390 may be applied instead of the antenna of the illumination light source according to each modification, or the antenna 1390 may be provided in addition to the antenna of the illumination light source according to modification 14 and each modification. Good.
  • FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 2400 according to the modification 23.
  • the joint portion between the lower end of the cylindrical portion 2410b of the globe 2410 and the lower end 2451b1 of the flange 2451b of the flare 2451 has a cylindrical shape with a constant diameter.
  • An adhesive tape 2457 is attached between the joint portion and the inner peripheral surface of the large-diameter upper end portion 1561a of the large-diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560, whereby the glove 2410 and the stem 2450 integrated together form the case 1560. Bonded to and fixed.
  • the adhesive tape 2457 may be made of a material having heat insulation.
  • FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 2500 according to the modification 24. As shown in FIG. In the illumination light source 2500, the globe 2510 and the stem 2550 are not integrated but are separated. A support groove 2567 is formed on the inner peripheral surface on the upper end side of the large diameter portion 2561 of the case 2560.
  • the inner diameter of the groove of the support groove substantially matches the outer diameter of the lower end 2551b1 of the flange 2551b of the flare 2551, and the lower end 2551b1 is placed so as to fit in the groove of the support groove 2567 and further outside
  • the lower end portion of the cylindrical portion 2510 b of the glove 2510 is placed so as to fit in the groove of the support groove portion 2567.
  • the adhesive 2558 is applied to the gap between the flange portion 2551b and the cylindrical portion 2510b
  • the adhesive 2559 is applied to the gap between the cylindrical portion 2510b and the large diameter upper end portion 2561a of the case 2560.
  • the inside of the glove 2510 is obtained.
  • the sealing property of the fluid 12 can be secured, and the heat radiation effect by the filling fluid 12 can be maintained continuously.
  • an adhesive with high thermal conductivity may be used as the adhesive 2558, and an adhesive with low thermal conductivity may be used as the adhesive 2559.
  • the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 transferred to the collar portion 2551b of the stem 2550 through the support member 1540 is transferred from the collar portion 2551b to the cylindrical portion 2510b of the glove 2510 through the adhesive 2558.
  • it is easy it is difficult to transfer from the cylindrical portion 2510b to the large diameter upper end portion 2561a of the case 2560 through the adhesive 2559, so most of the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 transferred to the collar portion 2551b is on the glove 2510 side. It can be conducted to and dissipated therefrom, and the heat conduction to the case 2560 can be suppressed more effectively. Then, the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 (and the circuit unit 80) can be more effectively suppressed.
  • an adhesive tape 2457 may be used as the adhesive 2559. Also in this case, the thermal load on the wireless control unit 820 (and the circuit unit 80) can be more effectively suppressed by using the heat insulating adhesive tape.
  • the functional layer 2614 can also be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the globe 2610 below the light emitting unit 220.
  • the functional layer 2614 is made of a metal thin film, and specifically, formed by, for example, aluminum evaporation.
  • the illumination light source 2600 uses a PCB antenna as the antenna 290. When the illumination light source 2600 includes the functional layer 2614, the directivity of the antenna can be further improved.
  • Modification 26 As in the illumination light source 2700 according to the modification 26 shown in FIG. 45, even when a chip antenna which is a small SMD is used as the antenna 390, the inner peripheral surface of the globe 2610 is lower than the light emitting portion 320 The functional layer 2614 may be formed on Also in this case, the directivity of the antenna can be further improved.
  • a connection terminal for external antenna connection may be provided to make an external antenna available.
  • a quick connection terminal can be used as the connection terminal of the external antenna.
  • the external antenna connection terminal may be provided, for example, in a case or a glove, since it needs to be provided at a site exposed to the outside when the illumination light source is attached to the illumination device. When provided in the glove, it may be provided below the light emitting portion so as not to block the emitted light.
  • the upper end of the support member 2840 is an adhesive on the information side in the glove 10 (the side opposite to the base 30 in the glove 10). 15 may be fixed to the glove 10. With such a configuration, the heat generated by the light emitting unit 20 can be conducted to the upper side of the globe 10.
  • the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is mounted on the back surface that is the main surface on the lower side (die 30 side) of the mounting substrate 21.
  • the mounting substrate 21 is made of a light transmitting material. Therefore, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 can be emitted not only to the lower side of the illumination light source 2800 but also to the upper side through the mounting substrate 21. Examples of the material that can be used as the mounting substrate 21 include glass, alumina, sapphire, resin, and the like.
  • the illumination light source 2800 is provided with two rod antennas 1390.
  • Each of the antennas 1390 is provided in such a manner that one end thereof is fitted into the recess 2853 of the base 2850 and the other end thereof protrudes into the inside of the glove 10.
  • a through hole is provided at the central portion of the recess 2853, and the antenna wire 91 connected to one end of the antenna 1390 passes through the through hole, and the other end is a circuit. It is connected to the unit 80.
  • the first light emitting unit 2920a and the second light emitting unit 2920b are provided with light emitting units 2920 configured to have two steps parallel to each other and spaced from each other. It is also good.
  • the first light emitting portion 2920a is supported in the air inside the glove 10 by the first stem portion 2943a of the support member 2940, and the second light emitting portion 2920b is substantially on the upper side of the first light emitting portion 2920a by the second stem portion 2943b. They are held in parallel at predetermined intervals.
  • the first light emitting unit 2920 a is electrically connected to the circuit unit (not shown) by the lead wire 2971, and the second light emitting unit 2920 b is electrically connected to the first light emitting unit 2920 a by the lead wire 2972. There is.
  • each of two rod antennas 1390 is fixed to the first stem portion 2943b, and the other end of the antenna 1390 is substantially parallel to the first light emitting portion 2920a and the second light emitting portion 2920b in a direction away from each other. Is growing.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of mounting substrates such as pentagons and octagons or flat mounting substrates having different shapes may be used in combination.
  • the mounting substrate may be translucent or opaque, but it is preferable to use a translucent mounting substrate because the brightness in the irradiation direction (the opposite side of the base) can be improved.
  • the base (not shown) used for the translucent LED module is preferably made of a material having a high light transmittance (for example, 90% or more).
  • the light emission color of the light emitting unit to be used may be made different.
  • the light emitting unit 3020 may be supported in the air in the glove by two lead wires 71 and 72 having rigidity instead of the support member.
  • a stem 3040 protrudes inside the glove, and a helical antenna 90 is attached on the circumferential surface of the stem 3040.
  • a heat sink 3070 is fixed to the back surface of the mounting substrate 3021 of the light emitting unit 3020 by a thermally conductive adhesive or the like.
  • the heat dissipating member 3070 has a flat plate-like first heat dissipating member portion 3071 fixed to the back surface of the mounting substrate 3021, and a cylindrical second heat dissipating member provided to extend downward from the central portion of the first heat dissipating member portion 3071. It consists of body part 3072 and.
  • the shape of the second heat radiating portion 3072 is, for example, a cylinder having a diameter of 5 mm and a height of 40 mm.
  • the inside of the glove 3010 is filled with the filling fluid 12.
  • Feed lines 3172 and 3173 are provided on the inner wall of the globe 1510, and power is supplied to the piezo fan 3171 via the feed lines 3172 and 3173.
  • the illumination light source 3100 it is considered that a further decrease in the temperature of the light emitting unit 20 can be expected by promoting the convection of the filling fluid 12 such as helium gas in the globe 1510 by providing the piezo fan 3171 in the globe 1510. .
  • the feed lines 3172 and 3173 may be made of metal, but in consideration of the light distribution characteristic of the lamp, it is preferable to use a transparent conductive material such as ITO.
  • the piezo fan 3171 is provided in the vicinity of the top of the inner wall of the globe 1510.
  • the convection of the filling fluid 12 can be efficiently caused by the piezo fan 3171.
  • the lower end of the support member 3140 is fixed to the top of the stem 3150 by an adhesive 3153.
  • FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a main part of the manufacturing process of the method of manufacturing the illumination light source 3200 according to the present modification.
  • the illumination light source 3200 includes a glove 3210 in which the filling fluid 12 is enclosed, a case 1560 attached to the lower end of the glove 3210, and a base 30 provided on the case 1560.
  • Rod-like members 3271c and 3271d and antennas 3290a and 3290b extending through the stem 3250 into the glove 3210; and light-emitting portions 3220 provided on the inner ends of the rod-like members and antenna of the rod 3210.
  • the rod-like members 3271 c and 3271 d and the antennas 3290 a and 3290 b are made of a rigid metal material, for example, a dumet material.
  • the light emitting unit 3220 is air-supported inside the glove 3210 by the rod-like members 3271 c and 3271 d and the antennas 3290 a and 3290 b.
  • the antennas 3290a and 3290b have the same basic configuration as the rod-like members 3271c and 3271d, such as the material and the shape, but also have the function as an antenna.
  • the bar-like members 3271 c and 3271 d and the case 1560 inner ends of the antennas 3290 a and 3290 b are in contact with the heat transfer plate 3274.
  • the illumination light source 3200 stores a circuit unit 80 for receiving light through the base 30 to cause the light emitting unit 3220 to emit light in a case 1560, and has an overall shape similar to a conventional incandescent lamp.
  • the stem 3250 is formed by the same method as the stem 1550 of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
  • an exhaust pipe 3252 extending downward through the stem 3250, two lead wires 71, 72, and four rod-like members 3271a, 3271b, 3271c, 3271d are flat plates. Pass the heat transfer plate 3274 through the corresponding through holes 3274a, 3274b, 3274c of the heat transfer plate 3274 made of the upper metal, bring the heat transfer plate 3274 close to the globe 3210, and the inner peripheral surface of the lower end of the stem 3250 and the outer periphery of the heat transfer plate 3274 Is fixed with an adhesive.
  • the circuit unit 80 is housed in the case 1560, and after the lead wires 71, 72 and the antenna wires 91 respectively connected to the lower ends of the rod members 3271a, 3271b are connected to the circuit board 81, the case 1560 is integrated.
  • the lower ends of the glove 3210 and stem 3250 are fixed with an adhesive.
  • the antenna wire 91 is connected to the circuit board 81, the rod-like members 3271a and 3271b become antennas 3290a and 3290b, respectively.
  • the antennas 3290a and 3290b and the rod-like members 3271c and 3271d heat the heat of the light emitting unit 3220 (not yet lit in the state shown in FIG. 50B). It can be transmitted to the
  • the base 30 is screwed into the case 1560, and the lead wires 74 and 75 connected to the circuit unit 80 are connected to the base 30.
  • the illumination light source 3200 is completed.
  • the heat from the light emitting unit 3220 is transmitted to the heat transfer plate 3274 via the rod-like members 3271a and 3271b and the antennas 3290a and 3290b, and from there the case 1560 and the die Heat transfer to 30 can enhance the heat radiation effect.
  • FIG. 51 is a partially broken perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 3300 according to the present modification.
  • FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 3300.
  • a cylindrical portion 3312 is provided inside the globe 3310, and the support member 140, the light emitting portion 20, and the lead wires 71 and 72 are accommodated inside the cylindrical portion 3312.
  • the cylindrical portion 3312 has a bottomed cylindrical shape, and the opening is closed by the stem 3350.
  • a translucent heat conductive resin 3313 is filled in a first region S1 which is a space surrounded by the inner wall of the cylindrical portion 3312 and the upper surface of the stem 3350.
  • the second region S2 which is a space surrounded by the inner wall of the globe 3310 and the outer wall of the cylindrical portion 3312, is filled with the filling fluid 12 such as helium gas.
  • a bottomed cylindrical cylindrical member 3312 'formed of a translucent material is inserted into the inside of a glove member 3310' which is a base of the glove 3310.
  • an exhaust pipe 3314a communicating with an exhaust port 3314 formed in a side wall is welded.
  • the cylindrical member 3312 ' is disposed inside the glove member 3310'
  • the inside of the outer peripheral portion of the opening end 3311 of the cylindrical member 3312 'and the opening end of the glove member 3310' are welded by heating the portion where the peripheral portion abuts each other, and as shown in FIG. 53 (b), the cylindrical portion 3312 is formed inside the glove 3310. Is formed.
  • the inside of the cylindrical portion 3312 corresponds to the first region S1
  • the region surrounded by the inner wall of the glove 3310 and the outer wall of the cylindrical portion 3312 corresponds to the second region S2.
  • the filling fluid 12 is filled in the second area S2 through the exhaust pipe 3314a (this modification) ,
  • helium gas is sealed (see FIG. 53 (c)).
  • the pressure of the helium gas filled in the second region S2 is substantially the same as the atmospheric pressure, or slightly higher than the atmospheric pressure.
  • the exhaust pipe 3314a is sealed by heating a part of the exhaust pipe 3314a to form the thin tube portion 3314b (see FIG. 54A).
  • a structure composed of the light emitting unit 20, the stem 3350 and the support member 140 is inserted into the first region S 1, and the stem 3350 is the open end of the cylindrical portion 3312.
  • the stem 3350 is made by pouring an adhesive made of a heat conductive resin such as silicone resin between the circumferential surface of the stem 3350 and the inner wall of the open end 3311 of the cylindrical portion 3312 in a state of being fitted to the portion 3311. Is fixed to the lower end of the glove 3310.
  • a thermally conductive resin such as a silicone resin is sealed in the first region S1 from the through hole 3350a formed in a part of the stem 3350 (see FIG. 54 (c)).
  • each of the lead wires 71 and 72 opposite to the one end connected to the feed terminals 24 a and 24 b of the light emitting unit 20 is connected to the power output unit of the circuit unit 80. Thereafter, wires such as lead wires are attached to attach the case 60 and the base 30, and the assembly of the illumination light source 3300 is completed.
  • the heat generated in the light emitting unit 20 is conducted to the peripheral wall of the cylindrical portion 3312 via the heat conductive resin 3313 and then filled in the second region S2. Conducts to helium gas. Then, the heat conducted to the helium gas is conducted to the globe 3310 and is released from the outer surface of the globe 3310 to the outside. As described above, the heat generated by the light emitting unit 20 is easily released to the outside through the helium gas and the globe 3310, so that the temperature rise of the light emitting unit even if the power supplied to the light emitting unit is increased to improve the luminance. Can be sufficiently suppressed.
  • the polyhedral-shaped light emitting unit is supported inside the glove by the support member, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the polyhedron-shaped light emitting unit may be directly attached to the base or stem.
  • the mounting substrate constituting the polyhedron shape also serves as the support member, and the antenna is accommodated inside the polyhedron.
  • a plurality of mounting substrates are combined to form a polyhedron or a polygonal prism, and the inside of the polyhedron or the polygonal prism is hollow.
  • the mounting substrate may be attached to the outer peripheral surface of a polyhedron-shaped or polygon-pillar-shaped core formed of a nonconductive member to form a polyhedron- or polygon-pillar-shaped light emitting portion.
  • a wire for electrically connecting each mounting substrate may be formed inside the core.
  • the circuit unit 80 is not limited to the configuration described in each of the embodiments and the modifications, and the following modifications can be implemented.
  • the attitude in which the circuit board 81 is fixedly accommodated in the case is not limited to the attitude in which the main surface of the circuit board 81 is substantially orthogonal to the lamp axis.
  • the circuit board 81 may be accommodated in a posture substantially parallel to the lamp axis, or may be accommodated in a posture having a predetermined inclination angle with respect to the lamp axis.
  • the circuit board 81 is not limited to a disk shape, and may have an irregular shape such as a rectangular shape, a polygonal shape, or a heart shape in plan view, and is formed of a flexible member such as a flexible substrate. It may be housed inside the case in a bent state.
  • the method of fixing the circuit board 81 inside the case is not limited to the locking structure by the locking portion, and for example, the circuit board may be fixed inside the case by screwing, bonding or the like.
  • the emission color of the LED as the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is blue light
  • the phosphor particles convert blue light into yellow light as an example
  • It may be a combination.
  • three types of particles are used: phosphor particles, particles to be converted to red light, particles to be converted to green light, and particles to be converted to blue light. Can be used.
  • the light emission color of the LED may be mixed to be white light using three types of LED elements of red light emission, green light emission and blue light emission. Needless to say, the color of light emitted from the light emitting part is not limited to white, and various LEDs (including elements and surface mounting types) and phosphor particles can be used depending on the application.
  • a thin plate (a smaller side area compared to the upper surface area) has been described as an example, but a thick plate may be used, for example. You may use a block-like thing.
  • the mounting substrate in the present specification has a pattern for mounting a semiconductor light emitting element (including an element and a surface mounting type) and electrically connecting to the semiconductor light emitting element regardless of the shape, thickness, and form. Point to Therefore, the substrate may have a block shape.
  • the mounting board was comprised with the translucent material, when it is not necessary to take out light below, you may comprise with materials other than the translucent material .
  • Modification 39 Although the light emitting unit in each of the above-described embodiments and each modification has the mounting substrate made of a translucent material and emits light to the rear, the light may be emitted to the rear by another method. Also good.
  • the mounting substrate may be made of a material that is not a translucent material, and the semiconductor light emitting element may be mounted on both the front and back surfaces of the mounting substrate.
  • light may be irradiated to the rear by using a reflecting member, a half mirror, or the like.
  • the light emitting part has a polyhedral shape, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a semiconductor light emitting element (bullet can be used on the surface of a mounting substrate or core having a spherical or irregular three-dimensional structure). And SMD may be implemented.
  • LED was used as a semiconductor light-emitting element as a semiconductor light-emitting element
  • LED is not restricted to this, You may use light-emitting elements other than LED.
  • Other light emitting elements include, for example, LD (laser diode) and EL (electric luminescence) light emitting elements (including organic and inorganic) and the like, and LEDs may be used in combination.
  • the glove of A type and R type was utilized in each above-mentioned embodiment and each modification, it is not restricted to this.
  • it may be of B or G type, or may be completely different in shape from the bulb shape of the incandescent lamp or the globe shape of the compact fluorescent lamp.
  • the glove may be transparent so that the inside can be seen, or semitransparent so that the inside can not be seen.
  • a method of making it semitransparent for example, there is a method of applying a diffusion layer containing calcium carbonate, silica, a white pigment or the like as a main component to the inner surface, or applying a treatment (for example, blasting) to make the inner surface uneven. .
  • the glove was comprised with the glass material, it can also be comprised with another material.
  • a translucent resin, ceramic or the like may be used.
  • the case is made of a resin material, but may be made of another material.
  • a metal material as another material, it is necessary to secure insulation between the metal cap and the base.
  • the insulation between the base and the base can be ensured, for example, by applying an insulating layer to the outer peripheral surface of the small diameter portion of the case or performing an insulation treatment on the small diameter portion.
  • the glove side of the case may be made of a metal material, and the die side of the case may be made of a resin material, which can be secured by combining the two.
  • the surface of the case is not particularly described.
  • a radiation fin may be provided, or a process for improving the emissivity may be performed.
  • a large diameter member corresponding to the large diameter portion 1561 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 and a small diameter member corresponding to the small diameter portion 1562 may be joined with an adhesive.
  • the large diameter member may be made of metal and the small diameter member may be made of resin.
  • the circuit unit 80 is stored inside the space, but for example, the space may be filled with a resin material.
  • the resin having the insulating property and the high thermal conductivity the heat generated in the circuit unit 80 can be efficiently transferred by the case, and the heat load acting on the circuit unit 80 is reduced.
  • the base 30 is attached (joined) to the case by screwing it to the screw portion (small diameter portion) of the case using the female screw of the shell portion 33, it is joined to the case by another method Also good.
  • Other methods include adhesive bonding, caulking bonding, press-in bonding, and the like, and two or more of these methods may be combined.
  • the small diameter portion may be attached to the case shorter than the embodiment.
  • the electronic components of the circuit unit 80 may be located inside the shell portion 33.
  • the shell 33 may be filled with an insulating resin.
  • a pedestal, a stem, and a support member were constituted by another member, it is not limited to this.
  • the support member may be integrally formed with the base or may be integrally formed with the stem.
  • the base As in the modification 45, when the base and the support member, and the stem and the support member are integrally formed, the base (or the base) is arranged such that the lead wires 71 and 72 are wired through the inside of the support member. It may be integrally molded with the stem) and the support member. In this case, the feed terminals 24a and 24b may be provided at the center of the mounting substrate.
  • the antenna and the antenna wire are mounted on the base so that the antenna wire connected to the antenna housed inside the support member is routed through the inside of the support member. It may be integrally molded with (or the stem) and the support member. Furthermore, the lead wires 71 and 72, the antenna, and the antenna wire may be integrally formed with the base (or stem) and the support member.
  • a high thermal conductivity layer may be provided on the inner wall of the glove in order to increase the thermal conductivity from the light emitting portion to the glove to promote heat dissipation from the glove. If it demonstrates concretely, the highly heat-conductive layer comprised with the material whose heat conductivity is higher than the material which comprises the glove may be formed in the inner wall front of a glove. As a result, heat can be more efficiently transferred between the air or the filling fluid 12 and the glove, and as a result, the heat conductivity from the light emitting portion to the glove can be enhanced.
  • the high thermal conductivity layer is made of a translucent resin material, a metal material or the like.
  • Examples of the light-transmitting metal material include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (SnO2), antimony-doped tin oxide (ATO), zinc oxide (ZnO), and the like.
  • ITO indium tin oxide
  • IZO indium zinc oxide
  • SnO2 tin oxide
  • ATO antimony-doped tin oxide
  • ZnO zinc oxide
  • the large diameter portion 2561 may not be provided with the step portion 1566 and the support groove portion 2567 on the inner peripheral surface.
  • an adhesive or the like is used at a position along the lamp axis between the top of the glove and the lowermost end of the eyelet, that is, at a position where the total length of the illumination light source is a predetermined length. The glove and the case are fixed.
  • the stem is formed of the glass material, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the stem may be formed of a resin material.
  • an adhesive can be used. It is possible to seal the inside of the glove closed with the stem by covering the glove and the stem with a sealing film other than the method using an adhesive.
  • the sealing film may be covered from the outside or the inside of the glove.
  • the resin material constituting the glove and the stem is a thermoplastic material
  • a phosphor layer containing the phosphor particles may be formed on the inner surface of the glove, and further, Aside from the sealing body, a wavelength conversion member such as a fluorescent plate containing phosphor particles in the light emission direction of the semiconductor light emitting device may be provided.
  • a wavelength conversion member such as a fluorescent plate containing phosphor particles in the light emission direction of the semiconductor light emitting device.
  • one sealing body covers one row of a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements linearly mounted on a mounting substrate.
  • one semiconductor light emitting element may be covered with one sealing body, or all of the semiconductor light emitting elements may be covered with one sealing body as in the first, second, eighteenth, nineteenth, and twenty ninth modifications. May be
  • the stem has a so-called dome shape, but the present invention is not limited to this.
  • a button stem or a shape with a depressed center may be used.
  • the support member when the antenna is not accommodated inside the support member, the support member can be formed of a conductive member such as metal. In this case, the support member itself may function as an antenna. When the support member itself functions as an antenna, the diameter of the support member is larger than that of the helical antenna and the rod antenna, so that the width of the frequency of radio waves that can be transmitted and received becomes wider.
  • the support member has a rod-like shape, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be conical or trapezoidal. Further, the support member is not limited to a single member, and a plurality of members may be combined to constitute one support member. Furthermore, the number of support members is not limited to one. For example, a plurality of support members may support the light emitting unit.
  • the antenna when mounted on the lighting apparatus 2 in the modification 14, it is preferable to expose the antenna in a direction approaching the top of the glove. That is, it is preferable to extend the rod antenna as it is along the lamp axis to expose the antenna so as to penetrate the mounting member of the support member and the light emitting unit.
  • the present invention can also be realized as an illumination device provided with such an illumination light source.
  • an illumination device provided with such an illumination light source.
  • the case where the light source 1 for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment is used is demonstrated to an example about the illuminating device which concerns on this modification.
  • FIG. 55 is a schematic view of a lighting device according to the present modification.
  • the lighting device 2 is mounted on, for example, a ceiling 3 and used.
  • the illumination device 2 includes the illumination light source 1 and the illumination fixture 7 to which the illumination light source 1 is attached and which is turned on / off.
  • the lighting fixture 7 includes, for example, a fixture body 4 attached to the ceiling 3 and a lamp cover 5 attached to the fixture body 4 and covering the illumination light source 1.
  • the lamp cover 5 is an aperture type here, and has a reflective film 8 on its inner surface that reflects the light emitted from the illumination light source 1 in a predetermined direction (here, the lower side).
  • the fixture body 4 is provided with a socket 6 to which the base 30 of the illumination light source 1 is attached (screwed), and power is supplied to the illumination light source 1 through the socket 6.
  • the lighting fixture here is an example, for example, may not have the lamp cover 5 of opening type, but may have a lamp cover of closing type, and the light source for illumination faces sideways.
  • the lighting apparatus may be mounted and lighted in a proper posture (a posture in which the lamp axis is horizontal) or an inclined posture (a posture in which the lamp axis is inclined with respect to the central axis of the lighting device).
  • the lighting device 2 is a direct attachment type in which the lighting device 7 is mounted in contact with the ceiling or wall, but the lighting device is mounted in a state embedded in the ceiling or wall It may be an embedded type, or it may be a suspended type that is suspended from a ceiling by an electric cable of a lighting fixture.
  • the lighting fixture here lights one illumination light source to be attached, a plurality of (for example, three) illumination light sources may be attached and turned on. .
  • the light source for illumination and the illumination device according to the present invention have been described above with reference to the drawings based on the above embodiments and modifications.
  • the scale of members in each drawing is different from the actual one.
  • the symbol “to” used to indicate a numerical range includes the numerical values at both ends thereof. Materials, numerical values, and the like described in the description in each of the above-described embodiments and the respective modifications merely exemplify preferable materials, and the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the present invention can be widely used in general for lighting that transmits and receives wireless signals.

Abstract

A light source (1) for lighting, which is equipped with a hollow globe (10) comprising a light-permeable member and receives an wireless signal from the outside to control the lighting of a semiconductor light-emitting element, wherein the semiconductor light-emitting element is supported by a support member (40) in the inside of the globe (10) and an antenna (90) that receives the wireless signal is arranged in the globe (10).

Description

照明用光源および照明装置Lighting light source and lighting device
 本発明は、半導体発光素子を利用した照明用光源および照明装置に関し、特に、外部からの無線信号を受けて点灯制御する照明用光源および照明装置に関する。 The present invention relates to an illumination light source and an illumination device using a semiconductor light emitting element, and more particularly to an illumination light source and an illumination device that receive and control an illumination from an external wireless signal.
 近年、白熱電球の代替品として、LED(Light Emitting Diode)などの半導体発光素子を利用した電球形の照明用光源が普及しつつある。また、照明用光源には、外部からの無線信号を受けて点灯制御する機能を備えたものがある(例えば、特許文献1)。 In recent years, a light bulb-shaped illumination light source using a semiconductor light emitting element such as a light emitting diode (LED) has been widely used as a substitute for an incandescent light bulb. Further, there is a light source for illumination provided with a function of receiving and controlling a wireless signal from the outside (for example, Patent Document 1).
特開2011-9717号公報JP, 2011-9717, A
 ところで、このような照明用光源においては、無線信号を送受信するためのアンテナを照明用光源内に備えているが、無線信号を感度良く送受信できる位置にアンテナが配されていることが望ましい。特に、天井に設けられた開口に埋め込んで取り付ける照明器具、所謂ダウンライト用照明器具の光源として使用する場合には、照明用光源自体が天井に設けられた開口内の奥まった領域に位置することとなるため、天井等により無線信号の電波の送受信が阻害され、当該開口内の照明用光源に無線信号が届きにくくなる。かかる場合には、無線信号の送受信をより確実に実行できるようにすることが望まれる。これと同時に、照明用光源の配光特性も可能な限り良好であることが望ましい。 By the way, although such an illumination light source is provided with an antenna for transmitting and receiving a wireless signal in the illumination light source, it is desirable that the antenna be disposed at a position where the wireless signal can be transmitted and received with high sensitivity. In particular, when used as a light source of a luminaire embedded in an opening provided in a ceiling, that is, a so-called luminaire for downlights, the illumination light source itself is located in a recessed area in the opening provided in the ceiling Accordingly, transmission and reception of radio waves of the wireless signal is hindered by the ceiling or the like, and the wireless signal is less likely to reach the illumination light source in the opening. In such a case, it is desirable to be able to more reliably execute transmission and reception of wireless signals. At the same time, it is desirable that the light distribution characteristics of the illumination light source be as good as possible.
 本発明は上記の問題点に鑑みてなされたもので、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができるとともに、良好な配光特性を実現する照明用光源および照明装置を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and it is an object of the present invention to provide an illumination light source and an illumination device that can transmit and receive a wireless signal more reliably and realize excellent light distribution characteristics. Do.
 上記目的を達成するため、本発明に係る照明用光源は、透光性の部材から成る中空のグローブを備え、外部からの無線信号を受けて半導体発光素子を点灯制御する照明用光源であって、前記半導体発光素子が、前記グローブ内部において支持部材により支持されており、前記無線信号を受信するアンテナが、前記グローブ内に配されていることを特徴とする。 In order to achieve the above object, a light source for illumination according to the present invention is a light source for illumination that includes a hollow globe made of a translucent member, and receives a wireless signal from the outside to control lighting of a semiconductor light emitting element. The semiconductor light emitting device is supported by a support member inside the glove, and an antenna for receiving the wireless signal is disposed in the glove.
 また、本発明に係る照明装置は、上記照明用光源を備えることを特徴とする。 In addition, a lighting device according to the present invention is characterized by including the light source for illumination.
 本発明に係る照明用光源の構成によれば、光源としての発光部が支持部材によりグローブ内部において支持されているため、光源の配置位置が白熱電球の光源位置により近い位置となり、白熱電球の配光特性により近い良好な配光特性を得ることができるとともに、照明用光源が照明装置に装着された際に外部に対して比較的露出しているグローブの内部にアンテナ配されているため、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 According to the configuration of the illumination light source according to the present invention, since the light emitting portion as the light source is supported by the support member in the inside of the glove, the arrangement position of the light source is closer to the light source position of the incandescent lamp Since good light distribution characteristics closer to the light characteristics can be obtained, and the light source for illumination is arranged inside the glove that is relatively exposed to the outside when the light source is mounted on the illumination device, it is possible to obtain wireless Transmission and reception of signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 以上説明したように、本発明によれば、無線信号の祖受信をより確実に行うことができるとともに、良好な配光特性を実現する照明用光源を提供することができる。 As described above, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide an illumination light source that can perform parent signal reception of a wireless signal more reliably, and realize excellent light distribution characteristics.
第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源の構造を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows the structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源の分解斜視図である。It is a disassembled perspective view of the light source for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源の図1に示すA-A’線に沿った矢視断面図である。It is arrow sectional drawing which followed the A-A 'line | wire shown in FIG. 1 of the light source for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment. 第1の実施形態に係る発光部の概略構成を示す図であり、(a)は、平面図であり、(b)は、(a)に示すB-B’線に沿った矢視断面図である。It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the light emission part which concerns on 1st Embodiment, (a) is a top view, (b) is the arrow sectional view along the BB 'line shown to (a) It is. 第1の実施形態に係る発光部が支持部材に支持される構成を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the structure by which the light emission part which concerns on 1st Embodiment is supported by a supporting member. 回路ユニットの平面図であり、(a)は回路基板の表面側から見た平面図であり、(b)は裏面側から見た平面図である。It is a top view of a circuit unit, (a) is a top view seen from the surface side of a circuit board, (b) is a top view seen from the back side. 回路ユニットの回路構成を示す回路図である。It is a circuit diagram showing the circuit composition of a circuit unit. 第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源の概略構造を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows the general | schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on 2nd Embodiment. 第3の実施形態に係る照明用光源の発光部の概略構成を示す図であり、(a)は、照明用光源の外観斜視図であり、(b)は、発光部の平面図である。It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the light emission part of the light source for illumination which concerns on 3rd Embodiment, (a) is an external appearance perspective view of the light source for illumination, (b) is a top view of a light emission part. 第4の実施形態に係る照明用光源の発光部の概略構成を示す図であり、(a)は、照明用光源の外観斜視図であり、(b)は、発光部の平面図である。It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the light emission part of the light source for illumination which concerns on 4th Embodiment, (a) is an external appearance perspective view of the light source for illumination, (b) is a top view of a light emission part. 変形例1に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 1. FIG. 変形例2に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 2. FIG. 変形例3に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 3. FIG. 変形例4に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 4. FIG. 変形例5に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 5. FIG. 変形例6に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 6. FIG. 変形例7に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 7. FIG. 変形例7に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す断面図である。FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modification 7. 変形例8に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 8. FIG. 変形例8に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す断面図である。FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modified Example 8; 変形例9に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。It is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 9. FIG. 変形例13に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す断面図である。FIG. 21 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modification 13. 変形例14に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 14. FIG. 変形例14に係る照明用光源の分解斜視図である。FIG. 21 is an exploded perspective view of a lighting light source according to Modification 14. 変形例14に係る照明用光源の図23に示すC-C’線に沿った矢視断面図である。It is arrow sectional drawing along the C-C 'line | wire shown in FIG. 23 of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 14. As shown in FIG. 変形例14に係る照明用光源の図23に示すD-D’線に沿った矢視断面図である。It is arrow sectional drawing along the D-D 'line | wire shown in FIG. 23 of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 14. As shown in FIG. 変形例14に係る照明用光源の製造方法を説明するための図であって、グローブ封着前のステムの製造方法を説明する図である。(a)および(b)は図23におけるD-D’線に相当する線に沿った矢視断面図であり、(a)はフレア形成前の状態を示し、(b)はフレア形成後の状態を示し、(a’),(b’)は、それぞれ(a),(b)におけるE-E’線に沿った矢視断面図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on modification 14, Comprising: It is a figure explaining the manufacturing method of the stem before glove sealing. (A) and (b) are arrow sectional views along a line corresponding to the line DD 'in FIG. 23, (a) shows a state before flare formation, (b) shows after flare formation A state is shown, and (a ') and (b') are arrow sectional drawing along the EE 'line in (a) and (b), respectively. 図27の続きを示す図であって、フレアにジョイント部を形成する方法を示すである。(a),(b),(c)は図23におけるD-D’線に相当する線に沿った矢視断面図であり、(a’),(b’),(c’)は、それぞれ(a),(b),(c)におけるE-E’線に沿った矢視断面図である。FIG. 28 is a continuation of FIG. 27 illustrating the method of forming joints in the flare. (A), (b) and (c) are arrow sectional views along the line corresponding to the DD 'line in FIG. 23, and (a'), (b ') and (c') are It is arrow sectional drawing which followed the EE 'line in (a), (b), and (c), respectively. 図28の続きを示す図であって、排気孔を形成する方法を示す図である。(a),(b)は図23におけるD-D’線に相当する線に沿った矢視断面図であり、(a’),(b’)は、それぞれ(a),(b)におけるE-E’線に沿った矢視断面図である。It is a figure which shows the continuation of FIG. 28, Comprising: It is a figure which shows the method of forming an exhaust port. (A), (b) is an arrow sectional view along a line corresponding to the line DD 'in FIG. 23, (a'), (b ') are respectively in (a), (b) It is an arrow sectional view along an EE 'line. 図29の続きを示す図であって、(a),(b),(c)はフレアに対して発光部を取着する工程を示す図であって、(d)はドロップシール方式によるグローブ封止工程を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the continuation of FIG. 29, Comprising: (a), (b), (c) is a figure which shows the process of attaching a light emission part to a flare, and (d) is a glove by a drop seal method. It is a figure which shows a sealing process. 図30の続きを示す図であって、(a)はドロップシール方式によるグローブ封止工程を示す図であり、(b),(c)はグローブ内の空気を廃棄し、ヘリウムを充填する工程を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the continuation of FIG. 30, Comprising: (a) is a figure which shows the glove sealing process by a drop seal system, (b), (c) discards the air in a glove and is a process of filling with helium. FIG. 図31の続きを示す図であって、(a)は排気管を封止する工程を示す図であり、(b),(c)は回路ユニット、筐体、および口金を取着する工程を示す図である。FIG. 32 is a view showing the continuation of FIG. 31 and (a) is a view showing a process of sealing the exhaust pipe, (b) and (c) showing a process of attaching a circuit unit, a housing and a cap FIG. バットシール方式によるグローブ封止工程を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the glove sealing process by a butt seal system. 変形例15に係る照明用光源の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 15. FIG. 変形例16に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 16. As shown in FIG. 変形例17に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 17. FIG. 変形例18に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 18. FIG. 変形例19に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部断面図である。FIG. 21 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source according to Modification 19. 変形例20に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on modification 20. FIG. 変形例21に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部断面図である。FIG. 21 is a partial cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of an illumination light source according to Modification 21. 変形例22に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on modification 22. FIG. 変形例23に係る照明用光源の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 23. FIG. 変形例24に係る照明用光源の断面図である。It is sectional drawing of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 24. FIG. 変形例25に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 25. FIG. 変形例26に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 26. FIG. 変形例28に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 28. FIG. 変形例29に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 29. FIG. 変形例30に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断側面図である。It is a partially broken side view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 30. FIG. 変形例31に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 31. FIG. 変形例32に係る照明用光源の製造方法について主要な製造工程を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the main manufacturing processes about the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 32. FIG. 変形例33に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。It is a partially broken perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33. FIG. 変形例33に係る照明用光源の概略構成を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows schematic structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33. FIG. 変形例33に係る照明用光源の製造方法について主要な製造工程を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the main manufacturing processes about the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33. FIG. 変形例33に係る照明用光源の製造方法について主要な製造工程を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the main manufacturing processes about the manufacturing method of the light source for illumination which concerns on the modification 33. FIG. 変形例57に係る照明装置の概略構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows schematic structure of the illuminating device which concerns on the modification 57. FIG.
 本発明を実施するための形態を、以下に図面を参照して詳細に説明する。なお、各図は、模式図であり、図面に示された部品等の核構成要素の形状や寸法および比等については、必ずしも厳密に図示したものではない。 The mode for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings. Each figure is a schematic view, and shapes, dimensions, ratios, etc. of core components such as parts shown in the drawings are not necessarily strictly illustrated.
 ≪第1の実施形態≫
 まず、本発明の第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源の全体構成について、図1~図3を参照しながら説明する。
First Embodiment
First, the overall configuration of the illumination light source according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 3.
 [1.全体構成]
 図1は、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。図2は、照明用光源1の分解斜視図である。図3は、図1に示すA-A’線に沿った照明用光源1の矢視断面図である。図3において、紙面上下方向に沿って描かれた一点鎖線は照明用光源1のランプ軸J1を示しており、同図において、ランプ軸J1に沿って紙面上方が照明用光源1から出射される光の主出射方向である。照明用光源1から出射される光の主出射方向を「上方」とし、主出射方向とは逆の方向を「下方」とする。以下、各実施形態および各変形例においても特に断りが無い限り同様である。
[1. overall structure]
FIG. 1 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment. FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the illumination light source 1. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 1 taken along the line AA ′ shown in FIG. In FIG. 3, the alternate long and short dash line drawn along the vertical direction of the drawing shows the lamp axis J1 of the illumination light source 1. In the drawing, the illumination light source 1 emits light above the drawing along the lamp axis J1. It is the main emission direction of light. The main emission direction of the light emitted from the illumination light source 1 is "upper", and the direction opposite to the main emission direction is "downward". Hereinafter, in each embodiment and each modification, it is the same, unless there is particular notice.
 図1~図3に示すように、本発明の第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1は、白熱電球を代替する電球型のランプであって、光源としての半導体発光素子にLEDを用いたLEDランプである。照明用光源1は、その主な構成要素として、透光性のグローブ10と、光源である半導体発光素子22(図4参照)を備えた発光部20と、外部より電力を受電する口金30と、発光部20をグローブ10内に支持する支持部材40とを備える。グローブ10の開口11側の端部である開口側端部11aには、ケース60が取着されている。ケース60は筒状の形状を有している。ケース60の一端(図1~3における下方側の端部)には口金30が取着されている。また、ケース60の他端側(図1~3における上方側)の開口は、基台50により塞がれている。ケース60の内部には回路ユニット80が格納されている。基台50上には、グローブ10内へと延伸する方向に支持部材40が立設されており、支持部材40の延伸する方向の先端に発光部20が取着されている。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention is a bulb-type lamp that substitutes for an incandescent bulb, and uses an LED as a semiconductor light emitting element as a light source. It is an LED lamp. The illumination light source 1 includes, as its main components, a translucent globe 10, a light emitting unit 20 including a semiconductor light emitting element 22 (see FIG. 4) which is a light source, and a cap 30 for receiving power from the outside. And a support member 40 for supporting the light emitting unit 20 in the glove 10. A case 60 is attached to the opening side end 11 a which is an end of the glove 10 on the opening 11 side. The case 60 has a tubular shape. A base 30 is attached to one end of the case 60 (the lower end in FIGS. 1 to 3). The opening on the other end side (upper side in FIGS. 1 to 3) of the case 60 is closed by the base 50. A circuit unit 80 is stored inside the case 60. A support member 40 is provided upright on the base 50 in the direction of extension into the glove 10, and the light emitting unit 20 is attached to the end of the support member 40 in the extension direction.
 [2.各部構成]
 以下、本発明の第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1の各構成要素について、図1~図7を参照しながら詳細に説明する。
[2. Configuration of each part]
Hereinafter, each component of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 1 to 7.
 (2-1.グローブ)
 グローブ10は、白熱電球のバルブ(ガラスバルブとも言う。)と同じような形状をしている。グローブ10は、ここでは、一般白熱電球(フィラメントを有する電球)と似た形状をした、いわゆるAタイプである。
(2-1. Glove)
The globe 10 has a shape similar to that of an incandescent bulb (also referred to as a glass bulb). The globe 10 is here a so-called A-type, which is similar in shape to a general incandescent bulb (bulb with a filament).
 図1~図3に示すように、グローブ10は、中空の球状をした球状部10aと、筒状をした筒状部10bとから構成されている。筒状部10bは、球状部10aから離れるに従って縮径している。なお、筒状部10bにおける球状部10aと反対側の端部に開口11が存在し、この端部を開口側端部11aとする。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the glove 10 is composed of a hollow spherical portion 10a and a cylindrical portion 10b. The cylindrical part 10b is diameter-reduced as it leaves | separates from the spherical part 10a. In addition, the opening 11 exists in the edge part on the opposite side to the spherical part 10a in the cylindrical part 10b, and let this edge part be the opening side edge part 11a.
 グローブ10は、透光性材料により構成される。透光性材料としては、ガラス材料やアクリル等の樹脂材料などがある。ここでは、グローブ10は例えばガラス材料により構成されている。 The glove 10 is made of a translucent material. Examples of translucent materials include glass materials and resin materials such as acrylics. Here, the glove 10 is made of, for example, a glass material.
 なお、グローブ10の形状は、必ずしもA形である必要はない。例えば、グローブ10の形状は、G形またはE形等であってもよい。また、グローブ10は、必ずしも可視光に対して透明である必要はなく、例えば、シリカを塗布して乳白色の拡散膜を形成する等によって拡散処理が施されていてもよい。また、赤色や黄色等の有色に着色されていてもよいし、模様や絵が施されていてもよい。さらには、レフ電球のように光源よりも口金側に反射膜等が設けられていてもよい。また、グローブ10の複数個所の厚みを不均一に形成することで、発光部20からの光が厚みの不均一箇所に当たり、光のきらめき感を高めることができる。 The shape of the glove 10 does not have to be A-shaped. For example, the shape of the glove 10 may be G-shaped or E-shaped or the like. The glove 10 does not necessarily have to be transparent to visible light, and may be subjected to a diffusion treatment, for example, by applying silica to form a milky white diffusion film. In addition, it may be colored in red, yellow or the like, or a pattern or picture may be applied. Furthermore, a reflective film or the like may be provided on the base side of the light source as in the case of a reflex light bulb. In addition, by forming the thickness of the plurality of portions of the globe 10 unevenly, the light from the light emitting unit 20 can hit the uneven portion of the thickness, and the glittering feeling of light can be enhanced.
 (2-2.発光部)
 図4(a)は、照明用光源1における発光部20の平面図であり、図4(b)は、図4(a)のB-B’線に沿った当該発光部20の断面図である。発光部20は、実装基板21と、実装基板21の上方側の主面である表(おもて)面に実装された複数の半導体発光素子22とを備える。なお、本実施の形態では、半導体発光素子22はLED素子であり、発光部20は、上記実装基板21、半導体発光素子22以外に、半導体発光素子22を被覆する封止体23等を備える。
(2-2. Light emitting unit)
FIG. 4 (a) is a plan view of the light emitting unit 20 in the illumination light source 1, and FIG. 4 (b) is a cross-sectional view of the light emitting unit 20 along the line BB 'in FIG. 4 (a). is there. The light emitting unit 20 includes a mounting substrate 21 and a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 mounted on a front surface which is a main surface on the upper side of the mounting substrate 21. In the present embodiment, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is an LED element, and the light emitting unit 20 includes, in addition to the mounting substrate 21 and the semiconductor light emitting element 22, a sealing body 23 that covers the semiconductor light emitting element 22.
 また、本実施形態においては、半導体発光素子22がLEDである場合を例に説明するが、半導体発光素子22は、例えば、LD(レーザダイオード)であっても良く、EL素子(エレクトリックルミネッセンス素子)であっても良い。 In the present embodiment, although the case where the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is an LED will be described as an example, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 may be, for example, an LD (laser diode), and an EL element (electric luminescence element). It may be
 本実施形態においては、実装基板21は、透光性材料により構成されている。これにより、実装基板21の表面に実装された半導体発光素子22から発せられた光のうち、下方へ発せられた光は、実装基板21を透過してグローブ10から外部へと出射する。実装基板21に用いられる透光性材料としては、例えば、サファイア基板、ガラス基板、セラミック基板、透光性を有する樹脂基板等が用いられる。 In the present embodiment, the mounting substrate 21 is made of a translucent material. As a result, of the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 mounted on the surface of the mounting substrate 21, the light emitted downward is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and emitted from the globe 10 to the outside. As a translucent material used for the mounting substrate 21, for example, a sapphire substrate, a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a translucent resin substrate or the like is used.
 また、本実施形態においては、実装基板21は、平面視形状が矩形状をしており、材料としては、例えば、ガラスやアルミナ等が用いられている。なお、実装基板21上には、半導体発光素子22を電気的に接続(直列接続又は/及び並列接続である。)したり、回路ユニット80と接続したりするための配線パターン27が形成されている。図4(a)には、配線パターン27の一部が示されている。半導体発光素子22から下方へ発せられた光の利用を考慮すると、配線パターン27も透光性の材料で構成されるのが好ましく、このような透光性の材料として、ITO等を用いてもよい。 Further, in the present embodiment, the mounting substrate 21 has a rectangular shape in a plan view, and as the material, for example, glass, alumina or the like is used. Note that, on the mounting substrate 21, a wiring pattern 27 for electrically connecting the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 (series connection or / and parallel connection) or connecting with the circuit unit 80 is formed. There is. A part of the wiring pattern 27 is shown in FIG. 4 (a). In consideration of utilization of light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22, the wiring pattern 27 is also preferably made of a translucent material, and even if ITO or the like is used as such a translucent material. Good.
 図4(a),(b)に示すように、複数の半導体発光素子22が、間隔(例えば、等間隔)をおいて、矩形状の実装基板21の長手方向に沿って直線状に、実装基板21の表面に実装されている。本実施の形態においては、10個の半導体発光素子22が略等間隔に並べられた列が2列配置されている。 As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are mounted linearly along the longitudinal direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21 at intervals (for example, at equal intervals). It is mounted on the surface of the substrate 21. In the present embodiment, two rows in which ten semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are arranged at substantially equal intervals are arranged.
 なお、一つの列に並べられる半導体発光素子22の個数および配列等は、上記に限られず、照明用光源1に要求される輝度等により適宜決定される。即ち、1列に配置される半導体発光素子22の個数は、10個に限られず、用途に応じて適宜変更することができる。また、半導体発光素子22が実装基板21上に配置される列の数は2列に限られず、1列でもよく、あるいは、3列以上の複数列で実装してもよい。 The number, the arrangement, and the like of the semiconductor light emitting devices 22 arranged in one column are not limited to the above, and are appropriately determined according to the luminance and the like required for the illumination light source 1. That is, the number of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 arranged in one row is not limited to 10, and can be appropriately changed according to the application. Further, the number of rows in which the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are arranged on the mounting substrate 21 is not limited to two, and may be one, or three or more rows.
 封止体23は、主に、透光性材料からなる。封止体23は、半導体発光素子22への空気・水分の侵入を防止する機能を有する。ここでは、複数の半導体発光素子22が直線状に配されている列単位で、当該列を構成する半導体発光素子22を被覆している。 The sealing body 23 is mainly made of a translucent material. The sealing body 23 has a function of preventing air and moisture from entering the semiconductor light emitting element 22. Here, the semiconductor light emitting elements 22 constituting the line are covered in row units in which the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are linearly arranged.
 封止体23は、上述した空気等の侵入防止機能の他、半導体発光素子22から発せられた光の波長を所定の波長へと変換する必要がある場合には、半導体発光素子22からの光の波長を変換する波長変換機能も有する。なお、波長変換機能は、例えば、所定の光の波長を変換する波長変換材料を透光性材料に混入することにより実施することができる。 In the case where the sealing body 23 needs to convert the wavelength of light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 into a predetermined wavelength, in addition to the above-described intrusion prevention function of air or the like, the light from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 It also has a wavelength conversion function to convert the wavelength of The wavelength conversion function can be implemented, for example, by mixing a wavelength conversion material that converts the wavelength of a predetermined light into the translucent material.
 透光性材料としては、例えば、シリコーン樹脂を利用することができる。また、波長変換機能を持たせる場合には、波長変換材料としては、例えば、蛍光体粒子を利用することができる。 As a translucent material, silicone resin can be utilized, for example. Moreover, when giving a wavelength conversion function, fluorescent substance particle can be utilized as a wavelength conversion material, for example.
 本実施形態においては、半導体発光素子22は青色光を発光色とするものであり、波長変換材料として青色光を黄色光に変換する蛍光体粒子が利用されている。これにより、半導体発光素子22から出射された青色光と、蛍光体粒子により波長変換された黄色光とにより混色された白色光が発光部20(照明用光源1)から発せられることとなる。 In the present embodiment, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 emits blue light, and phosphor particles that convert blue light into yellow light are used as a wavelength conversion material. As a result, white light mixed with blue light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and yellow light wavelength-converted by the phosphor particles is emitted from the light emitting unit 20 (light source for illumination 1).
 図4(a),(b)に示すように、矩形状の実装基板21の長手方向両端部には、一端が回路ユニット80と電気的に接続された後述のリード線71,72から半導体発光素子22を発光させるための電力の供給を受けるための給電端子24a、24bが形成されている。 As shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, semiconductor light emission from lead wires 71 and 72 described later, one end of which is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80, at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21. Feeding terminals 24a and 24b for receiving supply of power for causing the element 22 to emit light are formed.
 また、実装基板21の給電端子24a,24bが形成された部分のそれぞれには、実装基板21および給電端子24a,24bを貫通する第2貫通孔26が設けられている。なお、図4(a),(b)には図示されていないが、第2貫通孔26のそれぞれにはリード線71,72のそれぞれの一端が挿通され、半田等から成る導電性接合部材73によって給電端子24aとリード線71とが電気的に接続されるとともに、給電端子24bとリード線72とが電気的に接続される。 In addition, second through holes 26 penetrating the mounting substrate 21 and the feeding terminals 24 a and 24 b are provided in the portions of the mounting substrate 21 where the feeding terminals 24 a and 24 b are formed. Although not shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B, one end of each of the lead wires 71 and 72 is inserted into each of the second through holes 26, and a conductive bonding member 73 made of solder or the like is used. Thus, the feed terminal 24 a and the lead wire 71 are electrically connected, and the feed terminal 24 b and the lead wire 72 are electrically connected.
 次に、第1貫通孔25について説明する。第1貫通孔25は、実装基板21を貫通するように設けられており、後述する支持部材40の凸部43と嵌合するように構成されており、第1貫通孔25の上面視形状は、凸部43の上面視形状と一致する。第1貫通孔25の上面視形状は、具体的には、例えば、図4(a)に示すように、長手方向が実装基板21の長手方向と一致するとともに、短手方向が実装基板21の短手方向(幅方向)と一致する長方形である。 Next, the first through holes 25 will be described. The first through hole 25 is provided so as to penetrate the mounting substrate 21 and is configured to be fitted with a convex portion 43 of the support member 40 described later, and the top view shape of the first through hole 25 is , And the top view shape of the convex portion 43. Specifically, for example, as shown in FIG. 4A, the shape of the first through hole 25 in the longitudinal direction coincides with the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 and the width direction of the mounting substrate 21 as shown in FIG. It is a rectangle coinciding with the width direction.
 なお、第1貫通孔25は、実装基板21のほぼ中央に設けられている。すなわち、第1貫通孔25は、実装基板21の長手方向および短手方向の中央部に設けられており、本実施形態では、2本の封止体23の間に設けられている。 The first through holes 25 are provided substantially at the center of the mounting substrate 21. That is, the first through hole 25 is provided at the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, and is provided between the two sealing bodies 23 in the present embodiment.
 (2-3.ケース)
 図1~3に戻って、ケース60は、白熱電球のバルブの口金30側に近い部分と同様の形状をしている。本実施形態では、ケース60は、その中心軸方向におけるグローブ10側半分に大径部61を、口金側半分に小径部62をそれぞれ有し、大径部61と小径部62との間には段差部63が存在する。
(2-3. Case)
Referring back to FIGS. 1 to 3, the case 60 has the same shape as the portion close to the base 30 of the bulb of the incandescent lamp. In the present embodiment, the case 60 has the large diameter portion 61 in the glove 10 side half in the central axis direction and the small diameter portion 62 in the mouth ring half, and between the large diameter portion 61 and the small diameter portion 62 There is a step 63.
 ケース60の大径部61の端部は、上述したように基台50により塞がれている。ケース60の大径部61と基台50との間の溝54に樹脂等の接着剤55を充填し、そこにグローブ10の開口側端部11aを挿入して接着剤を固化させることによりグローブ10が基台50およびケース60に対して固定される。 The end of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 is closed by the base 50 as described above. The groove 54 between the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 and the base 50 is filled with an adhesive 55 such as a resin, and the opening side end 11a of the glove 10 is inserted therein to solidify the adhesive. 10 are fixed relative to the base 50 and the case 60.
 ケース60の小径部62には口金30が螺着されている。本実施形態においては、口金30は、エジソンタイプである。このため、小径部62の外周が雄ネジとなっており、口金30内にねじ込まれている。これにより、口金30とケース60とが螺合される。詳しくは、後述する。 A base 30 is screwed to the small diameter portion 62 of the case 60. In the present embodiment, the base 30 is an Edison type. Therefore, the outer periphery of the small diameter portion 62 is a male screw, and is screwed into the base 30. Thus, the base 30 and the case 60 are screwed together. Details will be described later.
 また、ケース60の小径部62には、ケース60の中心軸が延伸する方向と平行に延伸する溝64が形成されている。この溝64は、後述する口金30と回路ユニット80とを接続するリード線75を固定する(リード線75の移動を規制する)ものである。 Further, the small diameter portion 62 of the case 60 is formed with a groove 64 extending in parallel with the direction in which the central axis of the case 60 extends. The groove 64 is for fixing a lead wire 75 for connecting a base 30, which will be described later, and the circuit unit 80 (for restricting the movement of the lead wire 75).
 ケース60は、樹脂材料、例えばポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)により構成されている。なお、ケース60の熱伝導性を調整するために、樹脂材料に、例えばガラス繊維等を混入させたものを用いてもよい。 The case 60 is made of a resin material such as polybutylene terephthalate (PBT). In addition, in order to adjust the thermal conductivity of case 60, you may use what mixed glass fiber etc. in the resin material, for example.
 ケース60は、上述のように、上方側端部にグローブ10が装着され、且つ、下方側端部に口金30が装着された状態で、全体形状として白熱電球と類似するように、大径部61の形状は口金30側からグローブ10側に移るに従って曲線的に拡径している。 As described above, the case 60 has the large diameter portion similar to the incandescent lamp as a whole in a state where the glove 10 is attached to the upper side end and the cap 30 is attached to the lower side end. The shape of the curve 61 is expanded in a curved shape as it moves from the base 30 side to the glove 10 side.
 ケース60は、内部に収納する回路ユニット80が点灯時に発生する熱を外部に放出する機能を有する。放熱は、ケース60から外気への熱伝導、外気の対流、輻射等により行われる。 The case 60 has a function of releasing the heat generated at the time of lighting of the circuit unit 80 housed inside to the outside. Heat dissipation is performed by heat conduction from the case 60 to the outside air, convection of the outside air, radiation, and the like.
 ケース60は、その上端側の開口が上述のように基台50により塞がれ、下端側の開口が口金30により塞がれることで、内部に略密閉された空間を有する。この空間には回路ユニット80が収納される。なお、回路ユニット80の収納方法については、詳しくは、後述する。 The case 60 has an opening at the upper end thereof closed by the base 50 as described above, and an opening at the lower end thereof closed by the base 30 to have a substantially sealed space inside. The circuit unit 80 is accommodated in this space. The method of storing the circuit unit 80 will be described later in detail.
 (2-4.口金)
 口金30は、照明用光源1が照明器具に装着されて点灯された際に、照明器具のソケットから電力を受けるためのものである。
(2-4. Base)
The base 30 is for receiving power from the socket of the lighting fixture 1 when the lighting light source 1 is mounted on the lighting fixture and turned on.
 口金30の種類は、特に限定するものではないが、本実施形態においては、エジソンタイプが使用されている。口金30は、筒状であって周壁がネジ状をしたシェル部33と、シェル部33に絶縁部材34を介して装着されたアイレット部35とからなる。 The type of the base 30 is not particularly limited, but in the present embodiment, an Edison type is used. The base 30 is cylindrical and has a shell portion 33 whose peripheral wall is screw-shaped, and an eyelet portion 35 attached to the shell portion 33 via an insulating member 34.
 シェル部33はリード線75を介して、アイレット部35はリード線74を介して、それぞれ回路ユニット80と接続されている。なお、リード線75は、ケース60の小径部62の内側から下端の開口を経由して外側へと引き出されてケース60の溝64に嵌められた状態で、シェル部33に覆われている。これにより、ケース60の外周とシェル部33の内周との間にリード線75が挟まれ、リード線75が口金30に対して固定されるとともに、リード線75と口金30とが電気的に接続される。 The shell portion 33 is connected to the circuit unit 80 through the lead wire 75, and the eyelet portion 35 is connected to the circuit unit 80 through the lead wire 74. The lead wire 75 is covered with the shell portion 33 in a state of being drawn out from the inside of the small diameter portion 62 of the case 60 through the opening at the lower end and being fitted in the groove 64 of the case 60. As a result, the lead wire 75 is sandwiched between the outer periphery of the case 60 and the inner periphery of the shell portion 33, and the lead wire 75 is fixed to the cap 30, and the lead wire 75 and the cap 30 are electrically connected. Connected
 (2-5.基台)
 基台50は、ケース60の大径部61に挿入される。基台50は、ケース60の内部に挿入されるため、ケース60の大径部61の内面に対応した外面(周面)を有する。ここでは、ケース60の内周面と基台50の外周面とが対応しており、大径部61の内周面の横断面形状が円形状をしているため、基台50も横断面形状が円形状をした円盤状の形状を有している。
(2-5. Base)
The base 50 is inserted into the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60. Since the base 50 is inserted into the case 60, the base 50 has an outer surface (circumferential surface) corresponding to the inner surface of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60. Here, the inner peripheral surface of case 60 corresponds to the outer peripheral surface of base 50, and since the cross-sectional shape of the inner peripheral surface of large diameter portion 61 is circular, base 50 also has a cross section. It has a disk-like shape that is circular in shape.
 基台50は、小径部50aと、小径部50aよりも径の大きな大径部50bとを有する。大径部50bの外周面がケース60の大径部61の内周面に対応(当接)する。基台50がケース60に挿入されると、小径部50aとケース60の内周面との間に、ケース60の内周面に沿った溝54が形成される。 The base 50 has a small diameter portion 50a and a large diameter portion 50b having a larger diameter than the small diameter portion 50a. The outer peripheral surface of the large diameter portion 50 b corresponds to (is in contact with) the inner peripheral surface of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60. When the base 50 is inserted into the case 60, a groove 54 along the inner peripheral surface of the case 60 is formed between the small diameter portion 50 a and the inner peripheral surface of the case 60.
 溝54には、図3に示すように、グローブ10の開口側端部11aが挿入され、接着剤55により固着されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the opening side end 11 a of the glove 10 is inserted into the groove 54 and fixed by an adhesive 55.
 ここでは、基台50は、ケース60の大径部61に挿入された状態で、接着剤55によってケース60及びグローブ10に接合されている。 Here, the base 50 is joined to the case 60 and the glove 10 by the adhesive 55 while being inserted into the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60.
 基台50は、上述のように、ケース60の大径部61の上方側開口を塞ぐ機能を有する。また、半導体発光素子22が発光する際に半導体発光素子22において熱が発生するのであるが、実装基板21から支持部材40を伝わって基台50へと伝導してきた半導体発光素子22の熱を、グローブ10およびケース60へと伝える機能を、基台50はさらに有する。このため、基台50は、良好な熱伝導性を有する材料で構成されている。具体的には、例えば、アルミ等の金属や、樹脂、セラミック等である。 The base 50 has a function of closing the upper side opening of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 as described above. Further, heat is generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 when the semiconductor light emitting element 22 emits light, but the heat of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 transmitted from the mounting substrate 21 to the support 50 and transmitted to the base 50 is The base 50 further has a function of transmitting to the glove 10 and the case 60. For this reason, the base 50 is made of a material having good thermal conductivity. Specifically, for example, metal such as aluminum, resin, ceramic or the like.
 (2-6.支持部材)
 支持部材40は、発光部20をグローブ10内部の中央位置で支持する。ここで、前記中央位置とは、白熱電球における光源(フィラメント)位置に対応した位置であり、例えば、白熱電球においてフィラメントが配置される位置と略同じ位置である。支持部材40は、棒状の形状を有し、上端部は発光部20に結合され、下端部は基台50に取着されている。つまり、支持部材40は、基台50からグローブ10の内部へと延伸する状態で基台50に立設されている。
(2-6. Support member)
The support member 40 supports the light emitting unit 20 at a central position inside the glove 10. Here, the central position is a position corresponding to the light source (filament) position in the incandescent lamp, and is, for example, substantially the same position as the position where the filament is disposed in the incandescent lamp. The support member 40 has a bar-like shape, and the upper end is coupled to the light emitting unit 20 and the lower end is attached to the base 50. That is, the support member 40 is erected on the base 50 in a state of extending from the base 50 to the inside of the glove 10.
 支持部材40の上端部と発光部20との結合は、例えば、係合構造を利用している。支持部材40の上面41の略中央には、凸部43が形成されている。発光部20の実装基板21の略中央には、第1貫通孔25が形成されている。すなわち、第1貫通孔25は、実装基板21の長手方向および短手方向の中央部に設けられており、本実施形態では、2本の封止体23の間に設けられている。凸部43の形状と第1貫通孔25の形状とは互いに対応しており、支持部材40の上面41の凸部43が、発光部20の実装基板21の第1貫通孔25に挿入(嵌合)するように実装基板21が支持部材40の上面41に載置される。 The connection between the upper end portion of the support member 40 and the light emitting unit 20 uses, for example, an engagement structure. A protrusion 43 is formed substantially at the center of the upper surface 41 of the support member 40. A first through hole 25 is formed substantially at the center of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20. That is, the first through hole 25 is provided at the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, and is provided between the two sealing bodies 23 in the present embodiment. The shape of the convex portion 43 and the shape of the first through hole 25 correspond to each other, and the convex portion 43 of the upper surface 41 of the support member 40 is inserted into the first through hole 25 of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 The mounting substrate 21 is placed on the upper surface 41 of the support member 40 so as to fit.
 また、発光部20は、複数の半導体発光素子22が実装された面をグローブ10の頂部に向けて配置される。即ち、半導体発光素子22は、その主出斜方向を照明用光源1の上方に向けた状態で平面配置されている。 In addition, the light emitting unit 20 is disposed with the surface on which the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are mounted facing the top of the globe 10. That is, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is planarly disposed with its main emission oblique direction directed to the upper side of the illumination light source 1.
 ここで、発光部20を支持部材40に配置するときの様子について図5を用いて説明する。図5は、本実施形態に係る照明用光源1の発光部20および支持部材40の要部拡大断面図である。なお、図5においては、不図示の給電端子24a(24b)およびリード線71(72)が半田接続される前の状態を示している。 Here, how the light emitting unit 20 is arranged on the support member 40 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5: is a principal part expanded sectional view of the light emission part 20 and the supporting member 40 of the light source 1 for illumination which concerns on this embodiment. FIG. 5 shows a state before the power supply terminals 24a (24b) and the lead wires 71 (72) (not shown) are connected by soldering.
 図5に示すように、支持部材40の凸部43に発光部20の第1貫通孔25を嵌合させるようにして発光部20を支持部材40の上面41に載置する。このとき、発光部20の姿勢は凸部43により規制され、凸部43に従って発光部20の向きが決定付けられる。このように、本実施形態においては、凸部43に第1貫通孔25を嵌合させることにより、発光部20と支持部材40とが結合され、発光部20が支持部材40により固定的に支持される。これに加えて、凸部43に第1貫通孔25を嵌合させることにより、発光部20を支持部材40に固定する際に、発光部20と支持部材40との位置合わせを容易に行うことができる。 As shown in FIG. 5, the light emitting unit 20 is placed on the upper surface 41 of the support member 40 so that the first through holes 25 of the light emitting unit 20 are fitted to the convex portions 43 of the support member 40. At this time, the attitude of the light emitting unit 20 is regulated by the convex portion 43, and the direction of the light emitting unit 20 is determined according to the convex portion 43. As described above, in the present embodiment, the light emitting unit 20 and the support member 40 are coupled by fitting the first through hole 25 to the convex portion 43, and the light emitting unit 20 is fixedly supported by the support member 40. Be done. In addition to this, when the light emitting unit 20 is fixed to the support member 40 by fitting the first through hole 25 to the convex portion 43, the alignment between the light emitting unit 20 and the support member 40 can be easily performed. Can.
 支持部材40の下端部と基台50との結合は、例えば接着構造を利用している。支持部材40の下面は平坦となっている。支持部材40の平坦な下面が基台50の平坦な上面に接着剤(図示省略)により固着(結合)されている。 The bonding between the lower end of the support member 40 and the base 50 uses, for example, an adhesive structure. The lower surface of the support member 40 is flat. The flat lower surface of the support member 40 is fixed (bonded) to the flat upper surface of the base 50 by an adhesive (not shown).
 支持部材40は、グローブ10内部において発光部20を支持する機能を有するほか、発光時に半導体発光素子22において発生する熱を、基台50に伝える機能を有する。この伝熱機能は、熱伝導性の高い材料を用いることで実施できる。熱伝導性の高い材料としては、金属やセラミック等が挙げられる。本実施形態においては、支持部材40は、例えば、アルミから成る。 The support member 40 has a function of supporting the light emitting unit 20 inside the globe 10 and also has a function of transferring the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 to the base 50 at the time of light emission. This heat transfer function can be implemented by using a material with high thermal conductivity. Examples of the material having high thermal conductivity include metals and ceramics. In the present embodiment, the support member 40 is made of, for example, aluminum.
 発光部20は、実装基板21を透光性材料により構成することで、下方へも発光部20からの光を出射させることが可能である。このため、支持部材40は、半導体発光素子22(発光部20)から下方へ発せられた光を遮らないように、なるべく棒状に近い形状をしている。 The light emitting unit 20 can emit the light from the light emitting unit 20 downward as well by forming the mounting substrate 21 with a translucent material. For this reason, the support member 40 has a shape close to a rod-like shape as much as possible so as not to block the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 (the light emitting unit 20).
 つまり、支持部材40の中間領域は、断面が円形状をした円柱部47となっている。支持部材40の上側領域は、矩形状の実装基板21の短手方向に偏平な(短手方向に厚みが薄い)形状をした偏平部48となっている。支持部材40の下側領域は、基台50に近づくに従って拡径する裁頭円錐状をした円錐部42となっている。これにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光であって支持部材40の下端部に達した光は反射され易くなる。 That is, the middle region of the support member 40 is a cylindrical portion 47 having a circular cross section. The upper region of the support member 40 is a flat portion 48 having a flat shape (thin in the width direction) in the width direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21. The lower region of the support member 40 is a frusto-conical cone 42 which increases in diameter as it approaches the base 50. As a result, the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and reaching the lower end of the support member 40 is easily reflected.
 支持部材40は、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光を遮らないように、透光性の材料(例えば、ガラス材料)により構成されてもよいし、支持部材40の表面に光反射性を高める加工を施してもよい。 The support member 40 may be made of a translucent material (for example, a glass material) so as not to block the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22, or light is reflected on the surface of the support member 40. It may be processed to enhance its properties.
 なお、支持部材40には、回路ユニット80と発光部20とを電気的に接続するリード線71,72をそれぞれ挿通させるための貫通孔44,45が形成されており、基台50にもリード線71,72をそれぞれ挿通させるための貫通孔51,52が形成されている。 In addition, through holes 44 and 45 for inserting the lead wires 71 and 72 for electrically connecting the circuit unit 80 and the light emitting unit 20 are formed in the support member 40, and the lead 50 is also formed on the base 50. Through holes 51 and 52 for inserting the wires 71 and 72 respectively are formed.
 なお、貫通孔44,45、および51,52は、図3に示すような支持部材40の中心軸に対して略対称な位置に設けられる代わりに、別の位置に形成されていてもよいし、リード線71,72それぞれに対して一つずつが形成される代わりに、2本のリード線71,72が挿通できる大きさの貫通孔が、円錐部42および基台50にそれぞれ1個ずつ形成されていてもよい。 The through holes 44, 45, and 51, 52 may be formed at different positions instead of being provided at substantially symmetrical positions with respect to the central axis of the support member 40 as shown in FIG. Instead of forming one lead wire for each of the lead wires 71 and 72, a through hole having a size through which the two lead wires 71 and 72 can be inserted is one each for the conical portion 42 and the base 50. It may be formed.
 また、図1においては陰になって見えないが、支持部材40には、アンテナ線91を挿通させるための貫通孔が、円錐部42の図1における紙面奥側に設けられている。 Further, though not visible in FIG. 1 as a shade, the support member 40 is provided with a through hole for inserting the antenna wire 91 at the back side of the conical portion 42 in FIG.
 支持部材40の長さは、例えば、20~40〔mm〕であり、支持部材40の円柱部47の直径は、例えば、5~30〔mm〕である。 The length of the support member 40 is, for example, 20 to 40 mm, and the diameter of the cylindrical portion 47 of the support member 40 is, for example, 5 to 30 mm.
 実装基板21の長手方向と短手方向は基板対角で5~30〔mm〕であり、厚さは、例えば、1~1.6〔mm〕である。 The longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21 are 5 to 30 mm in a substrate diagonal direction, and the thickness is, for example, 1 to 1.6 mm.
 (2-7.アンテナ)
 アンテナ90は、外部からの無線信号を送受信するためのものであり、アンテナ線91を介して回路ユニット80に接続されている。本実施形態においては、図1~3に示すように、アンテナ90は、ヘリカルアンテナであって、支持部材40の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されている。アンテナ90の口金30側の端部にはアンテナ線91の一端が取着されており、アンテナ線91の他端は、回路ユニット80のアンテナ端子89eに接続されている。
(2-7. Antenna)
The antenna 90 is for transmitting and receiving radio signals from the outside, and is connected to the circuit unit 80 through the antenna wire 91. In the present embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the antenna 90 is a helical antenna, and is helically wound around the support member 40. One end of an antenna wire 91 is attached to the end of the antenna 90 on the base 30 side, and the other end of the antenna wire 91 is connected to the antenna terminal 89 e of the circuit unit 80.
 アンテナ90は、例えば、2.4GHz帯域で使用されるものであるが、これに限られず、使用される所望の帯域に適合したアンテナを用いてもよい。アンテナ90の長さ(支持部材40に取着された状態における上下方向の長さ)は、例えば、20~31.25〔mm〕であるが、支持部材40のサイズおよびデザインや、リード線71,72、およびアンテナ線91の配線方法によって、所望の無線信号の送受信性能を満たす限り、適宜変更してもよい。
例えば、900MHz帯域で使用するときは、例えば、80~83.3〔mm〕としてもよい。
The antenna 90 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited to this, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used. The length of the antenna 90 (the length in the vertical direction in a state of being attached to the support member 40) is, for example, 20 to 31.25 [mm], but the size and design of the support member 40, the lead wire 71 , 72, and the wiring method of the antenna wire 91, as long as desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied, it may be changed as appropriate.
For example, when using in the 900 MHz band, it may be, for example, 80 to 83.3 [mm].
 なお、アンテナ90の指向性は無指向性であることが好ましい。また、アンテナ90とアンテナ線91とが、一本の金属線を用いて一体的に形成されてもよい。 The directivity of the antenna 90 is preferably nondirectional. Alternatively, the antenna 90 and the antenna wire 91 may be integrally formed using a single metal wire.
 アンテナ90は、上述したように、グローブ10内において支持部材40の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されている。このような構成によると、アンテナ90がケース60内に収容されている場合と比較して、例えば、照明用光源1がダウンライト用照明器具の光源として使用された場合(図55参照)等であっても、アンテナ90がグローブ内に配置されていることにより、天井等による無線信号送受信に対する阻害をより受けにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 The antenna 90 is helically wound around the support member 40 in the glove 10 as described above. According to such a configuration, for example, when the illumination light source 1 is used as a light source of a downlight illumination fixture (see FIG. 55), as compared to the case where the antenna 90 is housed in the case 60 Even if the antenna 90 is disposed in the glove, the antenna 90 is less susceptible to interference with wireless signal transmission and reception by a ceiling or the like, and wireless signal transmission and reception can be performed more reliably.
 なお、本実施形態においては、支持部材40は導電性のアルミから成るため、支持部材40をアンテナとして利用することもできる。この場合、ヘリカルアンテナ90よりも支持部材40は径が大きいため、送受信できる電波の周波数の幅がより広くなるという効果がある。以下、支持部材にアルミ等の導電性の部材を用いる場合、各実施形態および各変形例においても、同様に支持部材にアンテナとしての役割を担わせてもよい。 In the present embodiment, since the support member 40 is made of conductive aluminum, the support member 40 can also be used as an antenna. In this case, since the diameter of the support member 40 is larger than that of the helical antenna 90, the width of the frequency of radio waves that can be transmitted and received can be increased. Hereinafter, in the case where a conductive member such as aluminum is used as the support member, the support member may similarly function as an antenna in each embodiment and each modification.
 (2-8.回路ユニット)
 回路ユニット80は、外部からの無線信号を送受信するとともに、当該無線信号を基に半導体発光素子22を点灯制御するためのものである。ここでの「点灯制御」には、例えば、点灯、消灯、調光、照明色変更等が含まれる。
(2-8. Circuit unit)
The circuit unit 80 transmits and receives a wireless signal from the outside, and controls the lighting of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 based on the wireless signal. The “lighting control” here includes, for example, lighting, extinguishing, light control, illumination color change, and the like.
 回路ユニット80は、詳しくは、後述するが、回路基板81と、当該回路基板81に実装された各種の電子部品とから構成されている。 The circuit unit 80 includes a circuit board 81 and various electronic components mounted on the circuit board 81, which will be described later in detail.
 回路基板81は、円盤状であり、その主面がランプ軸J1と略直交する姿勢で、ケース60内に固定的に収容されている。 The circuit board 81 has a disk shape, and is fixedly accommodated in the case 60 with the main surface thereof being substantially orthogonal to the lamp axis J1.
 回路基板81は、ケース60の内部に係止構造を利用して固定される。具体的には、ケース60内部の段差部63に回路基板81の裏面(口金30側の面)の周縁部分が当接し、大径部61の内面に設けられた係止部65により回路基板81の表面(基台50側の面)が係止されている。 The circuit board 81 is fixed to the inside of the case 60 using a locking structure. Specifically, the peripheral portion of the back surface (surface on the base 30 side) of the circuit board 81 is in contact with the step portion 63 inside the case 60, and the circuit board 81 is formed by the locking portion 65 provided on the inner surface of the large diameter portion 61. The surface of the base 50 (surface on the base 50 side) is locked.
 係止部65は、周方向に間隔(例えば、等間隔である。)をおいて複数個(例えば、4個である。)形成されている。係止部65は、段差部63に近づくに従ってケース60の中心軸側に張り出す形状をしており、係止部65と段差部63との距離は、回路基板81の厚みに相当する。 The plurality of (for example, four) locking portions 65 are formed at intervals (for example, at equal intervals) in the circumferential direction. The locking portion 65 protrudes toward the central axis of the case 60 as it gets closer to the step portion 63, and the distance between the locking portion 65 and the step portion 63 corresponds to the thickness of the circuit board 81.
 なお、回路基板81を装着する際には、回路ユニット80をケース60の上方(大径部61側)から挿入し、回路基板81の裏面が係止部65に到達すると、回路基板81をさらに下方に押し込んで係止部65を通過させる。これにより、回路基板81が係止部65により係止され、回路ユニット80がケース60に固定される。 When mounting the circuit board 81, the circuit unit 80 is inserted from the upper side (large diameter portion 61 side) of the case 60, and when the back surface of the circuit board 81 reaches the locking portion 65, the circuit board 81 is further It is pushed downward to pass the locking portion 65. Thereby, the circuit board 81 is locked by the locking portion 65, and the circuit unit 80 is fixed to the case 60.
 図3に示すように、回路ユニット80と口金30とは、リード線74,75によって電気的に接続されている。 As shown in FIG. 3, the circuit unit 80 and the base 30 are electrically connected by lead wires 74 and 75.
 また、図示していないが、回路基板81には、例えば銅箔等をパターニングすることにより配線パターンが形成されており、この配線パターンの一部が、後述するアンテナ90との間の信号伝達路となっている。 Further, although not shown, a wiring pattern is formed on the circuit board 81 by patterning, for example, a copper foil or the like, and a part of the wiring pattern is a signal transmission path to the antenna 90 described later. It has become.
 続いて、回路ユニット80の回路構成について、図6(a),(b)、および図7を参照しながら以下に説明する。 Subsequently, the circuit configuration of the circuit unit 80 will be described below with reference to FIGS. 6 (a) and 6 (b) and FIG.
 図6(a)は、回路基板81を、その上方側主面である表面81a側から見た平面図であり、図6(b)は、回路基板81を、その下方側主面である裏面81b側から見た平面図である。図6(a)および図6(b)に示すように、回路ユニット80は、回路基板81と、当該回路基板81上に配された整流回路85,平滑コンデンサ86,無線制御部820,発光素子制御部87,無線制御部用電源84,無線制御部820および発光素子制御部87等を制御するためのクロック信号を生成する発振子83、および、その他の各種電子部品88等を有している。 FIG. 6 (a) is a plan view of the circuit board 81 as viewed from the surface 81a side which is the upper side main surface thereof, and FIG. 6 (b) is a back surface which is the lower side main surface thereof. It is the top view seen from the 81b side. As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B, the circuit unit 80 includes a circuit board 81, a rectifier circuit 85 disposed on the circuit board 81, a smoothing capacitor 86, a wireless control unit 820, and a light emitting element. The control unit 87, the wireless control unit power supply 84, the oscillator 83 for generating a clock signal for controlling the wireless control unit 820, the light emitting element control unit 87, etc., and other various electronic components 88 etc. .
 本実施形態においては、SMD(Surface Mount Device)タイプの電子部品は回路基板81の表面81a側に、リード線により実装されるタイプの電子部品は裏面81b側に実装されている。リード線71,72は、裏面81b上に設けられた出力端子89c,89dにそれぞれ接続されており、アンテナ線91は、裏面81b上に設けられたアンテナ端子89eに接続されている。リード線74,75は、裏面81b上に設けられた入力端子89a,89bにそれぞれ接続されている。リード線71,72およびアンテナ線91は、出力端子89c,89dおよびアンテナ端子89eから回路基板81に設けられた切欠き部81cを通って表面81a側へと配線されている。 In the present embodiment, electronic components of the SMD (Surface Mount Device) type are mounted on the surface 81 a side of the circuit board 81, and electronic components of the type mounted by lead wires are mounted on the back surface 81 b side. The lead wires 71 and 72 are respectively connected to output terminals 89c and 89d provided on the back surface 81b, and the antenna wire 91 is connected to an antenna terminal 89e provided on the back surface 81b. The lead wires 74 and 75 are respectively connected to input terminals 89a and 89b provided on the back surface 81b. The lead wires 71 and 72 and the antenna wire 91 are wired from the output terminals 89c and 89d and the antenna terminal 89e to the front surface 81a side through the notch 81c provided in the circuit board 81.
 本実施形態においては、表面81aに実装されるSMDタイプの電子部品は、発振子83,無線制御部用電源84,発光素子制御部87等であり、裏面81bに実装されるリード線により実装されるタイプの電子部品は、整流回路85,平滑コンデンサ86,無線制御部820等である。 In the present embodiment, SMD type electronic components mounted on the front surface 81a are the oscillator 83, the wireless control unit power supply 84, the light emitting element control unit 87, etc., and are mounted by lead wires mounted on the back surface 81b. Type electronic components are the rectifier circuit 85, the smoothing capacitor 86, the wireless control unit 820, and the like.
 図7は、第1の実施形態に係る回路ユニット80の回路構成を示す回路図である。 FIG. 7 is a circuit diagram showing a circuit configuration of the circuit unit 80 according to the first embodiment.
 図1~3に示すように、照明用光源1は、発光部20と、無線信号を送受信するとともに当該無線信号を基に半導体発光素子22(ここでは、LED)を点灯制御する回路ユニット80と、を有する。 As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the illumination light source 1 includes a light emitting unit 20, and a circuit unit 80 that transmits and receives a radio signal and controls lighting of a semiconductor light emitting element 22 (here, LED) based on the radio signal. And.
 発光部20は、例えば、10個のLEDを直列に接続した直列接続体を2組並列に接続したものである。発光部20は、交流電源19からスイッチング回路810を介して電力の供給を受け、LEDを点灯させる。 The light emitting unit 20 is, for example, two parallel connected series connected bodies in which ten LEDs are connected in series. The light emitting unit 20 receives supply of power from the AC power supply 19 via the switching circuit 810, and turns on the LED.
 回路ユニット80は、その主な構成として、整流回路85,平滑コンデンサ86(C1),スイッチング回路810,制御回路871,無線制御部820,無線制御部用電源84,点灯制御信号検出部830を備える。回路ユニット80の入力側は、入力端子89a,89bを介して交流電源19に、出力側は、出力端子89c,89dを介して発光部20にそれぞれ接続されている。 The circuit unit 80 mainly includes a rectifier circuit 85, a smoothing capacitor 86 (C1), a switching circuit 810, a control circuit 871, a wireless control unit 820, a wireless control unit power supply 84, and a lighting control signal detection unit 830. . The input side of the circuit unit 80 is connected to an AC power supply 19 via input terminals 89a and 89b, and the output side is connected to the light emitting unit 20 via output terminals 89c and 89d.
 回路ユニット80の機能を概説すると、整流回路85,平滑コンデンサ86(C1),スイッチング回路810,制御回路871,点灯制御信号検出部830から成る点灯用回路により、交流電源19から供給される交流電力の半導体発光素子22を点灯させるための電力への変換、および、変換された電力の半導体発光素子22への出力が行われる。アンテナ90,無線制御部820,無線制御部用電源84から成る無線信号用回路により、無線信号の送受信、無線信号の電気信号への変換、および当該電気信号の入出力が行われる。 The outline of the function of the circuit unit 80 is as follows: AC power supplied from the AC power supply 19 by the lighting circuit including the rectifier circuit 85, the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1), the switching circuit 810, the control circuit 871, and the lighting control signal detector 830 The conversion to power for lighting the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and the output of the converted power to the semiconductor light emitting element 22 are performed. The wireless signal circuit including the antenna 90, the wireless control unit 820, and the wireless control unit power supply 84 performs transmission and reception of a wireless signal, conversion of the wireless signal into an electrical signal, and input and output of the electrical signal.
 整流回路85は、交流電源19から供給される交流電圧を全波整流し、それを平滑コンデンサ86(C1)が直流電流に平滑化する。 The rectifier circuit 85 full-wave rectifies the AC voltage supplied from the AC power supply 19, and the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1) smoothes it to a DC current.
 スイッチング回路810は、平滑コンデンサ86(C1)から供給される直流電力を、半導体発光素子22を点灯させるための電力に変換する、いわゆる降圧式のDC-DCコンバータであり、スイッチング素子811,ダイオードD1,インダクタL1,コンデンサC2を備える。スイッチング回路810からの電力供給により、発光部20が点灯する。 The switching circuit 810 is a so-called step-down DC-DC converter that converts DC power supplied from the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1) into power for lighting the semiconductor light emitting element 22, and includes a switching element 811 and a diode D1. , An inductor L1, and a capacitor C2. By the power supply from the switching circuit 810, the light emitting unit 20 is lit.
 なお、DC-DCコンバータには、シングルフォワード方式,フライバック方式,プッシュプル方式,ハーフブリッジ方式,フルブリッジ方式,マグアンプ方式,降圧チョッパー方式,昇圧チョッパー方式,昇降圧チョッパー方式等がある。本実施形態では、降圧チョッパー方式が採用されているが、これ以外の方式を採用しても構わない。 The DC-DC converter includes single forward, flyback, push-pull, half bridge, full bridge, mag amp, step-down chopper, step-up chopper, and step-up / step-down chopper. Although the step-down chopper method is adopted in the present embodiment, any other method may be adopted.
 制御回路871は、スイッチング素子811の制御端子811gに接続される。制御回路871は、制御端子811gに信号を与えることでスイッチング素子811のオンオフ制御を行い、平滑コンデンサ86(C1)から供給される直流電圧を所望の電圧に降圧する。本実施形態においては、スイッチング素子811として電界効果トランジスタ(FET:Field Effect Transistor)が用いられており、制御端子811gはFETのゲートに、制御端子811gに与えられる信号はゲート電圧にそれぞれ相当する。 The control circuit 871 is connected to the control terminal 811 g of the switching element 811. The control circuit 871 performs on / off control of the switching element 811 by giving a signal to the control terminal 811g, and steps down the DC voltage supplied from the smoothing capacitor 86 (C1) to a desired voltage. In the present embodiment, a field effect transistor (FET: Field Effect Transistor) is used as the switching element 811. The control terminal 811g corresponds to the gate of the FET, and the signal supplied to the control terminal 811g corresponds to the gate voltage.
 アンテナ90は、使用する無線信号に対応した規格のものが採用されている。無線信号には、照明用光源1を点灯制御するための命令が含まれるが、無線信号として用いる信号の周波数は特に限定されない。例えば、IEEE(Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers)802.15.4規格に準拠した通信装置で使用されている世界共通で使用可能な2.4[GHz]の周波数帯域の無線信号を用いることができる。また、地域別に周波数帯域があり、欧州では433.05~434.79[MHz]、863~870[MHz]、日本では426~429[MHz]、915~956[MHz]、米国では260~470[MHz]、902~928[MHz]などの使用帯域を別途確保している。IEEE802.15.4とは、PAN(Personal Area Network)、またはW(Wireless)PANと呼ばれる短距離無線ネットワーク規格の名称である。 The antenna 90 adopts a standard corresponding to a radio signal to be used. The wireless signal includes an instruction to turn on the lighting light source 1, but the frequency of the signal used as the wireless signal is not particularly limited. For example, it is possible to use radio signals in the universally available 2.4 [GHz] frequency band used in communication devices conforming to the IEEE (Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers) 802.15.4 standard. . In addition, there are frequency bands by region, and 433.05-434.79 [MHz], 863-870 [MHz] in Europe, 426-429 [MHz] in Japan, 915-956 [MHz], 260-470 in the US Use bands such as [MHz] and 902 to 928 [MHz] are secured separately. IEEE 802.15.4 is a name of a short distance wireless network standard called PAN (Personal Area Network) or W (Wireless) PAN.
 上記のような周波数帯域の無線信号を用いた無線通信は、従来からある赤外通信と比較して波長が短い。したがって、無線信号の送信機側と送受信機側(アンテナ部側)間の見通しが悪い場合であっても良好な通信が行える。 The wireless communication using the wireless signal in the frequency band as described above has a short wavelength as compared with the conventional infrared communication. Therefore, good communication can be performed even when the line of sight between the transmitter side and the transceiver side (the antenna unit side) of the wireless signal is bad.
 さらに、上記規格においては、同じアドレスを有するグループであって、無線信号の送信機とペアリングされたグループに属する照明用光源同士で、送信機を介さずに相互通信を行うことができる。よって、送信機から無線信号を送受信できなくても、同じグループにおける送受信済みの照明用光源が、送信機からの無線信号と同じ命令を未送受信の照明用光源に対して送信することができる。その結果、送信機とペアリングされたグループ内の照明用光源はもれなく制御される。このような機能は、シャンデリアのような嵩高い照明器具を点灯制御する場合のような、非常に広範囲に亘って設けられた照明用光源を一律に点灯制御させたい場合等に有効である。 Furthermore, in the above-mentioned standard, mutual communication can be performed between the illumination light sources belonging to the group having the same address and being paired with the transmitter of the wireless signal without passing through the transmitter. Therefore, even if the transmitter can not transmit or receive a wireless signal, the illumination light source in the same group can transmit the same command as the wireless signal from the transmitter to the illumination light source that has not transmitted or received. As a result, the illumination light sources in the group paired with the transmitter are completely controlled. Such a function is effective, for example, when it is desired to uniformly control the lighting light sources provided over a very wide range, as in the case where the lighting control of a bulky lighting apparatus such as a chandelier is performed.
 無線制御部820は、アンテナ90で送受信した無線信号を基に、半導体発光素子22への給電を制御するための点灯制御信号を生成し、発光素子制御部87の制御回路871に出力する。無線制御部820としては、例えば、NXP社のJN5142またはJN5148を利用することができる。無線制御部820は、無線制御部用電源84から電力の供給を受ける。 The wireless control unit 820 generates a lighting control signal for controlling power supply to the semiconductor light emitting device 22 based on the wireless signal transmitted and received by the antenna 90, and outputs the lighting control signal to the control circuit 871 of the light emitting device control unit 87. As the wireless control unit 820, for example, NXP JN 5142 or JN 5148 can be used. The wireless control unit 820 receives supply of power from the wireless control unit power supply 84.
 無線制御部820の1番ピンには、アンテナ90で送受信した無線信号が入力される。無線制御部820の1番ピンに入力された無線信号は、無線制御部820内で増幅された後、電気信号に変換され、最終的に4番ピンから点灯制御信号として出力される。また、無線制御部820の2番ピンはアンテナ90のグランド端子,3番ピンはグランド端子,5番ピンはVDD入力端子,6番ピンは高電圧入力端子,7番ピンおよび8番ピンはインダクタL2の入出力端子である。 The wireless signal transmitted and received by the antenna 90 is input to the first pin of the wireless control unit 820. The wireless signal input to the first pin of the wireless control unit 820 is amplified in the wireless control unit 820 and then converted to an electrical signal, and finally output from the fourth pin as a lighting control signal. Also, the second pin of the wireless control unit 820 is the ground terminal of the antenna 90, the third pin is the ground terminal, the fifth pin is the VDD input terminal, the sixth pin is a high voltage input terminal, and the seventh and eighth pins are inductors. It is an input / output terminal of L2.
 点灯制御信号検出部830は、無線制御部820から出力された点灯制御信号のレベルを検出し、検出されたレベルに応じた信号を、発光素子制御部87の3番ピンに出力する。 The lighting control signal detection unit 830 detects the level of the lighting control signal output from the wireless control unit 820, and outputs a signal corresponding to the detected level to the third pin of the light emitting element control unit 87.
 なお、制御回路871とスイッチング素子811とが一つのパッケージに封止されたLEDドライバ(発光素子制御部87に相当する。)を利用することもできる。このようなLEDドライバとして、例えば、パナソニック株式会社のMIP551やNXP社のSSL2108を用いることができる。 It is also possible to use an LED driver (corresponding to the light emitting element control unit 87) in which the control circuit 871 and the switching element 811 are sealed in one package. As such an LED driver, for example, MIP 551 of Panasonic Corporation or SSL 2108 of NXP Corporation can be used.
 発光素子制御部87の1番ピンは電源入力端子である。発光素子制御部87の2番ピンはVDD供給端子であり、無線制御部820や周辺素子等の動作電圧に使用している。発光素子制御部87の3番ピンには、点灯制御信号検出部830で検出されたレベルに応じた信号が入力される。発光素子制御部87は、当該レベルが低下するほど内部の発振回路のLED電流を低下させる仕様となっている。 The first pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 is a power input terminal. The second pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 is a VDD supply terminal, and is used for operating voltages of the wireless control unit 820 and peripheral elements. A signal corresponding to the level detected by the lighting control signal detection unit 830 is input to the third pin of the light emitting element control unit 87. The light emitting element control unit 87 is configured to reduce the LED current of the internal oscillation circuit as the level decreases.
 発光素子制御部87の4番ピンはスイッチング素子811のソース、およびグランドに接続されている。発光素子制御部87の5番ピン,6番ピンは、それぞれ、スイッチング素子811のソース,ドレインである。 The fourth pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 is connected to the source of the switching element 811 and the ground. The fifth pin and the sixth pin of the light emitting element control unit 87 are a source and a drain of the switching element 811 respectively.
 [3.配光特性]
 本実施形態に係る照明用光源1では、グローブ10内であって、白熱電球の光源(フィラメント)位置に対応した位置(例えば略同じ位置である。)に発光部20が設けられている。これにより、照明用光源1を従来の白熱電球用の照明器具に装着しても、フィラメントの位置に発光部20が配されることとなり、白熱電球を装着した際の配光特性と近い特性を得ることができる。
[3. Light distribution characteristics]
In the illumination light source 1 according to the present embodiment, the light emitting unit 20 is provided in the globe 10 at a position (for example, substantially the same position) corresponding to the light source (filament) position of the incandescent lamp. As a result, even if the illumination light source 1 is mounted on a conventional lighting device for an incandescent lamp, the light emitting unit 20 will be disposed at the position of the filament, and the light distribution characteristic similar to that when the incandescent lamp is mounted You can get it.
 また、発光部20は透光性の実装基板21を用いて構成されているため、半導体発光素子22から下方に発せられた光は実装基板21を通過してグローブ10から外部へと出射される。 Further, since the light emitting unit 20 is configured using the light transmitting mounting substrate 21, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the mounting substrate 21 and is emitted from the globe 10 to the outside. .
 さらに、半導体発光素子22を支持している支持部材40の形状を細長い棒状にすることにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材40により遮られる割合を少なくすることができる。 Furthermore, by making the shape of the support member 40 supporting the semiconductor light emitting element 22 into an elongated rod shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 40 can be reduced. it can.
 支持部材40を透光性の材料により構成することで、支持部材40に達した光は、そのまま通過し、グローブ10の内面にまで達した光はグローブ10を透過して外部へと出射される。 By making the support member 40 of a translucent material, the light reaching the support member 40 passes as it is, and the light reaching the inner surface of the glove 10 is transmitted through the glove 10 and emitted to the outside .
 [4.第1の実施形態のまとめ]
 以上説明したように、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1の構成によると、光源としての半導体発光素子22を有する発光部20が支持部材40によりグローブ10内の中央位置で支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができる。
[4. Summary of the First Embodiment]
As described above, according to the configuration of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment, the light emitting unit 20 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as the light source is supported by the support member 40 at the central position in the glove 10. This makes it possible to obtain good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp.
 さらに、支持部材40にアンテナ90が取着されており、照明用光源1が照明装置に装着された場合に、比較的露出しているグローブ10の内部にアンテナ90が位置することになるため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Furthermore, since the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 40 and the illumination light source 1 is mounted on the illumination device, the antenna 90 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 10, Compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is less likely to be disturbed, and the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be performed more reliably.
 また、半導体発光素子22が実装されている実装基板21に透光性の部材が用いられているため、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、実装基板21を透過してグローブ10に到達し、そこからさらにグローブ10を透過して外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源1の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 10 is formed. , And further transmit through the glove 10 and are emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 1 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 加えて、支持部材40を細長い棒状の形状とすることにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材40により遮られる割合を少なくすることができる。これにより、照明用光源1の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, by making the support member 40 into an elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 40 can be reduced. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 1 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 ≪第2の実施形態≫
 上記第1の実施形態においては、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90が支持部材40の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されて取着されている構成を例に説明した。
Second Embodiment
In the first embodiment, the configuration in which the antenna 90, which is a helical antenna, is helically wound and attached around the support member 40 has been described as an example.
 しかし、アンテナが支持部材40に備えられる態様は、これに限られない。第2の実施形態においては、ロッドアンテナが支持部材40に備えられた構成について説明する。なお、説明の重複を避けるため、第1および第2の実施形態と同じ構成要素については、同符号を付して、その説明を省略する。以下、各実施形態および各変形例においても同様である。 However, the manner in which the antenna is provided to the support member 40 is not limited to this. In the second embodiment, a configuration in which a rod antenna is provided to the support member 40 will be described. In addition, in order to avoid duplication of description, about a component same as 1st and 2nd embodiment, a same sign is attached | subjected and the description is abbreviate | omitted. The same applies to each embodiment and each modification below.
 図8は、第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源100の図1のA-A’直線に相当する直線に沿った矢視断面図である。 FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment, taken along the straight line corresponding to the line A-A 'in FIG.
 第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源100は、支持部材140が内部に空間140aを有する中空構造となっており、空間140aの内部に棒状(円柱状)の長尺な形状を有するロッドアンテナ(ポールアンテナ)であるアンテナ190が収容されており、アンテナ190の下端部に接続されたアンテナ線91が、支持部材140の空間140aから支持部材140の下端面へと連通する連通孔146および、基台150に設けられた貫通孔153に挿通されている点において、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1と異なっている。 In the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment, the support member 140 has a hollow structure having a space 140 a inside, and a rod antenna (long cylindrical shape) is formed inside the space 140 a ( A communication hole 146 in which an antenna 190 which is a pole antenna) is accommodated, and an antenna wire 91 connected to the lower end of the antenna 190 communicates from the space 140a of the support member 140 to the lower end surface of the support member 140; It differs from the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment in that it is inserted into the through hole 153 provided in the pedestal 150.
 アンテナ190は、例えば、2.4GHz帯域で使用されるものであるが、これに限られず、使用される所望の帯域に適合したアンテナを用いてもよい。アンテナ190の長さは、例えば、20~31.25〔mm〕であり、直径は、1~30〔mm〕であるが、支持部材140のサイズおよびデザインや、リード線71,72、およびアンテナ線91の配線方法によって、所望の無線信号の送受信性能を満たす限り、適宜変更してもよい。 The antenna 190 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited thereto, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used. The length of the antenna 190 is, for example, 20 to 31.25 mm, and the diameter is 1 to 30 mm. However, the size and design of the support member 140, the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna The wiring method of the line 91 may be appropriately changed as long as the desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied.
 なお、アンテナ190の指向性は無指向性であることが好ましい。 The directivity of the antenna 190 is preferably nondirectional.
 支持部材140の上端部には、発光部20が取着されており、発光部20と回路基板81とは、リード線71,72により電気的に接続されている。リード線71は、支持部材140の円錐部142に設けられた貫通孔144および、基台150に設けられた貫通孔151に挿通されている。リード線72は、支持部材140の円錐部142に設けられた貫通孔145および、基台150に設けられた貫通孔152に挿通されている。なお、貫通孔144,145、および151,152は、リード線71,72を通すためのものであり、2本のリード線71,72が挿通できる大きさの貫通孔が、円錐部142および基台150にそれぞれ1個ずつ形成されていても良い。また、図8に示すような、支持部材440を挟んだ位置でない別の位置に形成されていてもよい。 The light emitting unit 20 is attached to the upper end portion of the support member 140, and the light emitting unit 20 and the circuit board 81 are electrically connected by lead wires 71 and 72. The lead wire 71 is inserted through the through hole 144 provided in the conical portion 142 of the support member 140 and the through hole 151 provided in the base 150. The lead wire 72 is inserted through the through hole 145 provided in the conical portion 142 of the support member 140 and the through hole 152 provided in the base 150. The through holes 144, 145 and 151, 152 are for passing the lead wires 71, 72, and the through holes having a size through which the two lead wires 71, 72 can be inserted are the conical portion 142 and the base Each of the pedestals 150 may be formed one by one. Also, as shown in FIG. 8, it may be formed at another position other than the position across the support member 440.
 以上説明したように、第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源100の構成においても、アンテナ190が支持部材内部に収容された状態でグローブ10の内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる
 また、本実施形態においては、アンテナ190が支持部材140内部に収容されているため、支持部材140は、非導電性の部材で構成されている。非導電性の部材としては、ガラスやセラミック等が挙げられるが、本実施形態においては、ガラスを用いている。これにより、発光部20の半導体発光素子22から実装基板21の下方側へと発せられた光が、支持部材140を透過してグローブ10の下方側へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射することができるため、より良好な配光特性を実現することができる。
As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment, the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed inside the support member. As compared with the case of being housed in the housing, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is less likely to be inhibited, and the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be performed more reliably. Further, in the present embodiment, the antenna 190 is housed inside the support member 140 Because of this, the support member 140 is composed of a non-conductive member. Examples of the nonconductive member include glass and ceramic, but in the present embodiment, glass is used. Thereby, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the lower side of the mounting substrate 21 passes through the support member 140, reaches the lower side of the globe 10, and exits from there. Because of this, better light distribution characteristics can be realized.
 なお、支持部材140がガラスやセラミック等の非導電性の部材から成る場合、アンテナ190を内包した状態で一体的に形成されてもよい。このような場合、支持部材140の内部において、支持部材140とアンテナ190との間に、特に隙間としての空間140aが設けられることなく、アンテナ190が支持部材140内に密に収容される構成としてもよい。以下、後述する変形例2,4,6においても、同様である。 When the support member 140 is made of a nonconductive member such as glass or ceramic, the support member 140 may be integrally formed in a state in which the antenna 190 is included. In such a case, the antenna 190 is closely accommodated in the support member 140 without providing a space 140 a as a gap between the support member 140 and the antenna 190 in the inside of the support member 140. It is also good. The same applies to modifications 2, 4 and 6 to be described later.
 ≪第3の実施形態≫
 上記第1の実施形態においては、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90が支持部材40の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されて取着されている構成について説明し、第2の実施形態においては、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190が支持部材140の内部に収容されている構成について説明した。
Third Embodiment
In the first embodiment, a configuration in which the antenna 90 which is a helical antenna is helically wound and attached around the support member 40 will be described. In the second embodiment, a rod antenna is used. The configuration in which a certain antenna 190 is housed inside the support member 140 has been described.
 しかし、アンテナがグローブ10内部に設けられる態様は、これらに限られない。 However, the aspect in which the antenna is provided inside the glove 10 is not limited to these.
 図9(a)は、第3の実施形態に係る照明用光源200の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。図9(b)は、照明用光源200における発光部220の平面図である。 Fig.9 (a) is an external appearance perspective view which shows schematic structure of the light source 200 for illumination which concerns on 3rd Embodiment. FIG. 9 (b) is a plan view of the light emitting unit 220 in the illumination light source 200.
 本実施形態に係る照明用光源200は、発光部220の実装基板21の表面上に、アンテナ290が形成されている。アンテナ290は、PCBアンテナ(プリントアンテナ)であり、実装基板上にアルミ薄膜等を用いて矩形波様の形状に形成されている。図9(b)に示すように、本実施形態においては、アンテナ290は、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向において一端側であって、実装基板21の短手方向の中央部、即ち、2本の封止体23の間に設けられている。アンテナ290の給電端子24bに近い方の端部には、アンテナ線91の一端が接続されるアンテナ端子292が形成されており、アンテナ端子292の中央部には、実装基板21およびアンテナ端子292を貫通する貫通孔293が形成されている。図9(b)には図示されていないが、貫通孔293にアンテナ線91の回路ユニット80と接続されている側とは反対側の一端が挿通され、半田等から成る導電性接合部材73によってアンテナ端子292とアンテナ線91とが接続される。アンテナ線91は、支持部材240の円錐部242に形成された貫通孔246および基台250に形成された不図示の挿通孔に挿通され、回路ユニット80(図3参照)に接続される。 In the illumination light source 200 according to the present embodiment, an antenna 290 is formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220. The antenna 290 is a PCB antenna (print antenna), and is formed in a rectangular wave shape on a mounting substrate using an aluminum thin film or the like. As shown in FIG. 9B, in the present embodiment, the antenna 290 is at one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25 and a central portion in the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, That is, it is provided between the two sealing bodies 23. At the end closer to the feed terminal 24b of the antenna 290, an antenna terminal 292 to which one end of the antenna wire 91 is connected is formed, and at the center of the antenna terminal 292, the mounting substrate 21 and the antenna terminal 292 are provided. A through hole 293 penetrating is formed. Although not shown in FIG. 9B, one end of the antenna wire 91 opposite to the side connected to the circuit unit 80 is inserted into the through hole 293, and the conductive bonding member 73 made of solder or the like is used. The antenna terminal 292 and the antenna wire 91 are connected. The antenna wire 91 is inserted through the through hole 246 formed in the conical portion 242 of the support member 240 and the insertion hole (not shown) formed in the base 250, and is connected to the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3).
 アンテナ290は、例えば、2.4GHz帯域で使用されるものであるが、これに限られず、使用される所望の帯域に適合したアンテナを用いてもよい。アンテナ290の長さ(実装基板21の長手方向の長さ)は、例えば、20~31.25〔mm〕程度であるが、実装基板21のサイズ、半導体発光素子22の配列態様、封止体23の配置態様、および、アンテナ290が形成される実装基板21上の位置に応じて、所望の無線信号の送受信性能を満たす限り、適宜変更してもよい。 The antenna 290 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited thereto, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used. The length of the antenna 290 (the length in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21) is, for example, about 20 to 31.25 [mm], but the size of the mounting substrate 21, the arrangement of the semiconductor light emitting elements 22, the sealing body The configuration may be changed as appropriate as long as the desired wireless signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied, depending on the arrangement mode of 23 and the position on the mounting substrate 21 where the antenna 290 is formed.
 また、アンテナ90の指向性は無指向性であることが好ましい。 Further, the directivity of the antenna 90 is preferably nondirectional.
 なお、支持部材240は、ガラス等の透光性の部材により構成されている点において、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1における支持部材40と異なっているが、支持部材40と同一の形状を有する。アンテナ線91を挿通するための貫通孔246が、図9(a)に示す支持部材240においては、紙面手前側に描かれているが、図1に示す支持部材40においては、紙面奥側に形成されており、円錐部42に隠れて見えないため、図1では図示されていない。 The supporting member 240 is different from the supporting member 40 in the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment in that the supporting member 240 is formed of a translucent member such as glass, but is the same as the supporting member 40. It has a shape. In the support member 240 shown in FIG. 9A, the through hole 246 for inserting the antenna wire 91 is drawn on the front side in the drawing, but in the support member 40 shown in FIG. It is not shown in FIG. 1 as it is formed and can not be seen behind the cone 42.
 また、貫通孔244,245は、図9に示すような支持部材240の中心軸に対して略対称な位置に設けられる代わりに、別の位置に形成されていてもよいし、リード線71,72それぞれに対して一つずつ形成される代わりに、2本のリード線71,72が挿通できる大きさの貫通孔が、円錐部242に1個形成されていてもよい。 Further, the through holes 244 and 245 may be formed at other positions instead of being provided at substantially symmetrical positions with respect to the central axis of the support member 240 as shown in FIG. Instead of being formed one by one for each of 72, one through hole having a size that allows the two lead wires 71 and 72 to be inserted may be formed in the conical portion 242.
 以上説明したように、第3の実施形態に係る照明用光源200の構成においても、第1および第2の実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、アンテナ290が、PCBアンテナとして発光部220の実装基板21上に形成されており、グローブ10内部に配置されている。これにより、照明用光源200が照明装置に装着された場合に、比較的露出しているグローブ10の内部にアンテナ290が位置することになるため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 200 according to the third embodiment, the same effects as those of the first and second embodiments can be obtained. That is, the antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 as a PCB antenna, and is disposed inside the globe 10. As a result, when the illumination light source 200 is attached to the illumination device, the antenna 290 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 10, so the antenna is housed inside the case 60 and In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 加えて、光源としての半導体発光素子22を有する発光部220が支持部材240によりグローブ10内の中央位置で支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, the light emitting portion 220 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the globe 10, thereby obtaining good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp. be able to.
 また、半導体発光素子22が実装されている実装基板21に透光性の部材が用いられているため、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、実装基板21を透過してグローブ10に到達し、そこからさらにグローブ10を透過して外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源200の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 10 is formed. , And further transmit through the glove 10 and are emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 200 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 加えて、支持部材240が透光性の部材を用いて構成されていることにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、支持部材240により遮られることなく支持部材340を透過してグローブ10へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源200の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since the support member 240 is configured using a translucent member, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the support member 340 without being blocked by the support member 240. Then, it reaches the glove 10 and is emitted to the outside from there. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 200 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本実施形態においては、アンテナ290は、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向において一端側に形成されているが、これに限られない。例えば、アンテナ290が、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向における両端側に設けられていてもよい。この場合、一対のアンテナ290が上記一端側と他端側にそれぞれひとつずつ設けられていてもよく、両端側のアンテナ290が一体的に形成されていてもよい。また、アンテナ290が形成されるのは、実装基板21の表面に限られず、実装基板21の裏面に形成されていてもよく、さらには、実装基板21の側面に形成されていてもよい。上記両端側にそれぞれひとつずつアンテナ290が設けられる場合には、それぞれの長手方向端部にそれぞれアンテナ端子292を設けて、それぞれにアンテナ線91が接続されてもよい。この場合、双方のアンテナ端子292にそれぞれ接続された2本のアンテナ線91は、一つに統合されて回路ユニット80に接続されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the antenna 290 is formed on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but is not limited to this. For example, the antennas 290 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25. In this case, one pair of antennas 290 may be respectively provided on the one end side and the other end side, and the antennas 290 on both ends may be integrally formed. Further, the antenna 290 is not limited to the surface of the mounting substrate 21, and may be formed on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 or may be formed on the side surface of the mounting substrate 21. In the case where one antenna 290 is provided on each end, the antenna terminal 292 may be provided on each longitudinal end and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each. In this case, two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 292 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
 ≪第4の実施形態≫
 上記第3の実施形態に係る照明用光源200においては、発光部220の実装基板21にPCBアンテナ290が形成されている構成について説明したが、実装基板21に設けられるアンテナは、PCBアンテナに限られない。
Fourth Embodiment
In the illumination light source 200 according to the third embodiment, the configuration in which the PCB antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 has been described, but the antenna provided on the mounting substrate 21 is limited to the PCB antenna. I can not.
 図10(a)は、第4の実施形態に係る照明用光源300の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。図10(b)は、照明用光源300における発光部320の平面図である。 FIG. 10A is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 300 according to the fourth embodiment. FIG. 10B is a plan view of the light emitting unit 320 in the illumination light source 300.
 本実施形態に係る照明用光源300は、発光部320の実装基板21の表面上に、アンテナ390が形成されており、アンテナ390が、SMDであるチップアンテナである点が、第3の実施形態に係る照明用光源200と異なっている。 The illumination light source 300 according to the present embodiment has the antenna 390 formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320, and the antenna 390 is a chip antenna that is an SMD in the third embodiment. It differs from the illumination light source 200 according to FIG.
 また、図10(b)に示すように、本実施形態においては、アンテナ390は、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向において一端側であって、実装基板21の短手方向の中央部、即ち、2本の封止体23の間に設けられている。実装基板21の表面上にはアンテナ線91の一端が接続されるアンテナ端子392が形成されており、アンテナ390は、半田等によりアンテナ端子392に接続されている。アンテナ端子392の中央部には、実装基板21およびアンテナ端子392を貫通する貫通孔393が形成されている。図10(b)には図示されていないが、貫通孔393にアンテナ線91の回路ユニット80と接続されている側とは反対側の一端が挿通され、半田等から成る導電性接合部材73によってアンテナ端子392とアンテナ線91とが接続される。 Further, as shown in FIG. 10B, in the present embodiment, the antenna 390 is at one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25 and the center of the mounting substrate 21 in the lateral direction. That is, it is provided between the two sealing bodies 23. An antenna terminal 392 to which one end of the antenna wire 91 is connected is formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21. The antenna 390 is connected to the antenna terminal 392 by solder or the like. A through hole 393 is formed in the central portion of the antenna terminal 392 so as to penetrate the mounting substrate 21 and the antenna terminal 392. Although not shown in FIG. 10B, one end of the through hole 393 on the opposite side of the side connected to the circuit unit 80 of the antenna wire 91 is inserted, and the conductive bonding member 73 made of solder or the like is used. The antenna terminal 392 and the antenna wire 91 are connected.
 アンテナ290は、例えば、2.4GHz帯域で使用されるものであるが、これに限られず、使用される所望の帯域に適合したアンテナを用いてもよい。アンテナ390としては、例えば、Texas Instruments製のAN048等を用いてもよく、この場合、アンテナ390のサイズとしては、縦(実装基板21の短手方向に対応)2〔mm〕、横(実装基板21の長手方向に対応)7〔mm〕、高さ(上下方向に対応)3〔mm〕である。 The antenna 290 is, for example, one used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited thereto, and an antenna adapted to a desired band to be used may be used. As the antenna 390, for example, AN048 manufactured by Texas Instruments may be used. In this case, the size of the antenna 390 is 2 mm in length (corresponding to the width direction of the mounting substrate 21) and in width (mounting substrate 21 corresponding to the longitudinal direction) 7 mm, height (corresponding to the vertical direction) 3 mm.
 なお、アンテナ390に用いられるチップアンテナは、上記のものに限られず、そのサイズは、実装基板21のサイズ、半導体発光素子22の配列態様、封止体23の配置態様、および、アンテナ290が形成される実装基板21上の位置に応じて、所望の無線信号の送受信性能を満たす限り、適宜変更してもよい。 The chip antenna used for the antenna 390 is not limited to the above, and the size is the size of the mounting substrate 21, the arrangement of the semiconductor light emitting elements 22, the arrangement of the sealing body 23, and the antenna 290 Depending on the position on the mounting substrate 21 to be processed, as long as the desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied, it may be changed as appropriate.
 また、アンテナ90の指向性は無指向性であることが好ましい。 Further, the directivity of the antenna 90 is preferably nondirectional.
 以上説明したように、第4の実施形態に係る照明用光源300の構成においても、第1、第2、第3の実施形態と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、アンテナ390が、チップアンテナとして発光部320の実装基板21上に実装されており、グローブ10内部に配置されている。これにより、照明用光源300が照明装置に装着された場合に、比較的露出しているグローブ10の内部にアンテナ390が位置することになるため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 300 according to the fourth embodiment, the same effects as those of the first, second, and third embodiments can be obtained. That is, the antenna 390 is mounted on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320 as a chip antenna and disposed inside the glove 10. As a result, when the illumination light source 300 is attached to the illumination device, the antenna 390 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 10, so that the antenna is housed inside the case 60. In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 加えて、光源としての半導体発光素子22を有する発光部320が支持部材240によりグローブ10内の中央位置で支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 320 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the glove 10, thereby obtaining good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp. be able to.
 また、半導体発光素子22が実装されている実装基板21に透光性の部材が用いられているため、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、実装基板21を透過してグローブ10に到達し、そこからさらにグローブ10を透過して外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源300の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 10 is formed. , And further transmit through the glove 10 and are emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 300 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 加えて、支持部材240が透光性の部材を用いて構成されていることにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、支持部材240により遮られることなく支持部材240を透過してグローブ10へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源300の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since the support member 240 is configured using a translucent member, light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the support member 240 without being blocked by the support member 240. Then, it reaches the glove 10 and is emitted to the outside from there. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the illumination light source 300 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本実施形態においては、アンテナ390は、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向において一端側に実装されているが、これに限られない。例えば、アンテナ390が、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向における両端側に設けられていてもよい。また、アンテナ390が実装されるのは、実装基板21の表面に限られず、実装基板21の裏面に実装されていてもよい。上記両端側にそれぞれひとつずつアンテナ390が設けられる場合には、それぞれの長手方向端部にそれぞれアンテナ端子392を設けて、それぞれにアンテナ線91が接続されてもよい。この場合、双方のアンテナ端子392にそれぞれ接続された2本のアンテナ線91は、一つに統合されて回路ユニット80に接続されてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the antenna 390 is mounted on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the antennas 390 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25. In addition, the antenna 390 is mounted on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 without being limited to the front surface of the mounting substrate 21. In the case where one antenna 390 is provided on each end, the antenna terminal 392 may be provided on each longitudinal end, and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each. In this case, two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 392 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
 また、貫通孔244,245は、図10に示すような支持部材240の中心軸に対して略対称な位置に設けられる代わりに、別の位置に形成されていてもよいし、リード線71,72それぞれに対して一つずつ形成される代わりに、2本のリード線71,72が挿通できる大きさの貫通孔が、円錐部242に1個形成されていてもよい。 In addition, the through holes 244 and 245 may be formed at different positions instead of being provided at substantially symmetrical positions with respect to the central axis of the support member 240 as shown in FIG. Instead of being formed one by one for each of 72, one through hole having a size that allows the two lead wires 71 and 72 to be inserted may be formed in the conical portion 242.
 ≪変形例≫
 以上、本発明の構成を第1、第2、第3、および第4の実施形態に基づいて説明したが、本発明は上記実施形態に限られず、以下のような変形例を実施することができる。なお、説明の重複を避けるため、第1、第2、第3、および第4の実施形態と同じ構成要素については、同符号を付して、その説明を省略する。
«Modification»
The configuration of the present invention has been described above based on the first, second, third, and fourth embodiments, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiments, and the following modifications may be implemented. it can. In addition, in order to avoid duplication of description, about a component same as 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th embodiment, a same sign is attached | subjected and the description is abbreviate | omitted.
 (変形例1)
 上記第1の実施形態においては、発光部20の実装基板21は平面視形状が矩形状をしていたが、これに限られない。
(Modification 1)
In the first embodiment, the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 has a rectangular shape in plan view, but the present invention is not limited to this.
 図11は、変形例1に係る照明用光源400の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源400は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部420、支持部材440、基台450、ケース60、口金30、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90、リード線71,72等を備える。また図11においては図示されていないが、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80(図3参照)が収容されており、アンテナ90と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91(図3参照)により接続されている。 FIG. 11 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification. The illumination light source 400 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 440, a base 450, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. Although not shown in FIG. 11, a circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3) is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 3). There is.
 照明用光源400においては、発光部420の実装基板421は、円盤状の形状を有しており、円盤状の実装基板421の表面上に円環状に複数の半導体発光素子422が実装され、これら全ての半導体発光素子422を覆うように、封止体423が円環状に形成されている。実装基板421は、透光性の部材を用いて構成されている。前記透光性の部材としては、例えば、サファイア基板、ガラス基板、セラミック基板、透光性を有する樹脂基板等が用いられる。なお、ここでは、複数の半導体発光素子422は、第1の実施の形態で説明した半導体発光素子22と同じ構成であるが、別の構成、例えば、発光色、出力(輝度)が異なるようなものでもよい。 In the illumination light source 400, the mounting substrate 421 of the light emitting unit 420 has a disk shape, and a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 422 are mounted in a ring shape on the surface of the disk mounting substrate 421. The sealing body 423 is formed in an annular shape so as to cover all the semiconductor light emitting elements 422. The mounting substrate 421 is configured using a translucent member. As the translucent member, for example, a sapphire substrate, a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a translucent resin substrate, or the like is used. Here, the plurality of semiconductor light emitting devices 422 have the same configuration as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 described in the first embodiment, but different configurations, for example, emission color, output (luminance) are different. It may be something.
 封止体423は透光性材料からなる。半導体発光素子422が第1の実施形態の半導体発光素子22と同じ色の光を発するため、第1の実施形態と同様に、半導体発光素子422からの光の波長を所望(黄色)に変換する波長変換材料が上記透光性材料に混入されている。なお、封止体423は、平面視した場合に円環状をしているが、例えば、ドーム状(平面視した場合に円形状)に形成されてもよい。 The sealing body 423 is made of a translucent material. Since the semiconductor light emitting device 422 emits light of the same color as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 of the first embodiment, the wavelength of light from the semiconductor light emitting device 422 is converted to a desired (yellow) as in the first embodiment. A wavelength conversion material is mixed in the translucent material. Note that the sealing body 423 has an annular shape when viewed in plan, but may be formed, for example, in a dome shape (circular shape when viewed in plan).
 基台450は、第1の実施形態の基台50と同様に、円盤状をしている。基台450は、平面視において、その表面中央部に支持部材440が立設されており、支持部材440を挟んだ位置に回路ユニット(80)と発光部420とを電気的に接続するリード線71,72が挿通される貫通孔451,452を備える。 The base 450 has a disk shape like the base 50 of the first embodiment. The base 450 has a support member 440 erected at the center of the surface in plan view, and a lead wire electrically connecting the circuit unit (80) and the light emitting unit 420 at a position across the support member 440. The through holes 451 and 452 through which the holes 71 and 72 are inserted are provided.
 リード線71,72が基台450に設けられた貫通孔451,452に挿通されるため、支持部材440にはリード線71,72を挿通するための貫通孔は設けられておらず、アンテナ線(91)を挿通するための貫通孔(不図示)のみが形成されている。ただし、当該アンテナ線用の貫通孔は支持部材440に設けられる代わりに、基台450に設けられてもよい。支持部材440は、上記リード線用の貫通孔が設けられていないということ以外には、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1の支持部材40と基本的な構成は同じであり、支持部材40と同様の部材(この場合、アルミ)を用いて、同様の細長い棒状の形状となっている。 Since the lead wires 71 and 72 are inserted through the through holes 451 and 452 provided in the base 450, the support member 440 is not provided with the through holes for inserting the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna wire Only through holes (not shown) for inserting (91) are formed. However, the through holes for the antenna wires may be provided in the base 450 instead of being provided in the support member 440. The support member 440 has the same basic configuration as the support member 40 of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment except that the through holes for the lead wires are not provided, and the support members A member similar to 40 (in this case, aluminum) is used to form a similar elongated rod-like shape.
 なお、貫通孔451,452は、リード線71,72を通すためのものであり、2本のリード線71,72が挿通できる大きさの貫通孔が1個形成されていても良いし、支持部材440を挟んだ位置でない別の位置に形成されていてもよい。 The through holes 451 and 452 are for passing the lead wires 71 and 72, and one through hole having a size through which the two lead wires 71 and 72 can be inserted may be formed. It may be formed at another position other than the position across the member 440.
 リード線71,72における発光部420側の端部は、実装基板421に設けられた貫通孔に下から上へと挿通され、実装基板421の上面において半田等の導電性接合部材73により固定されると共に電気的に配線パターンと接続される。 The end portions of the lead wires 71 and 72 on the side of the light emitting unit 420 are inserted from the bottom to the top through the through holes provided in the mounting substrate 421 and fixed by the conductive bonding member 73 such as solder on the upper surface of the mounting substrate 421 And electrically connected with the wiring pattern.
 変形例1に係る照明用光源400の構成によっても、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、発光部420がグローブ10内の中央位置で支持部材440により支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができるとともに、アンテナ90が支持部材440に取着されてグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 The same effect as the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment can be obtained also by the configuration of the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification. That is, the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 440 at the center position in the glove 10, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 90 is a support member. Because it is attached to the 440 and disposed inside the glove 10, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be impeded as compared with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, and transmission and reception of radio signals are made more reliable. It can be carried out.
 さらに、実装基板421に透光性の部材が用いられ、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、実装基板421を透過してグローブ10の下方側に出射されるとともに、支持部材440を細長い棒状の形状とすることにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材440により遮られる割合を少なくすることができ、これにより、照明用光源400の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 Furthermore, a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 421 and emitted to the lower side of the globe 10. In the elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, whereby the light source 400 for illumination is directed downward. The amount of light emitted can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
 なお、本変形例においては、実装基板421は円盤状(平面視形状が円形)の形状を有しているが、これに限られず、平面視形状が六角形や八角形等の多角形やハート形等の不定形であってもよい。 In the present modification, the mounting substrate 421 has a disk-like shape (the shape in a plan view is circular), but is not limited thereto. The shape in a plan view is a polygon such as a hexagon or an octagon, or a heart It may be indeterminate form such as shape.
 (変形例2)
 上記変形例1に係る照明用光源400は、円盤状の実装基板421を有する発光部420を、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1の発光部20に代えて構成に適用した例であった。
(Modification 2)
The illumination light source 400 according to the modification 1 is an example in which the light emitting unit 420 having the disk-shaped mounting substrate 421 is applied to the configuration instead of the light emitting unit 20 of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment. The
 しかし、変形例1の発光部420は、上記に限られず、第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源100に適用することも可能である。 However, the light emitting unit 420 of the first modification is not limited to the above, and may be applied to the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment.
 図12は、変形例2に係る照明用光源500の概略構成を示す一部切欠き外観斜視図である。照明用光源500は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部420、支持部材540、基台550、ケース60、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190、リード線71,72等を備える。図12においては、ケース60の一部および口金30以外の部分は、断面図として示されている。また、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80が収容されており、図12においては、ケース60の切欠き部分から回路ユニット80の一部のみが見えている。 FIG. 12 is a partially cutaway perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification. The illumination light source 500 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 540, a base 550, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. In FIG. 12, a part of the case 60 and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 60, and in FIG. 12, only a part of the circuit unit 80 is visible from the notch portion of the case 60.
 変形例2に係る照明用光源500においては、支持部材540内部の空間540aに棒状(円柱状)の長尺な形状を有するロッドアンテナ(ポールアンテナ)であるアンテナ190が収容されている。支持部材540の下端部には、空間540aの底面と支持部材540の下端面とを連通する連通孔546が形成されている。基台550の連通孔546に対向する位置には貫通孔553が形成されている。アンテナ190の下端部にはアンテナ線91が接続されており、アンテナ線91は、連通孔546および貫通孔553に挿通され、回路ユニット80に接続されている。 In the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification, an antenna 190, which is a rod antenna (pole antenna) having a long rod-like (cylindrical) shape, is accommodated in a space 540a inside the support member 540. A communication hole 546 communicating the bottom surface of the space 540 a with the lower end surface of the support member 540 is formed at the lower end portion of the support member 540. A through hole 553 is formed at a position facing the communication hole 546 of the base 550. The antenna wire 91 is connected to the lower end portion of the antenna 190, and the antenna wire 91 is inserted into the communication hole 546 and the through hole 553 and connected to the circuit unit 80.
 基台550は、第2の実施形態の基台150と同様に、円盤状をしている。基台550は、平面視において、その表面中央部に支持部材540が立設されており、支持部材540を挟んだ位置に回路ユニット80と発光部420とを電気的に接続するリード線71,72が挿通される貫通孔551,552を備える。 The base 550 is disk-shaped like the base 150 of the second embodiment. The base 550 has a support member 540 erected at the center of its surface in plan view, and the lead wire 71 electrically connects the circuit unit 80 and the light emitting unit 420 at a position across the support member 540, The through holes 551 and 552 through which the holes 72 are inserted are provided.
 リード線71,72が基台550に設けられた貫通孔551,552に挿通されるため、支持部材540にはリード線71,72を挿通するための貫通孔は設けられておらず、アンテナ線91を挿通するための連通孔546のみが形成されている。支持部材540は、前記貫通孔が設けられていない点において、第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源100の支持部材140と異なる以外は、支持部材140と基本的な構成は同じであり、支持部材140と同様の部材(この場合、ガラス)を用いて、同様の細長い棒状の形状となっている。 Since the lead wires 71 and 72 are inserted through the through holes 551 and 552 provided in the base 550, the support member 540 is not provided with the through holes for inserting the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna wire Only the communication hole 546 for inserting 91 is formed. The supporting member 540 has the same basic configuration as the supporting member 140 except that the through hole is not provided, except for the supporting member 140 of the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment. A member similar to the member 140 (in this case, glass) is used to form a similar elongated rod-like shape.
 なお、貫通孔551,552は、リード線71,72を通すためのものであり、2本のリード線71,72が挿通できる大きさの貫通孔が1個形成されていても良いし、図12に示すような支持部材540を挟んだ位置ではなく、別の位置に形成されていてもよい。 The through holes 551 and 552 are for passing the lead wires 71 and 72, and one through hole having a size through which the two lead wires 71 and 72 can be inserted may be formed. Instead of sandwiching the support member 540 as shown at 12, it may be formed at another location.
 変形例2に係る照明用光源500の構成によっても、第2の実施形態に係る照明用光源100と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、発光部420がグローブ10内の中央位置で支持部材540により支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができるとともに、アンテナ190が支持部材540内部に収容された状態でグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Also by the configuration of the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification, the same effect as the illumination light source 100 according to the second embodiment can be obtained. That is, the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 540 at the center position in the glove 10, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 190 is a support member. Because the antenna is housed inside the glove 10 in a state housed inside the 540, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, and transmission and reception of wireless signals are made more It can be done surely.
 さらに、変形例1と同様に、実装基板421に透光性の部材が用いられ、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光が、実装基板421を透過してグローブ10の下方側に出射されるとともに、支持部材440を細長い棒状の形状とすることにより、半導体発光素子22から下方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材440により遮られる割合を少なくすることができ、これにより、照明用光源400の下方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 Furthermore, as in the first modification, a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the mounting substrate 421 and is emitted to the lower side of the globe 10. In addition, by making the support member 440 into an elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted downward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, thereby making it possible for illumination By increasing the amount of light emitted to the lower side of the light source 400, better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 (変形例3)
 上記第1~3の実施形態および、変形例1,2に係る各照明用光源おいては、光源としての半導体発光素子22が1枚の板状の実装基板上に実装されて成る発光部を備える構成について説明した。しかし、発光部の構造はこれらに限られず、より立体的な構造を有する発光部を備える構成としてもよい。
(Modification 3)
In each of the illumination light sources according to the first to third embodiments and the modified examples 1 and 2, the light emitting unit formed by mounting the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source on a single plate-like mounting substrate The configuration provided has been described. However, the structure of the light emitting unit is not limited to these, and may be configured to include the light emitting unit having a more three-dimensional structure.
 図13は、変形例3に係る照明用光源600の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源600は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部620、支持部材440、基台450、ケース60、口金30、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90、リード線71,72等を備える。また図13においては図示されていないが、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80(図3参照)が収容されており、アンテナ90と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91(図3参照)により接続されている。 FIG. 13 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 600 according to the third modification. The illumination light source 600 includes, as its main components, a glove 10, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 440, a base 450, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. Although not shown in FIG. 13, the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3) is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 3). There is.
 照明用光源600においては、発光部620は、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子622が複数実装された正方形の実装基板621が6枚組み合わされて直方体様の形状に構成されている。各実装基板621は、接着剤等を用いて互いに固定されており、これにより、直方体様の形状が維持されている。発光部620は、支持部材440に直方体の角のひとつが突き刺さっているような態様で支持部材440によりグローブ10内部に支持されている。発光部620の実装基板621と支持部材440との接合部分には接着剤等が用いられ、これにより、発光部620は、支持部材440により固定的に支持されている。発光部620の支持部材440への固定方法は接着剤に限られず、係合構造や止め具等を用いてもよい。 In the illumination light source 600, the light emitting unit 620 is configured in a rectangular parallelepiped shape by combining six square mounting substrates 621 on which a plurality of SMD type semiconductor light emitting elements 622 are mounted. The respective mounting substrates 621 are fixed to each other using an adhesive or the like, whereby the rectangular parallelepiped-like shape is maintained. The light emitting unit 620 is supported inside the glove 10 by the support member 440 in such a manner that one of the corners of the rectangular parallelepiped pierces the support member 440. An adhesive or the like is used for the bonding portion between the mounting substrate 621 of the light emitting unit 620 and the support member 440, whereby the light emitting unit 620 is fixedly supported by the support member 440. The fixing method of the light emitting unit 620 to the support member 440 is not limited to the adhesive, and an engagement structure, a stopper, or the like may be used.
 半導体発光素子622は、半導体発光素子22に相当する発光素子とそれを覆う封止体とが一つのチップとしてパッケージングされたものである。上記発光素子の発光色および封止体の材料構成や波長変換特性については、それぞれ半導体発光素子22および封止体23と同様である。 The semiconductor light emitting device 622 is obtained by packaging a light emitting device corresponding to the semiconductor light emitting device 22 and a sealing body covering the same as one chip. The luminescent color of the light emitting element, the material configuration of the sealing body, and the wavelength conversion characteristic are the same as those of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and the sealing body 23, respectively.
 なお、本変形例においては、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子622が用いられているが、これに限られず、実施の形態1~4および変形例1,2における半導体発光素子22のように、実装基板上に直接形成されるタイプの半導体発光素子の上に封止体23を形成したものを用いてもよい。 Although SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 622 is used in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and like the semiconductor light emitting device 22 in the first to fourth embodiments and the first and second modifications, a mounting substrate is used. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element of the type directly formed on it may be used.
 リード線71,72の一端は、それぞれ異なる実装基板621に接続され、他端は、それぞれ基台450の貫通孔451,452を通ってケース60内に収容されている回路ユニット80に接続されている。 One end of each of the lead wires 71 and 72 is connected to a different mounting substrate 621, and the other end is connected to the circuit unit 80 housed in the case 60 through the through holes 451 and 452 of the base 450, respectively. There is.
 図13においては図示していないが、発光部620の内部において、各実装基板621はリード線により電気的に接続されており、これにより、各実装基板621は回路ユニット80と電気的に接続されている。 Although not shown in FIG. 13, each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected by a lead wire inside the light emitting unit 620, whereby each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80. ing.
 変形例3に係る照明用光源600は、直方体様の構造を有する発光部620が用いられている点以外は、図11に示す変形例1に係る照明用光源400と基本的な構成は同じである。 The illumination light source 600 according to the third modification has the same basic configuration as the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification shown in FIG. 11 except that the light emitting unit 620 having a rectangular parallelepiped structure is used. is there.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源600においても、アンテナ90が支持部材440に取着されてグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Also in the illumination light source 600 according to the present modification, since the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 440 and disposed inside the glove 10, compared with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, wireless Transmission and reception of signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 また、発光部620は、直方体様の形状となるように立体的に構成されており、各実装基板621がランプ軸に対してそれぞれ異なる角度で取着されている。そのため、それぞれの実装基板621上に実装されている半導体発光素子622の光の主出射方向が異なっている。さらに、発光部620が支持部材440によりグローブ10内の中央位置で支持されているため、半導体発光素子622から発せられた光が略全方向に出射され、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 620 is three-dimensionally configured to have a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the mounting boards 621 are attached at different angles with respect to the lamp axis. Therefore, the main emission directions of the light of the semiconductor light emitting elements 622 mounted on the respective mounting substrates 621 are different. Furthermore, since the light emitting portion 620 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the glove 10, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions, and good light distribution characteristics can be obtained. .
 なお、本変形例においては、上記のように発光部620が立体的な構造を有し、半導体発光素子622から発せられた光が略全方向に出射されるため、実装基板621および、半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板については、透光性の部材により構成されていることを特に想定してはいないが、双方の基板に透光性の部材が用いられてもよい。その場合は、両方の基板に透光性の部材が用いられるのが好ましい。 In the present modification, as described above, the light emitting unit 620 has a three-dimensional structure, and the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions. The submount substrate of the element 622 is not particularly assumed to be made of a translucent member, but a translucent member may be used for both substrates. In that case, it is preferable to use a translucent member for both substrates.
 (変形例4)
 上記変形例3においては、立体的な構造を有する発光部620が、変形例1に係る照明用光源400に適用された場合の構成について説明した。
(Modification 4)
In the third modification, the configuration in the case where the light emitting unit 620 having a three-dimensional structure is applied to the illumination light source 400 according to the first modification has been described.
 しかし、変形例3の発光部620は、上記に限られず、変形例2に係る照明用光源500に適用することも可能である。 However, the light emitting unit 620 of the third modification is not limited to the above, and may be applied to the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification.
 図14は、変形例4に係る照明用光源700の概略構成を示す一部切欠き外観斜視図である。照明用光源700は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部620、支持部材540、基台550、ケース60、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190、リード線71,72等を備える。図14においては、発光部620、ケース60の一部、および口金30以外の部分は、断面図として示されている。また、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80が収容されており、図14においては、ケース60の切欠き部分から回路ユニット80の一部のみが見えている。アンテナ190と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91により接続されている。 FIG. 14 is a partially cutaway perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 700 according to the fourth modification. The illumination light source 700 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 540, a base 550, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. In FIG. 14, the light emitting unit 620, a part of the case 60, and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 60, and in FIG. 14, only a part of the circuit unit 80 is visible from the notch portion of the case 60. The antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
 変形例4に係る照明用光源700は、直方体様の構造を有する発光部620が用いられている点以外は、図12に示す変形例2に係る照明用光源500と基本的な構成は同じである。 The illumination light source 700 according to the fourth modification has the same basic configuration as the illumination light source 500 according to the second modification shown in FIG. 12 except that the light emitting unit 620 having a rectangular parallelepiped structure is used. is there.
 また、本変形例に係る照明用光源700の発光部620は、同じ符号が用いられていることからもわかるように、図13に示す変形例3に係る照明用光源600の発光部620と同じ構成を有する。 Further, as can be understood from the fact that the same reference numerals are used, the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 700 according to the present modification is the same as the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 600 according to the modification 3 shown in FIG. It has composition.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源700においても、変形例3の照明用光源600と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、アンテナ190が支持部材540内部に収容された状態でグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Also in the illumination light source 700 according to this modification, the same effect as the illumination light source 600 of the third modification can be obtained. That is, since the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed inside the support member 540, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. The transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
 また、グローブ10内の中央位置で支持され、直方体様の形状を有する発光部620から発せられる光は、略全方向に出射されるため、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since light emitted from the light emitting portion 620 supported at the center position in the glove 10 and having a rectangular solid-like shape is emitted in substantially all directions, it is possible to obtain good light distribution characteristics.
 なお、本変形例においても、実装基板621および、半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板については、透光性の部材により構成されていてもよく、その場合は、実装基板621と半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板の両方に透光性の部材が用いられるのが好ましい。 Also in this modification, the mounting substrate 621 and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 may be made of a translucent member, in which case the mounting substrate 621 and the semiconductor light emitting element 622 Preferably, translucent members are used for both of the submount substrates.
 (変形例5)
 良好な配光特性が得られる発光部の立体形状は、変形例3および4に示したような立方体様の形状に限られない。
(Modification 5)
The three-dimensional shape of the light emitting part capable of obtaining good light distribution characteristics is not limited to the cube-like shape as shown in the third and fourth modifications.
 図15は、変形例5に係る照明用光源900の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源900は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部920、支持部材440、基台450、ケース60、口金30、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90、リード線71,72等を備える。また図15においては図示されていないが、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80(図3参照)が収容されており、アンテナ90と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91(図3参照)により接続されている。 FIG. 15 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of an illumination light source 900 according to the fifth modification. The illumination light source 900 includes a globe 10, a light emitting unit 920, a support member 440, a base 450, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like as its main components. Although not shown in FIG. 15, the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 3) is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 3). There is.
 照明用光源900においては、発光部920は、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子622が複数実装された三角形の実装基板921が4枚組み合わされて三角錐様の形状に構成されている。各実装基板921は、接着剤等を用いて互いに固定されており、これにより、三角錐様の形状が維持されている。発光部920は、支持部材440に三角錐の角のひとつが突き刺さっているような態様で支持部材440によりグローブ10内部に支持されている。発光部920の実装基板921と支持部材440との接合部分には接着剤等が用いられ、これにより、発光部620は、支持部材440により固定的に支持されている。発光部920の支持部材440への固定方法は接着剤に限られず、係合構造や止め具等を用いてもよい。 In the illumination light source 900, the light emitting unit 920 is configured in a triangular pyramid shape by combining four triangular mounting substrates 921 on which a plurality of SMD type semiconductor light emitting elements 622 are mounted. The respective mounting substrates 921 are fixed to each other using an adhesive or the like, whereby the triangular pyramid-like shape is maintained. The light emitting unit 920 is supported inside the glove 10 by the support member 440 in such a manner that one of the corners of the triangular pyramid is stuck in the support member 440. An adhesive or the like is used for the bonding portion between the mounting substrate 921 of the light emitting unit 920 and the support member 440, whereby the light emitting unit 620 is fixedly supported by the support member 440. The fixing method of the light emitting unit 920 to the support member 440 is not limited to the adhesive, and an engagement structure, a stopper, or the like may be used.
 なお、本変形例においては、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子622が用いられているが、これに限られず、実施の形態1~4および変形例1,2における半導体発光素子22のように、実装基板上に直接形成されるタイプの半導体発光素子の上に封止体23を形成したものを用いてもよい。 Although SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 622 is used in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and like the semiconductor light emitting device 22 in the first to fourth embodiments and the first and second modifications, a mounting substrate is used. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element of the type directly formed on it may be used.
 リード線71,72の一端は、それぞれ異なる実装基板921に接続され、他端は、それぞれ基台450の貫通孔451,452を通ってケース60内に収容されている回路ユニット80に接続されている。 One end of each of the lead wires 71 and 72 is connected to a different mounting substrate 921 and the other end is connected to the circuit unit 80 housed in the case 60 through the through holes 451 and 452 of the base 450, respectively. There is.
 図15においては図示していないが、発光部920の内部において、各実装基板921はリード線により電気的に接続されており、これにより、各実装基板921は回路ユニット80と電気的に接続されている。 Although not shown in FIG. 15, each mounting substrate 921 is electrically connected by a lead wire inside the light emitting portion 920, whereby each mounting substrate 921 is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80. ing.
 変形例5に係る照明用光源900は、直方体様の構造を有する発光部620の代わりに三角錐様の構造を有する発光部920が用いられている点以外は、図13に示す変形例3に係る照明用光源600と基本的な構成は同じである。 The illumination light source 900 according to the fifth modification is the same as the third modification shown in FIG. 13 except that a light emitting part 920 having a triangular pyramidal structure is used instead of the light emitting part 620 having a rectangular parallelepiped structure. The basic configuration is the same as that of the illumination light source 600.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源900においても、アンテナ190が支持部材540内部に収容された状態でグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Also in the illumination light source 900 according to the present modification, the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed inside the support member 540, compared with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
 また、発光部920は三角錐様の形状となるように立体的に構成されており、図15から窺えるように、各実装基板921のうちの一つに実装されている半導体発光素子622の光の主出射方向が上方となり(ランプ軸と平行となり)、他の実装基板921上の半導体発光素子22の光の主出射方向が照明用光源900の斜め下方となるように支持部材440により支持されている。さらに、発光部620が支持部材440によりグローブ10内の中央位置で支持されているため、半導体発光素子622から発せられた光が略全方向に出射され、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 920 is three-dimensionally configured to have a triangular pyramidal shape, and the light of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 mounted on one of the mounting substrates 921 as shown in FIG. Supported by the support member 440 such that the main emission direction of the light source is upward (parallel to the lamp axis) and the main emission direction of the light of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 on another mounting substrate 921 is obliquely below the illumination light source 900. ing. Furthermore, since the light emitting portion 620 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the glove 10, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions, and good light distribution characteristics can be obtained. .
 なお、本変形例においても、上記のように発光部920が立体的な構造を有し、半導体発光素子622から発せられた光が略全方向に出射されるため、実装基板921および、半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板については、透光性の部材により構成されていることを特に想定してはいないが、双方に透光性の部材が使用されてもよい。その場合は、両方の基板に透光性の部材が用いられるのが好ましい。 Also in this modification, as described above, the light emitting portion 920 has a three-dimensional structure, and the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions. The submount substrate of the element 622 is not particularly assumed to be made of a translucent member, but a translucent member may be used for both. In that case, it is preferable to use a translucent member for both substrates.
 (変形例6)
 上記変形例5における発光部920は、変形例4に係る照明用光源700に適用することもできる。
(Modification 6)
The light emitting unit 920 in the fifth modification can also be applied to the illumination light source 700 according to the fourth modification.
 図16は、変形例6に係る照明用光源1000の概略構成を示す一部切欠き外観斜視図である。照明用光源1000は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部920、支持部材540、基台550、ケース60、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190、リード線71,72等を備える。図16においては、発光部920、ケース60の一部、および口金30以外の部分は、断面図として示されている。また、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80が収容されており、図16においては、ケース60の切欠き部分から回路ユニット80の一部のみが見えている。アンテナ190と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91により接続されている。 FIG. 16 is a partially cutaway perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1000 according to the sixth modification. The illumination light source 1000 includes, as its main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 920, a support member 540, a base 550, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. In FIG. 16, the light emitting unit 920, a part of the case 60, and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 60, and in FIG. 16, only a part of the circuit unit 80 is visible from the notch portion of the case 60. The antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
 変形例6に係る照明用光源1000は、三角錐様の構造を有する発光部920が用いられている点以外は、図14に示す変形例4に係る照明用光源700と基本的な構成は同じである。 The illumination light source 1000 according to the sixth modification has the same basic configuration as the illumination light source 700 according to the fourth modification shown in FIG. 14 except that the light emitting unit 920 having a triangular pyramidal structure is used. It is.
 また、本変形例に係る照明用光源1000の発光部920は、同じ符号が用いられていることからもわかるように、図15に示す変形例5に係る照明用光源900の発光部920と同じ構成を有する。 Further, as can be understood from the fact that the same reference numerals are used, the light emitting unit 920 of the illumination light source 1000 according to the present modification is the same as the light emitting unit 920 of the illumination light source 900 according to the modification 5 shown in FIG. It has composition.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1000においても、変形例5の照明用光源900と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、アンテナ190が支持部材540に取着されてグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Also in the illumination light source 1000 according to the present modification, the same effect as the illumination light source 900 of the fifth modification can be obtained. That is, since the antenna 190 is attached to the support member 540 and disposed inside the glove 10, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60, and wireless Signal transmission and reception can be performed more reliably.
 また、グローブ10内の中央位置で支持され、三角錐様の形状を有する発光部920から発せられる光は、略全方向に出射されるため、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, light emitted from the light emitting portion 920 supported at the center position in the glove 10 and having a triangular pyramid-like shape is emitted in substantially all directions, so that good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本変形例においても、実装基板921および、半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板については、透光性の部材により構成されていてもよく、その場合は、実装基板921と半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板の両方に透光性の部材が用いられるのが好ましい。 Also in this modification, the mounting substrate 921 and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 may be made of a translucent member, in which case the mounting substrate 921 and the semiconductor light emitting element 622 are Preferably, translucent members are used for both of the submount substrates.
 (変形例7)
 半導体発光素子がグローブ内で支持される構成は、上記各実施形態および各変形例のように、半導体発光素子を備えた発光部が棒状の支持部材により支持される構成に限られない。例えば、以下のような変形例が考えられる。
(Modification 7)
The configuration in which the semiconductor light emitting device is supported in the glove is not limited to the configuration in which the light emitting unit including the semiconductor light emitting device is supported by the rod-like support member as in the above embodiments and the modifications. For example, the following modifications can be considered.
 図17は、変形例7に係る照明用光源1100の概略構成を示す外観斜視図であり、図18は、照明用光源1100のランプ軸J3を含む平面による断面図である。 FIG. 17 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1100 according to the seventh modification, and FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a plane of the illumination light source 1100 including the lamp axis J3.
 図17,18に示すように、照明用光源1100は、主な構成要素として、グローブ1110、発光部1120、支持部材1140bおよび1140c、基台1150、ケース1160、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190、リード線71,72等を備える。ケース1160内部には、回路ユニット80が収容されている。アンテナ190と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91により接続されている。 As shown in FIGS. 17 and 18, the illumination light source 1100 includes, as main components, a globe 1110, a light emitting unit 1120, support members 1140b and 1140c, a base 1150, a case 1160, a base 30, and an antenna 190 as a rod antenna. , Lead wires 71, 72 and the like. A circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the case 1160. The antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
 変形例7に係る照明用光源1100は、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子1122が複数個円環状に実装された円環状の形状を有する実装基板1121aが基台1150の上面の周縁部に載置され、実装基板1121a上に実装されている半導体発光素子1122の円環の内側に円筒状の支持部材1140bが載置されている。そして、半導体発光素子1122が複数個円環状に実装され、支持部材1140bの外径よりも若干小さい外径の円環状の形状を有する実装基板1121bが支持部材1140bの上面に載置されている。そしてさらに、実装基板1121b上に実装されている半導体発光素子1122の円環の内側に、円筒状の支持部材1140cが載置され、半導体発光素子1122が実装され、支持部材1140cの外径よりも若干小さい直径の円盤状の形状を有する実装基板1121cが支持部材1140cの上面に載置されている。実装基板1121aは、基台1150上に接着剤等により固定されている。実装基板1121bは、支持部材1140b上に接着剤等により固定されている。実装基板1121cも、支持部材1140c上に接着剤等により固定されている。なお、上記各実装基板の固定は接着剤に限られず、係合やねじ止め等により行われてもよい。 In the illumination light source 1100 according to the seventh modification, a mounting substrate 1121a having an annular shape on which a plurality of SMD type semiconductor light emitting elements 1122 are mounted in an annular shape is mounted on the peripheral portion of the upper surface of the base 1150. A cylindrical support member 1140 b is placed inside the annular ring of the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 mounted on the mounting substrate 1121 a. A plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 1122 are mounted in an annular shape, and a mounting substrate 1121 b having an annular shape with an outer diameter slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the support member 1140 b is mounted on the upper surface of the support member 1140 b. Further, a cylindrical support member 1140c is mounted inside the annular ring of the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 mounted on the mounting substrate 1121b, the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 is mounted, and the outer diameter of the support member 1140c is larger than the outer diameter A mounting substrate 1121c having a slightly smaller diameter disk shape is mounted on the upper surface of the support member 1140c. The mounting substrate 1121 a is fixed on the base 1150 with an adhesive or the like. The mounting substrate 1121 b is fixed on the support member 1140 b by an adhesive or the like. The mounting substrate 1121 c is also fixed on the support member 1140 c by an adhesive or the like. In addition, fixation of said each mounting substrate is not restricted to an adhesive agent, You may carry out by engagement, screwing, etc.
 支持部材1140bの上面には、実装基板1121bがちょうど嵌る大きさで凹部が形成されており、支持部材1140cの上面委は、実装基板1121cがちょうど嵌る大きさで凹部が形成されている。これにより、支持部材1140bおよび1140c上に実装基板1121bおよび1121cをそれぞれ載置する際に位置決めを容易に行うことができる。 A recess is formed on the upper surface of the support member 1140b with a size to which the mounting substrate 1121b just fits, and a top surface of the support member 1140c has a recess with a size to which the mounting substrate 1121c just fits. Thus, positioning can be easily performed when mounting the mounting substrates 1121 b and 1121 c on the support members 1140 b and 1140 c, respectively.
 実装基板1121aと実装基板1121bとは、支持部材1140bの円筒の内側において2本のリード線76により電気的に接続されている。実装基板1121bと実装基板1121cとは、支持部材1140cの円筒の内側において2本のリード線77により電気的に接続されている。支持部材1140bの円筒の内側において、2本のリード線78のそれぞれの一端が実装基板1121aに接続されている。リード線78は、それぞれ基台1150に設けられた貫通孔1151,1152に挿通されており、それぞれの他端が回路ユニット80に接続されている。これにより、実装基板1121a,1121b,1121cが回路ユニット80と電気的に接続される。 The mounting substrate 1121 a and the mounting substrate 1121 b are electrically connected by two lead wires 76 inside the cylinder of the support member 1140 b. The mounting substrate 1121 b and the mounting substrate 1121 c are electrically connected by two lead wires 77 inside the cylinder of the support member 1140 c. One end of each of the two lead wires 78 is connected to the mounting substrate 1121a inside the cylinder of the support member 1140b. The lead wires 78 are respectively inserted into the through holes 1151 and 1152 provided in the base 1150, and the other ends of the lead wires 78 are connected to the circuit unit 80. As a result, the mounting boards 1121 a, 1121 b and 1121 c are electrically connected to the circuit unit 80.
 SMDタイプの半導体発光素子1122は、変形例3~6におけるSMDタイプの半導体発光素子622と、パッケージの形状が異なる(622は、平面視した場合に正方形または長方形であるのに対して、1121は平面視した場合に円形である)点以外には、基本的な構成は同じである。 The SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 1122 is different from the SMD type semiconductor light emitting device 622 in the modified examples 3 to 6 in the shape of the package (622 is square or rectangular when viewed in plan, but 1121 is The basic configuration is the same except that it is circular in plan view).
 基台1150の中央部であり、実装基板1121aの円環の内側に相当する箇所には、凹部1154が形成されており、当該凹部1154にアンテナ190の下端が嵌合されることによりアンテナ190が支持部材1140b、1140c,実装基板1121a,1121b,1121cおよび、基台1150により形成される空間1140a内に固定的に保持される。アンテナ190の下端には、アンテナ線91の一端が接続されており、アンテナ線91は、凹部1154に連通して基台1150に設けられた連通孔1153に挿通され、アンテナ線91の他端は回路ユニット80に接続されている。 A concave portion 1154 is formed at a central portion of the base 1150 and at a position corresponding to the inner side of the annular ring of the mounting substrate 1121a, and the lower end of the antenna 190 is fitted to the concave portion 1154 to thereby mount the antenna 190. It is fixedly held in the space 1140 a formed by the support members 1140 b and 1140 c, the mounting substrates 1121 a, 1121 b and 1121 c, and the base 1150. One end of the antenna wire 91 is connected to the lower end of the antenna 190, and the antenna wire 91 is in communication with the recess 1154 and is inserted into the communication hole 1153 provided in the base 1150. It is connected to the circuit unit 80.
 なお、基台1150とアンテナ190との間に接着剤等を塗布してより安定的にアンテナ190を基台1150に対して固定してもよい。さらには、上記嵌合や接着剤に代えて、係合構造やねじ止め等によりアンテナ190を基台1150に対して固定的に保持してもよい。 The antenna 190 may be more stably fixed to the base 1150 by applying an adhesive or the like between the base 1150 and the antenna 190. Furthermore, instead of the fitting and the adhesive, the antenna 190 may be fixedly held to the base 1150 by an engagement structure, screwing, or the like.
 本変形例7に係る照明用光源1100の発光部1120は、いわば、ウェディングケーキのような段構造を有しており、下段側の実装基板上に実装されている半導体発光素子1122から発せられた光は、その主出射方向に向かって配置されている上段側の支持部材および実装基板に遮られるため、支持部材1140bおよび1140cの高さをあまり高くすると良好な配光特性が得られない。そのため、照明用光源1100においては、白熱電球のバルブを模した形状のグローブに代えて、より上下方向の長さの短いグローブ1110が用いられている。これに伴い、上下方向の長さがより長いケース1160が用いられている。グローブ1110およびケース1160は、上記のように上下方向の長さが異なる(即ち形状が異なる)以外は、その構成材料など、基本的な構成は、照明用光源1におけるグローブ10およびケース60とそれぞれ同じである。 The light emitting unit 1120 of the illumination light source 1100 according to the seventh modification has a step structure like a wedding cake, so to speak, and is emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 1122 mounted on the mounting substrate on the lower side. The light is blocked by the support member on the upper side and the mounting substrate disposed in the main emission direction, so if the heights of the support members 1140 b and 1140 c are too high, good light distribution characteristics can not be obtained. Therefore, in the illumination light source 1100, a globe 1110 having a shorter length in the vertical direction is used in place of the globe shaped to simulate a bulb of an incandescent lamp. Along with this, a case 1160 in which the length in the vertical direction is longer is used. The basic configuration of the glove 1110 and the case 1160 is basically the same as that of the glove 10 and the case 60 in the illumination light source 1 except that the lengths in the vertical direction are different (that is, the shapes are different) as described above. It is the same.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1100の構成によっても、アンテナ190が空間1140aに収容された状態でグローブ1110内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Also according to the configuration of the illumination light source 1100 according to the present modification, the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 1110 in a state of being housed in the space 1140 a, compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
 また、配光特性についても、支持部材1140b,1140c、実装基板1121b,1121c、および半導体発光素子1122のサブマウント基板に透光性の部材を用いることにより、実装基板1121bおよび1121cに実装されている半導体発光素子1122から発せられる光のうち下方側に発せられる光が上記サブマウント基板、各支持部材、および各実装基板を透過して、グローブ1110の下方側へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射されるため、ある程度良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 The light distribution characteristics are also mounted on the mounting substrates 1121 b and 1121 c by using light transmitting members for the support members 1140 b and 1140 c, the mounting substrates 1121 b and 1121 c, and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 1122. Of the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 1122, the light emitted downward is transmitted through the submount substrate, each support member, and each mounting substrate, reaches the lower side of the globe 1110, and is transmitted to the outside from there. Since the light is emitted, it is possible to obtain a somewhat better light distribution characteristic.
 なお、本変形例においては、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190が空間1140a内に収容された状態でグローブ1110内部に配置されていたが、これに限られない。例えば、支持部材1140b,1140cの円筒の外周面にそれぞれヘリカルアンテナが螺旋状に巻回されて取着されてもよい。 In this modification, although antenna 190 which is a rod antenna was arranged in glove 1110 in the state where it was stored in space 1140a, it is not restricted to this. For example, a helical antenna may be spirally wound and attached to the outer peripheral surface of the cylinder of the support members 1140 b and 1140 c.
 (変形例8)
 図19は、変形例8に係る照明用光源1200の概略構成を示す外観斜視図であり、図20は、照明用光源1200のランプ軸J4を含む平面による断面図である。
(Modification 8)
FIG. 19 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1200 according to the eighth modification, and FIG. 20 is a cross-sectional view of a plane of the illumination light source 1200 including the lamp axis J4.
 図19,20に示すように、照明用光源1200は、主な構成要素として、グローブ10、発光部1220、基台1250、ケース60、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190、リード線71,72等を備える。ケース60内部には、回路ユニット80が収容されている。アンテナ190と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91により接続されている。 As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20, the illumination light source 1200 includes, as main components, a globe 10, a light emitting unit 1220, a base 1250, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 190 which is a rod antenna, and lead wires 71 and 72. Etc. A circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the case 60. The antenna 190 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
 変形例8に係る照明用光源1200は、砲弾型LEDである半導体発光素子1222が列状に複数(本変形例の場合、8枚)実装された長方形の実装基板1221が、その長手方向を上下方向と一致する態様で複数組み合わされて中空の多角柱(本変形例の場合、八角柱)様の形状を成すように構成された発光部1220を備える。多角柱を構成する各実装基板1221の下端部は、基台1250の上面委設けられた凹部1255に嵌め込まれることにより、基台1250に対して固定される。多角柱の上端は、円盤状の形状をした蓋部1243により覆われている。 In the illumination light source 1200 according to the eighth modification, a rectangular mounting substrate 1221 on which a plurality of (eight in the case of this modification) semiconductor light emitting elements 1222 which are shell-type LEDs are mounted in a row has its longitudinal direction up and down A light emitting unit 1220 configured to form a hollow polygonal prism (an octagonal prism in the case of the present modification) like a plurality in combination in a manner that matches the direction is provided. The lower end portion of each mounting substrate 1221 constituting the polygonal pillar is fixed to the base 1250 by being fitted into a recessed portion 1255 provided on the upper surface of the base 1250. The upper end of the polygonal prism is covered with a disc-shaped lid portion 1243.
 上記複数の実装基板1221のうちのひとつにリード線71の一端が接続され、他の一つにリード線72の一端が接続されている。リード線71,72は、基台1250に設けられた貫通孔1251,1252にそれぞれ挿通され、リード線71,72それぞれの他端は、回路ユニット80に接続されている。リード線71,72が接続されている実装基板以外の実装基板1221は、隣り合う実装基板間が不図示のリード線により接続されており、これにより、各実装基板1221が、回路ユニット80と電気的に接続される。 One end of the lead wire 71 is connected to one of the plurality of mounting substrates 1221 and one end of the lead wire 72 is connected to the other one. The lead wires 71 and 72 are respectively inserted into the through holes 1251 and 1252 provided in the base 1250, and the other ends of the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected to the circuit unit 80. The mounting boards 1221 other than the mounting board to which the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected are connected by the lead wires (not shown) between adjacent mounting boards, whereby each mounting board 1221 electrically connects with the circuit unit 80. Connected.
 基台1250の上面の中央部には凹部1254が形成されており、当該凹部1254にアンテナ190の下端部が嵌合されることにより、アンテナ190が基台1250に対して固定され、多角柱の内側の空間1221a内に保持される。アンテナ190の下端には、アンテナ線91の一端が接続されており、アンテナ線91は、凹部1254に連通して基台1250に設けられた連通孔1253に挿通され、アンテナ線91の他端は回路ユニット80に接続されている。 A recess 1254 is formed in the center of the upper surface of the base 1250, and the lower end of the antenna 190 is fitted to the recess 1254, whereby the antenna 190 is fixed to the base 1250. It is held in the inner space 1221a. One end of an antenna wire 91 is connected to the lower end of the antenna 190, and the antenna wire 91 is in communication with the recess 1254 and is inserted into a communication hole 1253 provided in the base 1250. It is connected to the circuit unit 80.
 なお、基台1250とアンテナ190との間に接着剤等を塗布してより安定的にアンテナ190を基台1250に対して固定してもよい。さらには、上記嵌合や接着剤に代えて、係合構造やねじ止め等によりアンテナ190を基台1250に対して固定的に保持してもよい。 The antenna 190 may be more stably fixed to the base 1250 by applying an adhesive or the like between the base 1250 and the antenna 190. Furthermore, instead of the fitting and the adhesive, the antenna 190 may be fixedly held to the base 1250 by an engagement structure, screwing, or the like.
 変形例8に係る照明用光源1200においては、実装基板1221が光源である半導体発光素子1222をグローブ内部において支持する支持部材の役割を兼ねている。 In the illumination light source 1200 according to the eighth modification, the mounting substrate 1221 also serves as a support member for supporting the semiconductor light emitting element 1222 as a light source inside the glove.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1200の構成によっても、アンテナ190が空間1221aに収容された状態でグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Even with the configuration of the illumination light source 1200 according to the present modification, the antenna 190 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being housed in the space 1221 a, so compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60. As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
 また、各実装基板1221において上方側に実装されている半導体発光素子1222は、グローブ10内部の中央位置に近い位置にあるため、ある程度良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since the semiconductor light emitting element 1222 mounted on the upper side of each mounting substrate 1221 is at a position close to the center position inside the globe 10, it is possible to obtain good light distribution characteristics to some extent.
 なお、本変形例においては、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ190が空間1221a内に収容された状態でグローブ10内部に配置されていたが、これに限られない。例えば、実装基板1221の多角柱の外周面に半導体発光素子22を避けた態様でヘリカルアンテナが螺旋状に巻回されて取着されてもよい。この場合、アンテナは金属等の導電体から成るため、各実装基板1221の内側(多角柱の内側を形成する側)の面上に配線が形成されるのが望ましい。 In this modification, although antenna 190 which is a rod antenna was arranged in glove 10 in the state where it was stored in space 1221a, it is not restricted to this. For example, a helical antenna may be spirally wound and attached to the outer peripheral surface of the polygonal prism of the mounting substrate 1221 in a manner avoiding the semiconductor light emitting element 22. In this case, since the antenna is made of a conductor such as metal, it is preferable that the wiring be formed on the inner surface (the side forming the inner side of the polygonal prism) of each mounting substrate 1221.
 (変形例9)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、ロッドアンテナの全体が支持部材の内部に収容されていたが、これに限られない。例えば、次のような変形例を考えることができる。
(Modification 9)
Although the whole of the rod antenna is accommodated in the inside of the support member in each of the embodiments and the modifications, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the following modification can be considered.
 図21は、変形例9に係る照明用光源1300の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源1300においては、2本のロッドアンテナ1390の一端がそれぞれ支持部材1340の円錐部に設けられた凹部1349(図21においては、紙面手前側に位置する一方のみが図示されている。)に嵌合され、残りの部分は支持部材1340から外側に向かって延出している。 FIG. 21 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1300 according to the ninth modification. In the illumination light source 1300, a concave portion 1349 in which one end of each of two rod antennas 1390 is provided in the conical portion of the support member 1340 (in FIG. 21, only one located on the front side of the drawing is shown). And the remaining part extends outward from the support member 1340.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1300の構成によっても、アンテナ1390が支持部材1340に取着された状態でグローブ10内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース60内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Even with the configuration of the illumination light source 1300 according to the present modification, since the antenna 1390 is disposed inside the glove 10 in a state of being attached to the support member 1340, comparison with the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 60 As a result, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited, and transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
 また、発光部20は支持部材1340によりグローブ10内部の中央位置に支持されているため、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since the light emitting unit 20 is supported at the central position inside the glove 10 by the support member 1340, good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本変形例に係る照明用光源1300においては、アンテナ1390が第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1に適用された例について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、第2,3,4の実施形態や上記および下記各変形例に係る照明用光源がアンテナ1390を備える構成としてもよい。 In the illumination light source 1300 according to the present modification, although the example in which the antenna 1390 is applied to the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment has been described, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the illumination light source according to the second, third, and fourth embodiments or the above-described and the following modifications may be configured to include the antenna 1390.
 (変形例10)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、アンテナにヘリカルアンテナまたはロッドアンテナが用いられた場合を例に説明したが、使用されるアンテナとしては、これらに限られない。例えば、上記に示したほかに、単一型,ダイポール型,ループ型,ダイバーシティー,フィルムアンテナ等の、グローブ10内に収納可能なサイズのアンテナを用いてもよい。ダイバーシティーアンテナを用いる場合には、複数のダイバーシティーアンテナを設けてそれぞれが受信した信号を合成して使用してもよい。さらには、アンテナが配置される位置は、支持部材の周面および内部、並びに、発光部の実装基板上に限られず、基台上やグローブ内面等、配光特性に著しい悪影響を及ぼさない限り、グローブ内部のいずれの位置に配置してもよい。透光性の部材を用いて構成されたフィルムアンテナを用いる場合、グローブ内部に貼付することができ、特に、グローブのうち照明装置に装着した場合に最も外部に露出している領域の内面にフィルムアンテナを貼付することにより、無線信号の送受信が最も阻害されにくくなるため、無線信号の送受信を確実に行うことができるという本発明の効果が最も期待できる。
(Modification 10)
In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, the case where a helical antenna or a rod antenna is used as an antenna has been described as an example, but the antenna to be used is not limited to these. For example, in addition to the above, an antenna of a size that can be stored in the glove 10, such as a single type, a dipole type, a loop type, a diversity type or a film antenna may be used. When a diversity antenna is used, a plurality of diversity antennas may be provided to combine and use the signals received by each. Furthermore, the position at which the antenna is disposed is not limited to the peripheral surface and the inside of the support member and on the mounting substrate of the light emitting portion, as long as the light distribution characteristics such as the base and the inner surface of the globe are not adversely affected. It may be placed at any position inside the glove. In the case of using a film antenna configured using a translucent member, it can be attached to the inside of the glove, and in particular, the film on the inner surface of the region exposed to the outside most when attached to the lighting device of the glove. By attaching the antenna, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is the least likely to be disturbed, so the effect of the present invention that the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be reliably performed can be most expected.
 (変形例11)
 上記第2の実施形態および、変形例2,4,6,7,8,9におけるアンテナ190の形状は、円柱状であったが、これに限られない。例えば、四角柱(直方体)や六角柱等の多角柱であってもよいし、さらには断面が不定形(例えば、ハート形等)の柱状体であってもよい。また、アンテナ190の径の大きさは、長手方向全幅にわたって一定である必要はなく、一端側から他端側に行くにしたがって縮径した形状であってもよいし、一端側から他端側に行くにしたがって径の増減が1回または複数回繰り返されるような形状であってもよい。さらには、アンテナ190は、単一の棒状の部材で構成されている必要はなく、複数のパーツが組み合わされて棒状の形状を形作る構成でもよいし、棒状の部材の周囲に金属線等がコイル状に巻きつけられたもの(ヘリカルアンテナが螺旋状に巻回されたもの)であってもよい。
(Modification 11)
Although the shape of the antenna 190 in the said 2nd Embodiment and modification 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 was cylindrical, it is not restricted to this. For example, it may be a polygonal prism such as a quadrangular prism (rectangular parallelepiped) or a hexagonal prism, or it may be a columnar body having an irregular cross section (for example, a heart shape). Further, the size of the diameter of the antenna 190 does not have to be constant over the entire width in the longitudinal direction, and the diameter may be reduced from one end to the other, or from one end to the other The shape may be such that the increase and decrease of the diameter is repeated once or a plurality of times as it goes. Furthermore, the antenna 190 does not have to be configured as a single rod-like member, and a plurality of parts may be combined to form a rod-like shape, or a metal wire or the like may be wound around the rod-like member. (A helical antenna may be helically wound).
 (変形例12)
 第3の実施形態におけるアンテナ290(PCBアンテナ)や、第4の実施形態におけるアンテナ390(チップアンテナ)が、変形例1および2における円盤状の実装基板421や、変形例3および4における実装基板621、変形例5および6における実装基板921、変形例7における実装基板1121a,1121b,1121c、変形例8における実装基板1221に実装されてもよい。
(Modification 12)
The antenna 290 (PCB antenna) in the third embodiment and the antenna 390 (chip antenna) in the fourth embodiment have the disk-like mounting substrate 421 in the first and second modifications and the mounting substrate in the third and fourth variations. 621, the mounting substrate 921 in the fifth and sixth modifications, the mounting substrates 1121 a, 1121 b and 1121 c in the seventh modification, and the mounting substrate 1221 in the eighth modification.
 (変形例13)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、発光部において発生した熱の一部は、支持部材を通って基台へと伝わり、基台からケース、そして口金へとさらに伝達され、口金から照明装置や天井等へと放熱される。その際に、ケースへと伝わった熱がそこから回路基板81へと伝導し、回路ユニット80の熱負荷を増大させる。さらには、回路ユニット80は、ケース内部の略密閉された狭い空間内に収容されているため、ケースへと伝わった熱によりケース内部の空気が暖められると熱がこもりやすくなり、加えて、回路ユニット80の電子部品自身が発する熱も放熱されにくくなるため、回路ユニット80が受ける熱負荷はさらに増大することとなる。
(Modification 13)
In each of the above embodiments and modifications, a part of the heat generated in the light emitting portion is transmitted to the base through the support member, further transmitted from the base to the case, and then to the base and the lighting device from the base The heat is dissipated to the ceiling and the like. At that time, the heat transferred to the case is conducted from there to the circuit board 81 to increase the thermal load of the circuit unit 80. Furthermore, since the circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the substantially sealed narrow space inside the case, heat is easily accumulated when the air inside the case is warmed by the heat transmitted to the case, and in addition, the circuit Since the heat generated by the electronic component itself of the unit 80 is also less likely to be dissipated, the heat load applied to the circuit unit 80 is further increased.
 回路ユニット80を構成する電子部品の中には、熱の影響により寿命が大きく左右されるものがある。そのため、回路ユニットの長寿命を確保するには、回路ユニット80への熱負荷を抑制することが重要である。 Among the electronic components that make up the circuit unit 80, the life may be greatly influenced by the influence of heat. Therefore, in order to secure the long life of the circuit unit, it is important to suppress the heat load on the circuit unit 80.
 図22は、変形例13に係る照明用光源1400の概略構成を示す断面図である。 FIG. 22 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1400 according to the modification 13.
 照明用光源1400は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ1410、発光部20、支持部材40、基台50、ケース60、口金30、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90、リード線71,72等を備える。また、ケース60内部に回路ユニット80が収容されており、アンテナ90と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91により接続されている。 The illumination light source 1400 includes, as main components, a globe 1410, a light emitting unit 20, a support member 40, a base 50, a case 60, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated in the case 60, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91.
 グローブ1410は、その開口側端部1410cの上下方向の長さが、基台1450の厚み(上下方向の長さ)よりも長い点において第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1のグローブ10と異なっている以外は、グローブ10と基本的な構成は同じである。 The globe 1410 has the globe 10 of the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment in that the length in the vertical direction of the opening end 1410 c is longer than the thickness (length in the vertical direction) of the base 1450. Except for the difference, the basic configuration is the same as the glove 10.
 基台1450は、その周縁部に段差が形成されておらず、上下方向の全幅に亘って直径が略等しく、当該直径は、グローブ1410の開口側端部1410cの内径に対応している(即ち、開口側端部1410cの内径よりも若干小さいが略等しい。)点において照明用光源1の基台50と異なっている以外は、基台50と基本的な構成は同じである。 The base 1450 has no step on its peripheral edge, and the diameter is substantially equal over the entire width in the vertical direction, and the diameter corresponds to the inner diameter of the open end 1410 c of the glove 1410 (ie, The basic configuration is the same as that of the base 50 except that it is slightly smaller than the inner diameter of the opening end 1410 c but substantially equal.
 グローブ1410の開口側端部1410cの径は、筒状部1410bの径よりも若干小さく設定されており、双方の接合部には段差1410dが形成されている。また、開口側端部1410cの外径は、ケース60の大径部61の上端側開口の内径に対応している。 The diameter of the opening side end 1410c of the globe 1410 is set to be slightly smaller than the diameter of the cylindrical portion 1410b, and a step 1410d is formed at the joint portion of both. The outer diameter of the opening side end 1410 c corresponds to the inner diameter of the upper end side opening of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60.
 基台1450は、グローブ1410の開口側端部1410c内に挿入された状態で接着剤56により開口側端部1410cに固定されている。 The base 1450 is fixed to the open end 1410 c by the adhesive 56 in a state of being inserted into the open end 1410 c of the glove 1410.
 グローブ1410の開口側端部1410cは、ケース60の大径部61の上端側開口内に挿入された状態で接着剤57により大径部61に固定されている。このとき、大径部61の上端面が段差1410dに当接して、グローブ1410の下方向への動きが係止される。 The open end 1410 c of the glove 1410 is fixed to the large diameter portion 61 by the adhesive 57 in a state of being inserted into the upper end opening of the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60. At this time, the upper end surface of the large diameter portion 61 abuts on the step 1410 d and the downward movement of the glove 1410 is locked.
 接着剤56には、熱伝導性の高い接着剤が用いられ、接着剤57には熱伝導性の低い接着剤が用いられる。上記熱伝導性の低い接着剤としては、例えば、シリコーン樹脂系接着剤やエポキシ樹脂系接着剤等を用いてもよい。熱伝導性の高い接着剤としては、例えば、シリコーン樹脂系接着剤やエポキシ樹脂系接着剤等に金属紛体(例えば、アルミフィラー)等の熱伝導性の高い微粒子を混入して熱伝導性を高めたものを用いてもよい。 For the adhesive 56, an adhesive having high thermal conductivity is used, and for the adhesive 57, an adhesive having low thermal conductivity is used. As the low thermal conductive adhesive, for example, a silicone resin adhesive, an epoxy resin adhesive or the like may be used. As an adhesive having high thermal conductivity, for example, fine particles having high thermal conductivity such as metal powder (for example, aluminum filler) are mixed into a silicone resin adhesive, an epoxy resin adhesive, etc. to enhance thermal conductivity. You may use what.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1400の構成によると、支持部材40を伝わって基台1450へと伝導された発光部20からの熱が、熱伝導性の高い接着剤56を介してグローブ1410の開口側端部1410cへと伝わりやすい。そして、開口側端部1410cとケース60の大径部61との間に介在する接着剤57は熱伝導性の低い接着剤であるため、開口側端部1410cへと伝わった熱は、そこからケース60へと伝わりにくい。その結果、ケース60から回路ユニット80への熱伝導が抑制され、さらには、回路ユニット80が収容されているケース60内部の空気が暖められにくくなるため、回路ユニット80が受ける熱負荷を抑制することができる。 According to the configuration of the illumination light source 1400 according to the present modification, the heat from the light emitting unit 20 conducted along the support member 40 to the base 1450 is transmitted through the adhesive 56 having high thermal conductivity to the heat of the globe 1410. It is easy to transmit to the open end 1410 c. And since the adhesive 57 interposed between the open end 1410 c and the large diameter portion 61 of the case 60 is an adhesive with low thermal conductivity, the heat transmitted to the open end 1410 c is transmitted from there. It is difficult to transmit to case 60. As a result, the heat conduction from the case 60 to the circuit unit 80 is suppressed, and furthermore, the air inside the case 60 in which the circuit unit 80 is accommodated is less likely to be warmed, so the heat load received by the circuit unit 80 is suppressed. be able to.
 また、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1と同様に、発光部20が支持部材40によりグローブ1410内部で支持されており、支持部材の周囲にアンテナ90が螺旋状に巻回されて取着されているため、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる効果および良好な配光特性が得られる効果が同様に期待できる。 Further, similarly to the illumination light source 1 according to the first embodiment, the light emitting unit 20 is supported inside the glove 1410 by the support member 40, and the antenna 90 is spirally wound around the support member and taken out. Since it is worn, the effect that the transmission and reception of the wireless signal can be performed more reliably and the effect that a good light distribution characteristic is obtained can be expected as well.
 (変形例14)
 無線信号を受けて点灯制御する機能を備えた照明用光源においては、半導体発光素子を点灯させるための回路に加えて、無線信号を送受信するための回路を有しており、これらの回路を構成する電子部品には、熱負荷に弱い部品が含まれている。特に、無線信号の制御を行うドライバ(無線制御部)は、熱に弱い。
(Modification 14)
In addition to the circuit for lighting the semiconductor light emitting element, the illumination light source having the function of receiving and controlling the radio signal for lighting includes a circuit for transmitting and receiving the radio signal, and these circuits are configured. The electronic components that are included include components that are susceptible to heat load. In particular, a driver (wireless control unit) that controls a wireless signal is susceptible to heat.
 ところが、LED発光モジュールからの熱を口金に伝導させて口金から放熱させる構成においては、LED発光モジュールからの熱が口金へと伝えられる際に、LED発光モジュールと口金との間に位置する筐体にも熱が伝わるために、筐体および筐体内部空間の温度が上昇し、筐体内部に収納されている回路ユニットへの熱負荷が増大する。 However, in the configuration in which the heat from the LED light emitting module is conducted to the base and the heat is dissipated from the base, the casing located between the LED light emitting module and the base when the heat from the LED light emitting module is transferred to the base Because the heat is transferred, the temperature of the housing and the internal space of the housing rises, and the heat load on the circuit unit housed inside the housing increases.
 さらに、近年、より明るい照明用光源の開発が進められており、照明用光源の高輝度化に伴って、LEDから発せられる熱量が増大し、回路ユニットが受ける熱負荷増大の問題が大きくなっている。また、LEDは寿命が長く、このようなLEDを点灯させる回路(電子部品)にも長寿命性が要求される。 Furthermore, in recent years, development of brighter illumination light sources has been promoted, and with the increase in the brightness of illumination light sources, the amount of heat emitted from the LED increases, and the problem of increased thermal load on the circuit unit increases. There is. In addition, LEDs have a long life, and circuits (electronic parts) for lighting such LEDs are also required to have a long life.
 そこで、次のよう変形例を実施することも可能である。 Therefore, it is also possible to implement the following modification.
 本発明の変形例14に係る照明用光源の全体構成について、図23~図26を参照しながら説明する。 The entire configuration of the illumination light source according to the modification 14 of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 23 to 26.
 [1.全体構成]
 図23は、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。図24は、照明用光源1500の分解斜視図である。図25は、図23に示すC-C’線に沿った照明用光源1500の矢視断面図である。図26は、図23に示すD-D’線に沿った照明用光源1500の矢視断面図である。図25および図26において、紙面上下方向に沿って描かれた一点鎖線は照明用光源1500のランプ軸J5を示している。
[1. overall structure]
FIG. 23 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14. FIG. 24 is an exploded perspective view of the illumination light source 1500. FIG. 25 is an arrow sectional view of the illumination light source 1500 taken along the line CC ′ shown in FIG. FIG. 26 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 1500 taken along the line DD ′ shown in FIG. In FIG. 25 and FIG. 26, the alternate long and short dash line drawn along the vertical direction of the drawing shows the lamp axis J5 of the illumination light source 1500.
 図23~図26に示すように、本発明の変形例14に係る照明用光源1500は、白熱電球を代替する電球型のランプであって、光源としての半導体発光素子にLEDを用いたLEDランプである。照明用光源1500は、その主な構成要素として、透光性のグローブ1510と、光源である半導体発光素子22(図5参照)を備えた発光部20と、外部より電力を受電する口金30と、発光部20をグローブ1510内に支持する支持部材1540とを備える。グローブ1510の開口側の端部はステム1550と一体的に接続されており、当該端部に筐体であるケース1560が取着されている。ケース1560は筒状の形状を有している。ケース1560の一端(図23~27における後方側の端部)には口金30が取着されている。また、ケース1560の他端側(図23~27における前方側)の開口は、ステム1550により塞がれている。ケース1560の内部には回路ユニット80が格納されている。ステム1550にはグローブ1510内へと延伸する方向に支持部材1540が取着されている。ステム1550のジョイント部1553の上端には凸部分1553aが形成されており、支持部材1540の下端に形成された凹部1544と係合することにより、ジョイント部1553に支持部材1540が取着される。いわば、ステム1550は、支持部材1540が立設される基台となっている。支持部材1540の延伸する方向(上方)の先端に発光部20が取着されている。なお、グローブとステムとが一体となったものをバルブと呼ぶ場合もある。 As shown in FIGS. 23 to 26, the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 of the present invention is a bulb-type lamp replacing an incandescent bulb, and is an LED lamp using an LED as a semiconductor light emitting element as a light source. It is. The illumination light source 1500 includes, as its main components, a translucent globe 1510, a light emitting unit 20 including a semiconductor light emitting element 22 (see FIG. 5) which is a light source, and a cap 30 for receiving power from the outside. And a support member 1540 for supporting the light emitting unit 20 in the glove 1510. The open end of the glove 1510 is integrally connected to the stem 1550, and a case 1560, which is a housing, is attached to the end. The case 1560 has a tubular shape. A base 30 is attached to one end of the case 1560 (the end on the rear side in FIGS. 23 to 27). The opening on the other end side (the front side in FIGS. 23 to 27) of the case 1560 is closed by a stem 1550. A circuit unit 80 is stored inside the case 1560. A support member 1540 is attached to the stem 1550 in the direction of extension into the glove 1510. A convex portion 1553a is formed on the upper end of the joint portion 1553 of the stem 1550, and the support member 1540 is attached to the joint portion 1553 by engaging with a concave portion 1544 formed on the lower end of the support member 1540. So to speak, the stem 1550 is a base on which the support member 1540 is erected. The light emitting unit 20 is attached to the tip of the support member 1540 in the extending direction (upper side). In addition, what integrated the glove and the stem may be called a valve.
 [2.各部構成]
 以下、本発明の変形例14に係る照明用光源1500の各構成要素について、図23~図26を参照しながら詳細に説明する。
[2. Configuration of each part]
Hereinafter, each component of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 23 to 26.
 (2-1.グローブ)
 グローブ1510は、白熱電球(フィラメントを有する電球)のバルブ(ガラスバルブとも言う。)と似た形状をしており、いわゆるAタイプである。
(2-1. Glove)
The globe 1510 has a shape similar to a bulb (also referred to as a glass bulb) of an incandescent bulb (a bulb having a filament), and is a so-called A type.
 図24に示すように、グローブ1510は、中空の球状をした球状部1510aと、筒状をした筒状部1510bとから構成されている。筒状部1510bは、球状部1510aからランプ軸方向に離れるに従って縮径している。なお、筒状部1510bにおける球状部1510aと反対側の端部に開口が存在し、この開口はステム1550により塞がれている。なお、この開口が存在する側の端部を開口側端部とする。 As shown in FIG. 24, the globe 1510 is composed of a hollow spherical portion 1510a and a cylindrical portion 1510b. The cylindrical portion 1510 b reduces in diameter as it is separated from the spherical portion 1510 a in the lamp axial direction. An opening is present at the end of the cylindrical portion 1510 b opposite to the spherical portion 1510 a, and the opening is closed by the stem 1550. In addition, let the edge part by which this opening exists be an opening side edge part.
 グローブ1510は、透光性材料により構成される。透光性材料としては、ガラス材料やアクリル等の樹脂材料などがある。ここでは、グローブ1510は、例えばガラス材料により構成されている。 The globe 1510 is made of a translucent material. Examples of translucent materials include glass materials and resin materials such as acrylics. Here, the glove 1510 is made of, for example, a glass material.
 (2-2.ケース)
 ケース1560は、白熱電球のバルブの口金30側に近い部分と同様の形状をしている。本実施形態では、ケース1560は、その中心軸(ランプ軸J5)方向におけるグローブ1510側半分に大径部1561を、口金側半分に小径部1562をそれぞれ有し、大径部1561と小径部1562との間には段差部63が存在する。
(2-2. Case)
The case 1560 has the same shape as the portion close to the base 30 of the bulb of the incandescent lamp. In the present embodiment, the case 1560 has the large diameter portion 1561 in the glove 1510 side half in the direction of the central axis (lamp axis J5), and the small diameter portion 1562 in the mouthpiece half, and the large diameter portion 1561 and the small diameter portion 1562 There is a step 63 between them.
 ケース1560の大径部1561の前方側(上端側)内周面には周方向に段差部1566が環状に設けられており、グローブ1510と一体的に接続されたステム1550がケース1560に取着される際にステム1550の鍔部1551bの鍔下端部1551b1が段差部1566上に載置され、鍔部1551bおよびグローブ1510の筒状部1510bと、ケース1560の大径部1561の大径上端部1561aの内周面との間の隙間に樹脂等の接着剤1556を充填して、一体化したグローブ1510およびステム1550と、ケース1560とを互いに固定している。これにより、ケース1560の上端側開口は、上述したようにステム1550により塞がれている。 A stepped portion 1566 is annularly provided in the circumferential direction on the front side (upper end side) inner circumferential surface of the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560, and a stem 1550 integrally connected with the glove 1510 is attached to the case 1560 The lower end portion 1551b1 of the flange portion 1551b of the stem 1550 is placed on the step 1566, and the large diameter upper end portion of the cylindrical portion 1510b of the flange portion 1551b and the globe 1510 and the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560 An adhesive 1556 such as a resin is filled in a space between the inner peripheral surface of the 1561a and the like, and the integrated glove 1510 and stem 1550 and the case 1560 are fixed to each other. Thus, the upper end side opening of the case 1560 is closed by the stem 1550 as described above.
 ケース1560の小径部1562には口金30が螺着されている。本変形例においては、口金30は、エジソンタイプである。このため、小径部1562の外周が雄ネジとなっており、口金30内にねじ込まれている。これにより、口金30とケース1560とが螺合される。 A base 30 is screwed to the small diameter portion 1562 of the case 1560. In the present modification, the base 30 is an Edison type. Therefore, the outer periphery of the small diameter portion 1562 is a male screw, and is screwed into the base 30. Thus, the base 30 and the case 1560 are screwed together.
 また、ケース1560の小径部1562には、ケース1560の中心軸が延伸する方向と平行に延伸する溝1564が形成されている。この溝1564は、口金30と回路ユニット80とを接続するリード線75を固定する(リード線75の移動を規制する)ものである。 Further, in the small diameter portion 1562 of the case 1560, a groove 1564 is formed which extends in parallel with the direction in which the central axis of the case 1560 extends. The groove 1564 is for fixing the lead 75 connecting the base 30 and the circuit unit 80 (for restricting the movement of the lead 75).
 ケース1560は、樹脂材料、例えばポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)により構成されている。なお、ケース1560の熱伝導性を調整するために、樹脂材料に、例えばガラス繊維等を混入させたものを用いてもよい。 The case 1560 is made of a resin material such as polybutylene terephthalate (PBT). In addition, in order to adjust the heat conductivity of case 1560, you may use what mixed glass fiber etc. in the resin material, for example.
 ケース1560は、上述のように、上端部にグローブ1510が装着され、且つ、下端部に口金30が装着された状態で、全体形状として白熱電球と類似するように、大径部1561の形状は口金30側からグローブ1510側に移るに従って曲線的に拡径している。 As described above, the case 1560 has the shape of the large diameter portion 1561 similar to an incandescent lamp as a whole in a state where the glove 1510 is attached to the upper end and the cap 30 is attached to the lower end. The diameter increases in a curved manner as it moves from the base 30 side to the globe 1510 side.
 ケース1560は、照明用光源1500点灯時に当該ケース1560内部に収納する回路ユニット80が発生する熱を外部に放出する機能を有する。放熱は、ケース1560から外気への熱伝導、外気の対流、輻射等により行われる。 The case 1560 has a function of releasing the heat generated by the circuit unit 80 housed inside the case 1560 when the lighting light source 1500 is lit, to the outside. Heat is released by heat conduction from the case 1560 to the outside air, convection of the outside air, radiation, and the like.
 ケース1560は、その上端側の開口が上述のようにステム1550により塞がれ、下端側の開口が口金30により塞がれることで、内部に略密閉された空間を有する。この空間には回路ユニット80が収納される。 The case 1560 has the opening at the upper end side thereof closed by the stem 1550 as described above and the opening at the lower end side closed by the base 30 to have a substantially sealed space inside. The circuit unit 80 is accommodated in this space.
 (2-3.ステム)
 ステム1550は、グローブ1510と一体的に接続されてケース1560の大径部1561に挿入される。ステム1550は、ドーム状のフレア1551と、排気管1552と、ジョイント部1553とから構成される。排気管1552は、詳しくは後述するが、グローブ1510内部の空気を排気し、代わりに充填流体12を充填するための細管である。ジョイント部1553は、フレア1551のドームの頂部に設けられ、その上端には後述する支持部材1540を取着するための凸部分1553aが形成されている。
(2-3. Stem)
The stem 1550 is integrally connected to the glove 1510 and inserted into the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560. The stem 1550 comprises a dome-shaped flare 1551, an exhaust pipe 1552, and a joint 1553. The exhaust pipe 1552, which will be described in detail later, is a thin tube for evacuating the air inside the glove 1510 and for filling the filling fluid 12 instead. The joint portion 1553 is provided on the top of the dome of the flare 1551 and has a convex portion 1553a at its upper end for attaching a support member 1540 described later.
 ステム1550は、ケース1560の内部に挿入されるため、ケース1560の大径部1561の内面に対応した外径を有する。ここでは、ケース1560の内周面とステム1550の外径とが対応しており、大径部1561の内周面の横断面形状が円形状をしているため、フレア1551のドームの下端部も平面視形状が円形状である。 The stem 1550 has an outer diameter corresponding to the inner surface of the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560 because the stem 1550 is inserted into the inside of the case 1560. Here, the inner peripheral surface of case 1560 corresponds to the outer diameter of stem 1550, and the cross-sectional shape of the inner peripheral surface of large diameter portion 1561 is circular, so the lower end of the dome of flare 1551 Also in plan view, the shape is circular.
 フレア1551は、ドームの頂部を含むフレアヘッド1551a(図27参照)とその下側に鍔状に延設された鍔部1551b(図27参照)とから構成される。ステム1550がケース1560の大径部1561に挿入される際に、鍔部1551bの下端が大径部1561内周面に設けられた段差部1566の上面に当接する。これにより、ステム1550の位置決めを容易に行うことができる。 The flare 1551 is composed of a flare head 1551a (see FIG. 27) including the top of the dome and a flange portion 1551b (see FIG. 27) extending in the form of a ridge below the flare head 1551a (see FIG. 27). When the stem 1550 is inserted into the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560, the lower end of the collar portion 1551b abuts on the upper surface of the step portion 1566 provided on the inner circumferential surface of the large diameter portion 1561. Thereby, positioning of the stem 1550 can be easily performed.
 ここでは、上述のように、ステム1550は、ケース1560の大径部1561に挿入された状態で、接着剤1556によってケース1560に接合されている。 Here, as described above, the stem 1550 is joined to the case 1560 by the adhesive 1556 in a state of being inserted into the large diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560.
 また、ステム1550には、リード線71,72、および後述するアンテナ線91が封着されている。 In addition, lead wires 71 and 72 and an antenna wire 91 described later are sealed to the stem 1550.
 (2-4.支持部材)
 支持部材1540は、発光部20をグローブ1510内部の中央位置で支持する。ここで、前記中央位置とは、白熱電球における光源(フィラメント)位置に対応した位置であり、例えば、白熱電球においてフィラメントが配置される位置と略同じ位置である。支持部材1540は、棒状の形状を有し、上端部は発光部20に結合され、下端部はステム1550のジョイント部1553に取着されている。つまり、支持部材1540は、ステム1550からグローブ1510の内部へと延伸する状態でステム1550に設けられている。
(2-4. Support member)
The support member 1540 supports the light emitting unit 20 at a central position inside the glove 1510. Here, the central position is a position corresponding to the light source (filament) position in the incandescent lamp, and is, for example, substantially the same position as the position where the filament is disposed in the incandescent lamp. The support member 1540 has a rod-like shape, and the upper end is coupled to the light emitting unit 20 and the lower end is attached to the joint 1553 of the stem 1550. That is, the support member 1540 is provided on the stem 1550 in a state of extending from the stem 1550 into the inside of the glove 1510.
 支持部材1540の上端部と発光部20との結合は、例えば、係合構造を利用している。支持部材1540の上面1541の略中央には、凸部1543が形成されている。発光部20の実装基板21の略中央には、第1貫通孔25が形成されている。すなわち、第1貫通孔25は、実装基板21の長手方向および短手方向の中央部に設けられており、本実施形態では、2本の封止体23の間に設けられている。凸部1543の形状と第1貫通孔25の形状とは互いに対応しており、支持部材1540の上面1541の凸部1543が、発光部20の実装基板21の第1貫通孔25に挿入(嵌合)するように実装基板21が支持部材1540の上面1541に載置される。 The connection between the upper end portion of the support member 1540 and the light emitting unit 20 uses, for example, an engagement structure. A protrusion 1543 is formed substantially at the center of the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540. A first through hole 25 is formed substantially at the center of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20. That is, the first through hole 25 is provided at the central portion in the longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21, and is provided between the two sealing bodies 23 in the present embodiment. The shape of the convex portion 1543 and the shape of the first through hole 25 correspond to each other, and the convex portion 1543 of the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 is inserted into the first through hole 25 of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 The mounting substrate 21 is placed on the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 so as to fit.
 なお、支持部材1540と発光部20との結合は、係合構造に限られず、例えば、接着剤等を用いてもよい。 The connection between the support member 1540 and the light emitting unit 20 is not limited to the engagement structure, and an adhesive or the like may be used, for example.
 また、発光部20は、複数の半導体発光素子22が実装された面をグローブ1510の頂部に向けて配置される。即ち、半導体発光素子22は、その主出斜方向を照明用光源1500の前方に向けた状態で平面配置されている。 In addition, the light emitting unit 20 is disposed such that the surface on which the plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 22 are mounted is directed to the top of the globe 1510. That is, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is planarly disposed with its main oblique direction facing the front of the illumination light source 1500.
 支持部材1540の下端部には凹部1544(図25参照)が形成されており、当該凹部1544にジョイント部1553の凸部分1553a嵌合することにより支持部材1540がステム1550に取着(結合)されている。なお、支持部材1540とステム1550との結合は上記嵌合に限られず、接着剤等を用いてもよい。接着剤を用いる場合、ジョイント部1553を備えない構成とすることができる。即ち、接着剤を用いてフレア1551の頂部に支持部材を直接取着してもよい。 A recess 1544 (see FIG. 25) is formed at the lower end of the support member 1540, and the support member 1540 is attached (coupled) to the stem 1550 by fitting the protrusion 1553a of the joint portion 1553 to the recess 1544. ing. The connection between the support member 1540 and the stem 1550 is not limited to the above fitting, and an adhesive or the like may be used. In the case of using an adhesive, the joint portion 1553 can be omitted. That is, an adhesive may be used to attach the support member directly to the top of the flare 1551.
 支持部材1540を構成する材料としては、熱伝導性(放熱性)の高い材料が用いられる。熱伝導性の高い材料としては、例えば、金属やセラミック等が挙げられる。本実施形態においては、支持部材1540は、例えば、アルミから成る。詳しくは、後述する。 As a material for forming the support member 1540, a material having high thermal conductivity (heat dissipation) is used. Examples of the material having high thermal conductivity include metals and ceramics. In the present embodiment, the support member 1540 is made of, for example, aluminum. Details will be described later.
 発光部20は、実装基板21を透光性材料により構成することで、後方へも発光部20からの光を出射させることが可能である。このため、支持部材1540は、半導体発光素子22(発光部20)から後方へ発せられた光を遮らないように、なるべく棒状に近い形状をしている。 The light emitting unit 20 can emit light from the light emitting unit 20 to the rear by forming the mounting substrate 21 with a light transmitting material. For this reason, the support member 1540 has a shape close to a rod shape as much as possible so as not to block the light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 (light emitting unit 20).
 つまり、支持部材1540の後方側領域は、断面が円形状をした円柱部1547となっている。支持部材1540の前方側領域は、矩形状の実装基板21の短手方向に偏平な(短手方向に厚みが薄い)形状をした偏平部48となっている。 That is, the rear side region of the support member 1540 is a cylindrical portion 1547 having a circular cross section. The front side region of the support member 1540 is a flat portion 48 having a flat shape (thin in the width direction) in the width direction of the rectangular mounting substrate 21.
 支持部材1540は、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光を遮らないように、透光性の材料(例えば、ガラス材料)により構成されてもよいし、支持部材1540の表面に光反射性を高める加工を施してもよい。 The support member 1540 may be made of a translucent material (for example, a glass material) so as not to block the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22, or light is reflected on the surface of the support member 1540. It may be processed to enhance its properties.
 支持部材1540の長さは、例えば、20~40〔mm〕であり、支持部材1540の円柱部1547の直径は、例えば、5~30〔mm〕である。 The length of the support member 1540 is, for example, 20 to 40 mm, and the diameter of the cylindrical portion 1547 of the support member 1540 is, for example, 5 to 30 mm.
 実装基板21の長手方向と短手方向は基板対角で5~30〔mm〕であり、厚さは、例えば、1~1.6〔mm〕である。 The longitudinal direction and the lateral direction of the mounting substrate 21 are 5 to 30 mm in a substrate diagonal direction, and the thickness is, for example, 1 to 1.6 mm.
 [3.放熱性および熱負荷]
 上述のように、回路ユニット80を構成する電子部品のなかには、熱負荷に弱い部品が含まれており、特に、無線信号の制御を行う無線制御部820は熱に弱い。発光部20の半導体発光素子22において発生した熱がケース1560へと伝わると、ケース1560内部の温度を上昇させ、無線制御部820が受ける熱負荷を増大させる。そこで、半導体発光素子22において発生した熱のうちグローブ1510へと伝わる熱の割合を増大させてグローブ1510から放熱させることにより、半導体発光素子22からケース1560へと伝わる熱の割合を減じて、無線制御部820が受ける熱負荷の増大を抑制させることができる。
[3. Heat dissipation and heat load]
As described above, among the electronic components that constitute the circuit unit 80, components that are vulnerable to heat load are included, and in particular, the wireless control unit 820 that controls wireless signals is susceptible to heat. When the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 is transferred to the case 1560, the temperature in the case 1560 is raised to increase the thermal load received by the wireless control unit 820. Therefore, the proportion of the heat transmitted to the globe 1510 among the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is increased to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, thereby reducing the proportion of the heat transmitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 to the case 1560 It is possible to suppress an increase in heat load received by the control unit 820.
 図23,26,27に示すように、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が充填されている。充填流体12は、発光部20の半導体発光素子22において発生した熱をグローブ1510へと熱伝導させるための媒体および熱伝導路として機能する。充填流体12として用いられるものとしては、気体と液体があり、いずれの場合も、空気よりも熱伝導性が高く透光性を有するものが用いられる。本実施形態においては、充填流体12は気体であり、具体的には、例えば、ヘリウム(He)ガスである。ヘリウムガスを用いる利点としては、不活性であること、安価であること、枯渇の心配がないこと等が挙げられる。 As shown in FIGS. 23, 26 and 27, the inside of the glove 1510 is filled with the filling fluid 12. The filling fluid 12 functions as a medium and a heat conduction path for thermally conducting the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the globe 1510. As the fluid to be used as the filling fluid 12, there are a gas and a liquid, and in either case, a fluid having a heat conductivity higher than that of air and light transmissivity is used. In the present embodiment, the filling fluid 12 is a gas, specifically, for example, helium (He) gas. The advantages of using helium gas include inertness, low cost, and no concern about depletion.
 また、グローブ1510内に封入するヘリウムガスの体積や充填比率(グローブ1510内部の容量に占めるヘリウムガスの体積の割合)は特に限定されない。ステム1550により閉塞されたグローブ1510内が全てヘリウムガスで満たされていない場合であっても、グローブ1510内にヘリウムガスを全く封入しない場合と比較して、発光部20からグローブ1510への伝熱を促進させることが可能である。 Further, the volume and filling ratio of helium gas enclosed in the globe 1510 (the ratio of the volume of helium gas to the volume inside the glove 1510) are not particularly limited. Even when the inside of the globe 1510 closed by the stem 1550 is not completely filled with helium gas, the heat transfer from the light emitting unit 20 to the globe 1510 as compared to the case where the helium gas is not enclosed in the glove 1510 at all. It is possible to promote
 なお、充填流体12として用いる気体は、ヘリウムガスに限られず、空気よりも高い熱伝導性を有する気体としては他に、ネオン(Ne)ガスを用いてもよいし、グローブ1510内部に酸素が存在しなければ水素(H)ガスを用いてもよい。充填流体12に用いる液体としては、具体的には、例えば、水やシリコーンオイル等が考えられる。水を使用する場合には、錆による劣化やショート等の発生による不具合を防止するため、リード線71,72、アンテナ線91、実装基板21上の給電端子24a,24b,配線パターン27、導電性接合部材73、アンテナ90、支持部材1540等、グローブ1510内部に配置される部材のうち、水により腐食される恐れのあるものおよび電気的に不具合を起こす恐れのあるものは全て樹脂等でコーティングしておくとよい。 The gas used as the filling fluid 12 is not limited to helium gas, and neon (Ne) gas may be used as a gas having thermal conductivity higher than that of air, and oxygen is present in the glove 1510. Otherwise, hydrogen (H) gas may be used. Specific examples of the liquid used for the filling fluid 12 include water and silicone oil. When water is used, lead wires 71 and 72, antenna wire 91, feed terminals 24a and 24b on the mounting substrate 21, wiring pattern 27, and conductivity are provided to prevent problems due to deterioration due to rust or occurrence of short circuit. Of the members disposed inside the globe 1510, such as the bonding member 73, the antenna 90, the support member 1540, those which may be corroded by water and those which may cause an electrical failure are all coated with resin or the like. You should keep it in mind.
 また、支持部材1540は、グローブ1510内部において発光部20を支持する機能を有するほか、半導体発光素子22において発生する熱を、充填流体12を介してグローブ1510へと伝える際の充填流体12との接触面積(包絡体積)を大きくして伝熱効率を高める機能も果たす。即ち、発光時に半導体発光素子22において発生する熱の一部は、実装基板21を介して支持部材1540へと伝わるのであるが、このとき、発光部20から直接充填流体を介してグローブ1510へと熱が伝わるのに加えて、支持部材1540からも充填流体12を介してグローブ1510へと熱が伝わる。従って、支持部材1540に放熱性の高い(熱伝導性の高い)材料を用いると、半導体発光素子22において発生した熱をより効率よくグローブ1510へと伝導させることができる。上記熱伝導性の高い材料としては、例えば、金属やセラミック等が挙げられる。本実施形態においては、支持部材1540は、例えば、アルミから成る。 Further, the support member 1540 has a function of supporting the light emitting unit 20 inside the globe 1510, and the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 with the filling fluid 12 at the time of transferring the heat to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12. It also functions to increase the heat transfer efficiency by increasing the contact area (envelope volume). That is, part of the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 at the time of light emission is transmitted to the support member 1540 via the mounting substrate 21, but at this time, the light emitting unit 20 directly to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid. In addition to heat transfer, heat transfer from support member 1540 to glove 1510 via fill fluid 12. Therefore, when a material with high heat dissipation (high thermal conductivity) is used for the support member 1540, the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 can be conducted to the globe 1510 more efficiently. Examples of the material having high thermal conductivity include metals and ceramics. In the present embodiment, the support member 1540 is made of, for example, aluminum.
 以上説明したように、本実施形態に係る照明用光源1500は、グローブ1510内部に空気よりも熱伝導性の高い充填流体12が充填されているため、グローブ内に空気が封止されている従来の照明用光源と比較して、半導体発光素子22において発生した熱がグローブ1510へと伝わりやすい。その結果、半導体発光素子22において発生した熱のうちグローブ1510から放熱される割合を増加させて支持部材1540からケース1560へと伝わる熱の割合を減少させることができ、これにより、ケース1560内部空間の温度上昇を抑制して回路ユニット80が受ける熱負荷、特に、無線制御部820が受ける熱負荷を抑制することができる。そして、無線制御部の長寿命化を実現し、長期にわたって安定的に良好な品質を確保することができる。 As described above, since the illumination light source 1500 according to this embodiment is filled with the filling fluid 12 having a thermal conductivity higher than that of air in the glove 1510, the air is sealed in the glove in the related art. The heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is easily transmitted to the globe 1510 as compared with the illumination light source of the above. As a result, of the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22, the rate of heat radiation from the globe 1510 can be increased to reduce the rate of heat transferred from the support member 1540 to the case 1560, thereby reducing the case 1560 internal space The thermal load received by the circuit unit 80, in particular, the thermal load received by the wireless control unit 820, can be suppressed by suppressing the temperature rise of the circuit unit 80. And, the long life of the wireless control unit can be realized, and good quality can be stably secured over a long period of time.
 なお、接着剤1556として熱伝導性の低い接着剤を用いた場合、ケース1560への熱伝導をより効率よく抑制することができる。 Note that when an adhesive with low thermal conductivity is used as the adhesive 1556, thermal conduction to the case 1560 can be suppressed more efficiently.
 [4.配光特性]
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1500においても、グローブ1510内であって、白熱電球の光源(フィラメント)位置に対応した位置(例えば略同じ位置である。)に発光部20が設けられている。これにより、照明用光源1500を従来の白熱電球用の照明器具に装着しても、フィラメントの位置に発光部20が配されることとなり、白熱電球を装着した際の配光特性と近い特性を得ることができる。
[4. Light distribution characteristics]
Also in the illumination light source 1500 according to this modification, the light emitting unit 20 is provided in the globe 1510 at a position (for example, substantially the same position) corresponding to the light source (filament) position of the incandescent lamp. As a result, even when the illumination light source 1500 is attached to a conventional lighting device for an incandescent lamp, the light emitting unit 20 is disposed at the position of the filament, and characteristics similar to the light distribution characteristics when the incandescent lamp is attached You can get it.
 また、発光部20は透光性の実装基板21を用いて構成されているため、半導体発光素子22から後方に発せられた光は実装基板21を通過してグローブ1510から外部へと出射される。 In addition, since the light emitting unit 20 is configured using the light transmitting mounting substrate 21, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 passes through the mounting substrate 21 and is emitted from the globe 1510 to the outside. .
 さらに、半導体発光素子22を支持している支持部材1540の形状を細長い棒状にすることにより、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材1540により遮られる割合を少なくすることができる。 Furthermore, by making the shape of the support member 1540 supporting the semiconductor light emitting device 22 into a long and thin rod shape, the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 by the support member 1540 can be reduced. it can.
 支持部材1540を透光性の材料により構成することで、支持部材1540に達した光は、そのまま通過し、グローブ1510の内面にまで達した光はグローブ1510を透過して外部へと出射される。 By forming the supporting member 1540 with a translucent material, the light reaching the supporting member 1540 passes as it is, and the light reaching the inner surface of the globe 1510 is transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. .
 [5.照明用光源の製造方法]
 照明用光源1500の製造方法を、図27~33に基づいて説明する。
[5. Manufacturing method of light source for illumination]
A method of manufacturing the illumination light source 1500 will be described based on FIGS.
 (5-1.フレア形成工程)
 先ず、フレアの形成方法について、図27~30を参照しながら以下に説明する。
(5-1. Flare formation process)
First, a method of forming a flare will be described below with reference to FIGS.
 図27は、照明用光源1500の製造工程のうち、フレア1551を形成する工程を説明する図であって、(a),(a’)はフレア形成前の状態を示す図であり、(b),(b’)はフレア形成後の状態を示す図である。なお、(a),(b)は図23におけるD-D’線に相当する線に沿った矢視断面図であり、(a’),(b’)は、それぞれ(a),(b)におけるE-E’線に沿った矢視断面図である。 FIG. 27 is a view for explaining the process of forming the flare 1551 in the manufacturing process of the illumination light source 1500, wherein (a) and (a ′) show the state before forming the flare, (b) ) And (b ′) are diagrams showing a state after forming a flare. (A) and (b) are arrow sectional views along a line corresponding to the line DD ′ in FIG. 23, and (a ′) and (b ′) are (a) and (b) respectively. Is a sectional view taken along the line EE ′ in FIG.
 図27(b),(b’)に示すように、フレア1551は、本実施形態においては、例えば、ガラスから成り、フレア1551には、リード線71,72およびアンテナ線91が封着され、排気管1552が融着されている。フレア1551は、リード線71,72が封着されたフレアヘッド1551aと、当該フレアヘッド1551aから下方(照明用光源1500として最終的に組み付けられた場合における下方。以下、照明用光源の製造方法の説明においては、「上」、「下」は、照明用光源1500として組み付けられた場合の「上」、「下」をそれぞれ示す。)に延出する鍔部1551bとからなる。 As shown in FIGS. 27B and 27B, the flare 1551 is made of, for example, glass in the present embodiment, and the lead wires 71 and 72 and the antenna wire 91 are sealed to the flare 1551, for example. The exhaust pipe 1552 is fused. The flare 1551 includes a flare head 1551a in which the lead wires 71 and 72 are sealed, and a lower side from the flare head 1551a (in the case where it is finally assembled as the illumination light source 1500. Hereinafter, the method of manufacturing the illumination light source In the description, the “upper” and the “lower” indicate the “upper” and the “lower” in the case of being assembled as the illumination light source 1500, respectively.
 図27(a),(a’)に示すように、フレア1551は、フレア管1551’が加工されたものであって、フレア管1551’のストレート部1551’aは、バーナー9により加熱されてその一部が溶融し、図27(b),(b’)に示すように、ガラス製の細管1552’の上端部と合わさってフレアヘッド1551aを形成する。また、フレア部1551’bは、溶融・変形しないまま鍔部1551bとなる。鍔部1551bは、グローブ封止工程において、その一部がグローブ1510の筒状部1510bの下端部分と溶融接合される。 As shown in FIGS. 27 (a) and 27 (a '), the flare 1551 is formed by processing a flared tube 1551', and the straight portion 1551'a of the flared tube 1551 'is heated by the burner 9 A part of the glass is melted, and as shown in FIGS. 27B and 27B, it is combined with the upper end portion of the glass capillary 1552 to form a flare head 1551a. Further, the flared portion 1551 ′ b becomes a collar portion 1551 b without melting and deformation. A part of the flange portion 1551 b is melt-bonded to the lower end portion of the cylindrical portion 1510 b of the globe 1510 in the glove sealing step.
 細管1552’は、加工されて排気管1552となる。排気管1552は、グローブ1510内部の空気を排気するため、またグローブ1510内部に充填流体12を充填するために使用される。細管1552’の上端部は、フレア1551のフレアヘッド1551aに融着されている。一方、細管1552’の下端部は、グローブ1510内に充填流体12を充填した後、封止される。これらについては、詳しくは、後述する。 The thin tube 1552 ′ is processed into an exhaust pipe 1552. An exhaust pipe 1552 is used to exhaust the air inside the glove 1510 and to fill the inside of the glove 1510 with the filling fluid 12. The upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 ′ is fused to the flare head 1551 a of the flare 1551. On the other hand, the lower end portion of the thin tube 1552 ′ is sealed after filling the filling fluid 12 in the globe 1510. Details of these will be described later.
 (5-2.ジョイント部形成工程)
 次に、フレア1551に支持部材1540を取着(接続)するためのジョイント部を形成する工程について説明する。
(5-2. Joint formation process)
Next, a process of forming a joint for attaching (connecting) the support member 1540 to the flare 1551 will be described.
 図28は、図27の続きの工程を示す図であって、(a),(a’)はジョイント部形成前の状態を示す図であり、(c),(c’)はジョイント部形成後の状態を示す図であり、(b),(b’)はその途中の状態を示す図である。なお、(a),(b),(c)は図23におけるD-D’線に相当する線に沿った矢視断面図であり、(a’),(b’),(c’)は、それぞれ(a),(b),(c)におけるE-E’線に沿った矢視断面図である。 FIG. 28 is a view showing a process subsequent to FIG. 27, wherein (a) and (a ′) show the state before forming the joint portion, and (c) and (c ′) are forming the joint portion It is a figure which shows the state of the back, and (b), (b ') is a figure which shows the state in the middle. (A), (b) and (c) are arrow sectional views along the line corresponding to the line DD 'in FIG. 23, and (a'), (b ') and (c') These are arrow sectional views along the EE 'line in (a), (b) and (c) respectively.
 図28(a),(a’)に示すように、まず、ジョイント部材1553’の下端面をバーナー9により加熱して軟化させる。ジョイント部材1553’は、ここでは、例えば、ガラスから成る。そして、図28(b),(b’)に示すように軟化したジョイント部材1553’の下端部をフレア1551のフレアヘッド1551aの頂部上に載置する。そして、ジョイント部材1553’の下端部とフレアヘッド1551aとの接触部分の周囲をバーナー9により加熱して溶融させ、ジョイント部材1553’の下端部とフレアヘッド1551aとを一体化し、図28(c),(c’)に示すように、フレア1551と一体化されたジョイント部1553を形成する。 As shown in FIGS. 28 (a) and 28 (a '), first, the lower end surface of the joint member 1553' is heated by the burner 9 to be softened. The joint member 1553 'is here made of, for example, glass. Then, the lower end portion of the softened joint member 1553 'is placed on the top of the flare head 1551a of the flare 1551, as shown in FIGS. 28 (b) and 28 (b'). Then, the periphery of the contact portion between the lower end of the joint member 1553 'and the flare head 1551a is heated and melted by the burner 9, and the lower end of the joint member 1553' and the flare head 1551a are integrated, as shown in FIG. As shown in (c ′), the joint portion 1553 integrated with the flare 1551 is formed.
 なお、ジョイント部材1553’をフレアヘッド1551aに載置する際に、ジョイント部材1553’の下端部をバーナー9により加熱して軟化させることにより、ジョイント部材1553’の下端部がフレアヘッド1551aの形状に合わせて変形することができるため、載置した時にジョイント部材1553’がより安定するとともに、ジョイント部材1553’の下端面とフレアヘッド1551aとの間に隙間が出来にくくなるため、溶融させて一体化する際に内部に気泡が生じにくいという効果がある。 When mounting the joint member 1553 'on the flare head 1551a, the lower end portion of the joint member 1553' is heated and softened by the burner 9, whereby the lower end portion of the joint member 1553 'becomes the shape of the flare head 1551a. As it can be deformed together, the joint member 1553 'becomes more stable when placed, and it becomes difficult to form a gap between the lower end face of the joint member 1553' and the flare head 1551a, so it is melted and integrated There is an effect that air bubbles are less likely to be generated inside.
 また、ジョイント部材1553’は、円柱形状を有するジョイントベース1553’bと、その上に設けられた凸部1553’aとから成る。凸部1553’aは、平面視形状が矩形状をした四角柱の形状を有しており、前記矩形の対角線の長さは、ジョイントベース1553’bの円柱の直径よりも小さく設定されている。ジョイント部材1553’は、予め所定の形状に形成されている。 The joint member 1553 'is formed of a joint base 1553'b having a cylindrical shape and a convex portion 1553'a provided thereon. The convex portion 1553'a has a quadrangular prism shape having a rectangular shape in plan view, and the length of the diagonal of the rectangle is set smaller than the diameter of the cylinder of the joint base 1553'b . The joint member 1553 'is previously formed in a predetermined shape.
 (5-3.排気孔形成工程)
 続いて、フレア1551および細管1552’に排気孔を形成する工程について説明する。
(5-3. Exhaust hole formation process)
Subsequently, a process of forming an exhaust hole in the flare 1551 and the thin tube 1552 will be described.
 図29は、図28の続きの工程を示す図であって、(a),(a’)は排気孔形成前の状態を示す図であり、(b),(b’)は排気孔形成後の状態を示す図である。なお、(a),(b)は図23におけるD-D’線に相当する線に沿った矢視断面図であり、(a’),(b’)は、それぞれ(a),(b)におけるE-E’線に沿った矢視断面図である。なお、図29(b’)においては、排気孔1552aをわかりやすく示すために、排気孔1552aの周囲については、断面としていない。 FIG. 29 is a view showing a process subsequent to FIG. 28, wherein (a) and (a ′) show the state before forming the exhaust hole, and (b) and (b ′) show the formation of the exhaust hole It is a figure which shows the state of the back. (A) and (b) are arrow sectional views along a line corresponding to the line DD ′ in FIG. 23, and (a ′) and (b ′) are (a) and (b) respectively. Is a sectional view taken along the line EE ′ in FIG. In FIG. 29 (b ′), the periphery of the exhaust hole 1552 a is not made to be a cross section in order to show the exhaust hole 1552 a in an easily understandable manner.
  図29(a),(a’)に示すように、ジョイント部1553を形成した後、フレア1551により封着されている細管1552’の上端部周辺を、フレア1551の外側からバーナー9により加熱する。このとき、排気管1552内部には、当該排気管1552の下端側から空気が送り込まれており、圧力が高い状態となっている。従って、細管1552’の上端部周辺がバーナー9により加熱されて軟化すると、細管1552’内部の空気圧により、図29(b),(b’)に示すように、細管1552’の上端部の封着が破れて排気孔1552aが形成され、排気管1552が形成される。そして、以上説明した工程により、フレア1551、排気管1552、ジョイント部1553を備え、リード線71,72,アンテナ線91が封着されたステム1550が形成される。 As shown in FIGS. 29A and 29A, after the joint portion 1553 is formed, the periphery of the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 ′ sealed by the flare 1551 is heated by the burner 9 from the outside of the flare 1551. . At this time, air is fed into the exhaust pipe 1552 from the lower end side of the exhaust pipe 1552, and the pressure is high. Therefore, when the periphery of the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 'is heated and softened by the burner 9, the air pressure inside the thin tube 1552' seals the upper end portion of the thin tube 1552 'as shown in FIGS. The attachment is broken to form the exhaust hole 1552a, and the exhaust pipe 1552 is formed. Then, the stem 1550 including the flare 1551, the exhaust pipe 1552, and the joint portion 1553 and the lead wires 71 and 72 and the antenna wire 91 sealed together is formed by the process described above.
 (5-4.マウント形成工程)
 続いて、マウントを形成する工程について説明する。なお、マウントとは、ステム1550,支持部材1540,および発光部20が組み付けられた状態を一体的に表すものである。
(5-4. Mount formation process)
Subsequently, a process of forming a mount will be described. In addition, a mount represents integrally the state in which the stem 1550, the supporting member 1540, and the light emission part 20 were assembled | attached.
 図30は、図29の続きの工程を示す図である。図30(a)に示すように、ジョイント部1553の凸部分1553aに支持部材1540の下端に形成された凹部1544を嵌合させて、支持部材1540をジョイント部1553に接合(取着)ずる。このとき、図30(a)に示すように、支持部材1540に巻回された状態のアンテナ90と一緒に支持部材1540をジョイント部1553に取着してもよいし、支持部材1540をジョイント部1553に接合した後に支持部材1540の周囲にアンテナ90を巻回して取着するか、もしくは、予めコイル状に巻かれたアンテナ90を支持部材1540にかぶせるようにして取着してもよい。そして、アンテナ90の下端部とアンテナ線91の上端部とをコネクタ92により接続し、図30(b)に示す状態となる。 FIG. 30 is a diagram showing a process subsequent to FIG. As shown in FIG. 30A, a concave portion 1544 formed at the lower end of the support member 1540 is fitted to the convex portion 1553a of the joint portion 1553 to bond (attach) the support member 1540 to the joint portion 1553. At this time, as shown in FIG. 30A, the support member 1540 may be attached to the joint portion 1553 together with the antenna 90 in a state of being wound around the support member 1540, or the support member 1540 may be jointed. After bonding to 1553, the antenna 90 may be wound around and attached to the support member 1540, or the antenna 90 wound in a coil shape may be attached to the support member 1540 so as to cover it. Then, the lower end portion of the antenna 90 and the upper end portion of the antenna wire 91 are connected by the connector 92, and the state shown in FIG. 30B is obtained.
 なお、支持部材1540の下端部に形成された凹部1544は、凸部分1553aに対応した形状を有している。即ち、凸部分1553aと同様に平面視形状が矩形状をしており、その辺および対角線の長さや角度等は、凸部分1553aと一致している。このように、凹部1544を凸部分1553aと一致した形状とすることにより、支持部材1540がジョイント部1553に取着された際に、凹部1544と凸部分1553aとが嵌合するため、支持部材1540はジョイント部1553から容易に離脱しない。また、凸部分1553aおよび凹部1544の平面視形状を矩形状とすることにより、支持部材1540を取着する際の位置決め(ランプ軸J5を中心とした回転方向の位置決め)が容易となり、リード線71,72と給電端子24a,24bとをそれぞれ接続する際の作業が容易となる。 The recess 1544 formed at the lower end of the support member 1540 has a shape corresponding to the convex portion 1553a. That is, similarly to the convex portion 1553a, the shape in plan view has a rectangular shape, and the lengths and angles of the sides and diagonals thereof coincide with the convex portion 1553a. As described above, by forming the recess 1544 in a shape that matches the convex portion 1553a, when the support member 1540 is attached to the joint portion 1553, the concave portion 1544 and the convex portion 1553a are fitted, so the support member 1540 is formed. Does not easily disengage from the joint 1553. Further, by forming the convex portion 1553a and the concave portion 1544 in a plan view in a rectangular shape, positioning (positioning in the rotational direction about the lamp axis J5) when attaching the support member 1540 is facilitated, and the lead wire 71 , 72 and the feed terminals 24a and 24b, respectively, which facilitates work.
 なお、ステム1550に支持部材1540を取着する方法としては、上記嵌合に限られず、接着や係合構造、ねじ止め等を用いて取着してもよい。 The method of attaching the support member 1540 to the stem 1550 is not limited to the above-mentioned fitting, and may be attached using adhesion, an engagement structure, screwing, or the like.
 また、凸部分1553aおよび凹部1544の平面視形状は、矩形に限られず、三角形や五角形以上の多角形でもよい。その場合、正多角形ではない多角形とすると、支持部材1540の位置決めをより容易に行うことができる。 In addition, the plan view shape of the convex portion 1553a and the concave portion 1544 is not limited to a rectangle, and may be a triangle or a polygon having five or more sides. In this case, if the polygon is not a regular polygon, the support member 1540 can be more easily positioned.
 さらには、上記平面視形状が、多角形の代わりに、例えば、ハート形等の不定形であってもよいし、位置決めを容易にするために円の周の一部に突出部もしくは凹入部を設けた形状であってもよい。 Furthermore, the plan view shape may be, for example, an irregular shape such as a heart shape instead of a polygon, or a protrusion or a recess may be formed on a part of the circumference of a circle to facilitate positioning. It may have a provided shape.
 次に、上述と同様の方法により、支持部材1540の上面1541に発光部20の実装基板21が載置され、リード線71および72が給電端子24a,24bにそれぞれ接続される。 Next, the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 20 is placed on the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 by the same method as described above, and the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected to the feed terminals 24a and 24b, respectively.
 以上説明した工程により、図30(c)に示すように、マウント13が形成される。 By the steps described above, the mount 13 is formed as shown in FIG.
 (5-5.グローブ封着工程:ドロップシール方式)
 続いて、ステム1550にグローブ1510を封着する代表的な方法として、ドロップシール方式について説明する。
(5-5. Glove sealing process: Drop seal method)
Subsequently, a drop seal method will be described as a representative method of sealing the globe 1510 to the stem 1550.
 図30(d)に示すように、グローブ用部材1510’の下端部に設けられた開口からマウント13をグローブ用部材1510’内部に挿入する。このとき、グローブ用部材1510’の下端部には円筒状の筒状部1510’bが設けられており、筒状部1510’bの内径は、鍔部1551bの周縁部分の外径よりも若干大きく設定されている。これにより、マウント13をグローブ用部材1510’内部にスムーズに挿入することができる。また、鍔部1551bの周縁部分が筒状部1510’bの上下方向における中間付近に位置するようにグローブ用部材1510’内部にマウント13が挿入される。そして、図30(d)に示すように、鍔部1551bの周縁部分周辺を筒状部1510’bの外側から全周に亘ってバーナー9により加熱して、鍔部1551bとグローブ用部材1510’とを融着させる。このとき、図31(a)に示すように、筒状部1510’bの余分な部分1510’cは、自重により落下して切り離され、ステム1550に一体的に融着されたグローブ1510が形成される。 As shown in FIG. 30 (d), the mount 13 is inserted into the glove member 1510 'from the opening provided at the lower end of the glove member 1510'. At this time, a cylindrical tubular portion 1510'b is provided at the lower end portion of the glove member 1510 ', and the inner diameter of the tubular portion 1510'b is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the peripheral portion of the collar portion 1551b. It is set large. Thus, the mount 13 can be smoothly inserted into the glove member 1510 '. Further, the mount 13 is inserted into the glove member 1510 'so that the peripheral portion of the flange portion 1551b is located near the middle in the vertical direction of the cylindrical portion 1510'b. And as shown in FIG.30 (d), the peripheral part periphery of the collar part 1551b is heated by the burner 9 over the perimeter from the outer side of cylindrical part 1510'b, and the collar part 1551b and the member 1510 'for gloves are made. And fusion. At this time, as shown in FIG. 31 (a), the extra portion 1510'c of the cylindrical portion 1510'b is dropped and separated by its own weight, forming a globe 1510 integrally fused to the stem 1550. Be done.
 (5-6.充填流体封入工程)
 続いて、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12を封入する工程について説明する。
(5-6. Filling fluid sealing process)
Subsequently, a process of sealing the filling fluid 12 inside the globe 1510 will be described.
 図31(b)に示すように、排気孔1552aを介して排気管1552よりグローブ1510内部の空気を排気し、図31(c)に示すように、排気孔1552aを介して排気管1552より充填流体12(この場合、ヘリウム(He))を充填する。そして、図32(a)に示すように、排気管1552をバーナー9により加熱して封止する。これにより、グローブ1510内部が閉じられた空間となる。即ち、排気管1552は、排気孔1552aを介してグローブ1510内部とは連通しているが、封止端部1552bにより外部に対しては閉じられているため、グローブ1510内部の空間は、外部に対して閉じられた空間となる。その結果、グローブ1510内部に充填された充填流体12が外部に漏れだすことはなく、また、外部から空気や湿気が侵入することもないため、充填流体12による放熱効果を長期に亘って持続させることができる。 As shown in FIG. 31 (b), the air inside the glove 1510 is exhausted from the exhaust pipe 1552 through the exhaust hole 1552a, and as shown in FIG. 31 (c), the air is filled from the exhaust pipe 1552 through the exhaust hole 1552a. Fill with fluid 12 (in this case helium (He)). Then, as shown in FIG. 32A, the exhaust pipe 1552 is heated by the burner 9 and sealed. Thus, the inside of the glove 1510 is closed. That is, although the exhaust pipe 1552 communicates with the inside of the glove 1510 through the exhaust hole 1552a, the space inside the glove 1510 is outside since the sealed end 1552b closes the outside. It is a closed space. As a result, the filling fluid 12 filled in the inside of the glove 1510 does not leak to the outside, and air and moisture do not enter from the outside, so the heat dissipation effect by the filling fluid 12 is sustained over a long period of time be able to.
 なお、排気管1552において封止する位置、即ち、封止端部1552bを形成する位置は、排気孔1552aよりも下方であって、照明用光源1500として組み付けられたときにケース1560内部において回路基板81に当接しないような位置であれば、特に位置は限られない。 Note that the position sealed in the exhaust pipe 1552, that is, the position where the sealed end 1552b is formed is below the exhaust hole 1552a, and when assembled as the illumination light source 1500, the circuit board inside the case 1560 The position is not particularly limited as long as the position does not abut on 81.
 上記の工程によりグローブ1510内部に充填流体12を封止した後、図32(b)に示すように、回路ユニット80、ケース1560、および口金30をさらに組み付けて、図32(c)に示す、照明用光源1500が完成する。 After sealing the filling fluid 12 inside the globe 1510 according to the above process, as shown in FIG. 32 (b), the circuit unit 80, the case 1560, and the base 30 are further assembled and shown in FIG. 32 (c) The illumination light source 1500 is completed.
 (5-7.グローブ封着工程:バットシール方式)
 ステム1550にグローブ1510を封着する代表的な方法としては、上記ドロップシール方式の他に、バットシール方式がある。そこで、バットシール方式について以下に説明する。
(5-7. Glove sealing process: butt seal method)
As a representative method of sealing the glove 1510 to the stem 1550, there is a butt seal method in addition to the above drop seal method. Therefore, the butt seal method will be described below.
 図30(c)に示す状態において、バットシール方式では、先ず、図33(a)に示すように、グローブ1510の開口側端部をバーナー9により加熱して軟化させるとともに当該開口が狭くなるよう加工する。そして、マウント13を当該軟化して狭くなったグローブ1510の開口からグローブ1510内部に挿入し、軟化して狭くなったグローブ1510の開口側端部をステム1550の鍔部1551bに接触させる。続いて、図33(b)に示すように、バーナー9で、鍔部1551bとその付近のグローブ1510とを加熱し、図33(c)に示すように、鍔部1551bとグローブ1510とを融着させる。その後は、図32(b),(c)と同様にして、回路ユニット80、ケース1560、および口金30をさらに組み付けて照明用光源が完成する。 In the state shown in FIG. 30C, in the butt seal method, first, as shown in FIG. 33A, the open end of the glove 1510 is heated by the burner 9 to be softened and the opening is narrowed. Process Then, the mount 13 is inserted into the inside of the glove 1510 from the opening of the softened and narrowed glove 1510, and the open end of the softened and narrowed glove 1510 is brought into contact with the ridge portion 1551 b of the stem 1550. Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 33 (b), the ridge portion 1551b and the globe 1510 in the vicinity thereof are heated by the burner 9, and as shown in FIG. 33 (c), the ridge portion 1551b and the globe 1510 are melted. Put it on. Thereafter, in the same manner as in FIGS. 32B and 32C, the circuit unit 80, the case 1560, and the base 30 are further assembled to complete the illumination light source.
 なお、一般に、鉛を含有するガラスは、加工するとガラス中の鉛が酸化物として析出し加工部分が黒くなってしまう。そのため、鉛を含有するガラスで形成したフレアは黒っぽい色になる。従って、グローブ1510に透明な素材を用いる場合は、フレア1551が外部から見えるため、美観を損ねる虞がある。このような場合には、フレア1551に鉛を含有しないガラスを用いるとよい。また、フレア1551を外部から見えにくくするために、グローブ1510の筒状部1510bの内面に乳白色の拡散膜を形成する等によって拡散処理を施してもよいし、反射膜等を設けてもよい。 In general, when glass is processed for lead, the lead in the glass is precipitated as an oxide and the processed portion becomes black. Therefore, the flare formed of lead-containing glass has a dark color. Therefore, in the case of using a transparent material for the glove 1510, the flare 1551 can be seen from the outside, which may impair the beauty. In such a case, it is preferable to use lead-free glass for the flare 1551. Further, in order to make the flare 1551 difficult to see from the outside, a diffusion process may be performed by forming a milky white diffusion film on the inner surface of the cylindrical portion 1510 b of the globe 1510 or a reflection film may be provided.
 [6.変形例14のまとめ]
 以上説明したように、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500の構成によると、半導体発光素子22を備える発光部20が、支持部材1540によりグローブ1510内部に支持されており、グローブ1510内部には空気よりも高い熱伝導性を有する充填流体12が封止されている。これにより、グローブ内部に空気が封入されている従来のLEDランプと比較して、半導体発光素子22において発生した熱のうちグローブ1510へと伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させる熱の割合を増大させることができる。その結果、筐体であるケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560自体およびケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された回路ユニット80、特に、回路ユニット80を構成する電子部品の一つである無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。これにより、無線制御部820およびその他の電子部品の長期に亘る安定的な動作を確保し、照明用光源1500の長寿命化を実現することができる。
[6. Summary of Modification 14]
As described above, according to the configuration of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14, the light emitting unit 20 including the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is supported inside the globe 1510 by the support member 1540, and the air inside the globe 1510. A filling fluid 12 having a higher thermal conductivity is sealed. Thereby, the ratio of the heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 to the heat conducted from the globe 1510 is increased compared to the conventional LED lamp in which the air is sealed inside the globe. Can. As a result, the rate of heat conducted to the case 1560 side, which is a housing, is reduced to suppress the temperature rise of the case 1560 itself and the inside of the case 1560, and the circuit unit 80 housed inside the case 1560, in particular, the circuit unit 80 The heat load on the wireless control unit 820, which is one of the constituent electronic components, can be suppressed. As a result, the long-term stable operation of the wireless control unit 820 and the other electronic components can be ensured, and the longevity of the illumination light source 1500 can be realized.
 また、光源としての半導体発光素子22を有する発光部20が支持部材1540によりグローブ1510内の中央位置で支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 20 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 1540 at a central position in the globe 1510, thereby obtaining a good light distribution characteristic close to the light distribution characteristic of the incandescent lamp. Can.
 さらには、支持部材1540にアンテナ90が取着されており、照明用光源1500が照明装置に装着された場合に、比較的露出しているグローブ1510の内部にアンテナ90が位置することになるため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 Furthermore, the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 1540, and when the illumination light source 1500 is attached to the illumination device, the antenna 90 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 1510. Compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, the transmission and reception of the wireless signal is less likely to be inhibited, and the wireless signal can be more reliably transmitted and received.
 また、半導体発光素子22が実装されている実装基板21に透光性の部材が用いられているため、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、実装基板21を透過してグローブ1510に到達し、そこからさらにグローブ1510を透過して外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源1500の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 1510 The light is further transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1500 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 加えて、支持部材1540を細長い棒状の形状とすることにより、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材1540により遮られる割合を少なくすることができる。これにより、照明用光源1500の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, by making the support member 1540 into an elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 1540 can be reduced. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1500 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 さらには、本変形例では、発光部20をグローブ1510内に配置し、グローブ1510を白熱電球と同等な大きさにしているため、照明用光源1500の全体形状が白熱電球に類似する形状となっている。これにより、白熱電球を利用していた従来の照明器具への照明用光源1500の装着適合率を略100[%]にすることができる。 Furthermore, in the present modification, since the light emitting unit 20 is disposed in the globe 1510 and the globe 1510 has the same size as the incandescent bulb, the entire shape of the illumination light source 1500 is a shape similar to the incandescent bulb. ing. Thereby, the mounting compatibility rate of the illumination light source 1500 to the conventional lighting fixture using the incandescent lamp can be made approximately 100 [%].
 (変形例15)
 上記変形例14においては、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90が支持部材1540の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されて取着されている構成を例に説明した。
(Modification 15)
In the modification 14, the configuration in which the antenna 90 which is a helical antenna is spirally wound and attached around the support member 1540 is described as an example.
 しかし、アンテナが支持部材1540に備えられる態様は、これに限られない。変形例15においては、ロッドアンテナが支持部材1540に備えられた構成について説明する。 However, the manner in which the antenna is provided to the support member 1540 is not limited to this. In the modification 15, a configuration in which a rod antenna is provided to a support member 1540 will be described.
 図34は、変形例15に係る照明用光源1500の図23のC-C’直線に相当する直線に沿った矢視断面図である。 FIG. 34 is an arrow sectional view along a straight line corresponding to the C-C ′ straight line of FIG. 23 of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 15.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1600は、支持部材1640の内部に棒状(円柱状)の長尺な形状を有するロッドアンテナ(ポールアンテナ)であるアンテナ1690が収容されており、アンテナ1690の下端部は金属線となっており、支持部材1640を貫通して円柱部1647の周面から外部へと導出されており、コネクタ92(図26参照)を介してアンテナ線91に接続されている点において、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500と異なっている。それ以外の構成については、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500と基本的な構成は同じであり、照明用光源1600においても、グローブ1510内部には充填流体12が封止されている。 In the illumination light source 1600 according to the present modification, an antenna 1690, which is a rod antenna (pole antenna) having a long rod-like (cylindrical) shape, is housed inside the support member 1640, and the lower end portion of the antenna 1690 is Is a metal wire, which penetrates the support member 1640 and is led out from the circumferential surface of the cylindrical portion 1647 and is connected to the antenna wire 91 via the connector 92 (see FIG. 26). This is different from the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14. The other configuration is the same as the basic configuration of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14. Also in the illumination light source 1600, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 また、本変形例においては、アンテナ1690が支持部材1640内部に収容されているため、支持部材1640は、非導電性の部材で構成されている。非導電性の部材としては、ガラスやセラミック等が挙げられるが、本変形例においては、ガラスを用いている。支持部材1640をガラスを用いて構成することにより、支持部材1640内部にアンテナ1690が収容され、アンテナ1690の下端部である金属線が円柱部1647の周面から外部に導出された態様で容易に一体的に形成することができる。さらには、発光部20の半導体発光素子22から実装基板21の後方側へと発せられた光が、支持部材1640を透過してグローブ1510の後方側へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射することができるため、より良好な配光特性を実現することができる。 Further, in the present modification, since the antenna 1690 is accommodated inside the support member 1640, the support member 1640 is formed of a nonconductive member. Examples of the nonconductive member include glass and ceramic, but in the present modification, glass is used. By forming support member 1640 using glass, antenna 1690 is accommodated inside support member 1640, and a metal wire at the lower end of antenna 1690 is easily derived from the circumferential surface of cylindrical portion 1647 to the outside. It can be integrally formed. Furthermore, light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the rear side of the mounting substrate 21 passes through the support member 1640 to reach the rear side of the globe 1510 and is emitted therefrom to the outside. Because of this, better light distribution characteristics can be realized.
 アンテナ1690は、例えば、2.4GHz帯域で使用されるものであるが、これに限られず、使用される所望の帯域に適合したアンテナを用いてもよい。アンテナ1690の長さは、例えば、20~31.25〔mm〕であり、直径は、1~30〔mm〕であるが、支持部材1640のサイズおよびデザインや、リード線71,72、およびアンテナ線91の配線方法によって、所望の無線信号の送受信性能を満たす限り、適宜変更してもよい。 The antenna 1690 is, for example, used in the 2.4 GHz band, but is not limited to this, and an antenna adapted to the desired band to be used may be used. The length of the antenna 1690 is, for example, 20 to 31.25 mm, and the diameter is 1 to 30 mm, but the size and design of the support member 1640, the lead wires 71 and 72, and the antenna The wiring method of the line 91 may be appropriately changed as long as the desired radio signal transmission / reception performance is satisfied.
 なお、アンテナ1690の指向性は無指向性であることが好ましい。 Note that the directivity of the antenna 1690 is preferably omnidirectional.
 支持部材1640の上端部には、発光部20が取着されており、発光部20と回路基板81とは、リード線71,72により電気的に接続されている。 The light emitting unit 20 is attached to the upper end portion of the support member 1640, and the light emitting unit 20 and the circuit board 81 are electrically connected by lead wires 71 and 72.
 以上説明したように、変形例15に係る照明用光源1600の構成においても、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子22からの熱を充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 1600 according to the modification 15, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is supplied to the globe via the filling fluid 12. The heat is conducted to 1510 and dissipated from the globe 1510 to reduce the rate of heat transferred to the case 1560 side, thereby suppressing the temperature rise inside the case 1560 and suppressing the heat load to the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can do.
 加えて、アンテナ1690が支持部材内部に収容された状態でグローブ1510の内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる
 また、本変形例においては、支持部材1640がガラスにより構成されているため、発光部20の半導体発光素子22から実装基板21の後方側へと発せられた光が、支持部材1640を透過してグローブ1510の後方側へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射することができるため、より良好な配光特性を実現することができる。
In addition, since the antenna 1690 is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being housed inside the support member, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560 As a result, in the present modification, since the support member 1640 is made of glass, from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 of the light emitting unit 20 to the rear side of the mounting substrate 21. Since the emitted light can be transmitted through the support member 1640 to reach the rear side of the globe 1510 and emitted therefrom to the outside, better light distribution characteristics can be realized.
 (変形例16)
 上記変形例14においては、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90が支持部材1540の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されて取着されている構成について説明し、変形例15においては、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ1690が支持部材1640の内部に収容されている構成について説明した。
(Modification 16)
In the modification 14, a configuration in which the antenna 90, which is a helical antenna, is helically wound and attached around the support member 1540 will be described. In the modification 15, the antenna 1690, which is a rod antenna, is The structure accommodated inside the support member 1640 has been described.
 しかし、アンテナがグローブ1510内部に設けられる態様は、これらに限られない。 However, the aspect in which the antenna is provided inside the glove 1510 is not limited to these.
 図35は、変形例16に係る照明用光源1700の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。 FIG. 35 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1700 according to Modification 16. As shown in FIG.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1700は、発光部220の実装基板21の表面上に、アンテナ290が形成されている。アンテナ290は、PCBアンテナ(プリントアンテナ)であり、実装基板上にアルミ薄膜等を用いて矩形波様の形状に形成されている。 In the illumination light source 1700 according to the present modification, an antenna 290 is formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220. The antenna 290 is a PCB antenna (print antenna), and is formed in a rectangular wave shape on a mounting substrate using an aluminum thin film or the like.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1700においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 Also in the illumination light source 1700 according to this modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 以上説明したように、本変形例に係る照明用光源1700の構成においても、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500および変形例15に係る照明用光源1600と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子22からの熱を充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 1700 according to this modification, the same effect as the illumination light source 1500 according to modification 14 and the illumination light source 1600 according to modification 15 can be obtained. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、アンテナ290が、PCBアンテナとして発光部220の実装基板21上に形成されており、グローブ1510内部に配置されている。これにより、照明用光源1700が照明装置に装着された場合に、比較的露出しているグローブ1510の内部にアンテナ290が位置することになるため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, the antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 as a PCB antenna and disposed inside the globe 1510. As a result, when the illumination light source 1700 is attached to the illumination device, the antenna 290 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 1510, so that the antenna is housed inside the case 1560. In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 さらに、光源としての半導体発光素子22を有する発光部220が支持部材240によりグローブ1510内の中央位置で支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 Furthermore, the light emitting unit 220 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the globe 1510, thereby obtaining a good light distribution characteristic close to the light distribution characteristic of the incandescent lamp. Can.
 また、半導体発光素子22が実装されている実装基板21に透光性の部材が用いられているため、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、実装基板21を透過してグローブ1510に到達し、そこからさらにグローブ1510を透過して外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源1700の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 1510 The light is further transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1700 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本変形例においては、支持部材1540は、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500における支持部材1540と同様の構成であり、ここでは、アルミから成るが、支持部材1540に透光性の部材を用いてもよい。その場合、支持部材1540からの放熱性はアルミの場合と比較すると低下するものの、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、支持部材240により遮られることなく支持部材340を透過してグローブ1510へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射されるため、照明用光源1700の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In this modification, the support member 1540 has the same configuration as the support member 1540 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14. In this embodiment, the support member 1540 is made of aluminum, but the support member 1540 is translucent. May be used. In that case, although the heat dissipation from the support member 1540 is reduced as compared to the case of aluminum, light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the support member 340 without being blocked by the support member 240. Since the light reaches the globe 1510 and is emitted to the outside from there, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1700 can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
 また、本変形例においては、アンテナ290は、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向において一端側に形成されているが、これに限られない。例えば、アンテナ290が、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向における両端側に設けられていてもよい。この場合、一対のアンテナ290が上記一端側と他端側にそれぞれひとつずつ設けられていてもよく、両端側のアンテナ290が一体的に形成されていてもよい。また、アンテナ290が形成されるのは、実装基板21の表面に限られず、実装基板21の裏面に形成されていてもよく、さらには、実装基板21の側面に形成されていてもよい。上記両端側にそれぞれひとつずつアンテナ290が設けられる場合には、それぞれの長手方向端部にそれぞれアンテナ端子292を設けて、それぞれにアンテナ線91が接続されてもよい。この場合、双方のアンテナ端子292にそれぞれ接続された2本のアンテナ線91は、一つに統合されて回路ユニット80に接続されてもよい。 Further, in the present modification, the antenna 290 is formed on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the antennas 290 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25. In this case, one pair of antennas 290 may be respectively provided on the one end side and the other end side, and the antennas 290 on both ends may be integrally formed. Further, the antenna 290 is not limited to the surface of the mounting substrate 21, and may be formed on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 or may be formed on the side surface of the mounting substrate 21. In the case where one antenna 290 is provided on each end, the antenna terminal 292 may be provided on each longitudinal end and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each. In this case, two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 292 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
 (変形例17)
 上記変形例16に係る照明用光源1700においては、発光部220の実装基板21にPCBアンテナ290が形成されている構成について説明したが、実装基板21に設けられるアンテナは、PCBアンテナに限られない。
(Modification 17)
In the illumination light source 1700 according to the modification 16, the configuration in which the PCB antenna 290 is formed on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 220 has been described, but the antenna provided on the mounting substrate 21 is not limited to the PCB antenna .
 図36は、変形例17に係る照明用光源1800の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。 FIG. 36 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1800 according to Modification 17. As shown in FIG.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1800は、発光部320の実装基板21の表面上に、アンテナ390が形成されており、アンテナ390が、SMDであるチップアンテナである点が、変形例16に係る照明用光源1700と異なっている。 The illumination light source 1800 according to the present modification has the antenna 390 formed on the surface of the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320, and the antenna 390 is a chip antenna that is an SMD, according to the modification 16. It differs from the illumination light source 1700.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1800においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 Also in the illumination light source 1800 according to the present modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 以上説明したように、本変形例に係る照明用光源1800の構成においても、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500および上記各変形例に係る照明用光源と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子22からの熱を充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 1800 according to the present modification, the same effects as those of the illumination light source 1500 according to modification 14 and the illumination light sources according to the above-described modifications can be obtained. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、アンテナ390が、チップアンテナとして発光部320の実装基板21上に実装されており、グローブ1510内部に配置されている。これにより、照明用光源1800が照明装置に装着された場合に、比較的露出しているグローブ1510の内部にアンテナ390が位置することになるため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, the antenna 390 is mounted on the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit 320 as a chip antenna, and is disposed inside the globe 1510. As a result, when the illumination light source 1800 is attached to the illumination device, the antenna 390 is positioned inside the relatively exposed globe 1510, so that the antenna is housed inside the case 1560. In comparison, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited, and radio signals can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 さらに、光源としての半導体発光素子22を有する発光部320が支持部材240によりグローブ1510内の中央位置で支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 Furthermore, the light emitting unit 320 having the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as a light source is supported by the support member 240 at a central position in the globe 1510, thereby obtaining good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp. Can.
 また、半導体発光素子22が実装されている実装基板21に透光性の部材が用いられているため、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、実装基板21を透過してグローブ1510に到達し、そこからさらにグローブ1510を透過して外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源1800の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since a light transmitting member is used for the mounting substrate 21 on which the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is mounted, light emitted rearward from the semiconductor light emitting device 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 21 and the globe 1510 The light is further transmitted through the globe 1510 and emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1800 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本変形例においては、支持部材1540は、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500における支持部材1540と同様の構成であり、ここでは、アルミから成るが、支持部材1540に透光性の部材を用いてもよい。その場合、支持部材1540からの放熱性はアルミの場合と比較すると低下するものの、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、支持部材240により遮られることなく支持部材240を透過してグローブ1510へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源1800の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In this modification, the support member 1540 has the same configuration as the support member 1540 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14. In this embodiment, the support member 1540 is made of aluminum, but the support member 1540 is translucent. May be used. In that case, although the heat dissipation from the support member 1540 is reduced as compared to the case of aluminum, light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the support member 240 without being blocked by the support member 240. It reaches the glove 1510, from where it is emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1800 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 また、本変形例においては、アンテナ390は、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向において一端側に実装されているが、これに限られない。例えば、アンテナ390が、第1貫通孔25から実装基板21の長手方向における両端側に設けられていてもよい。また、アンテナ390が実装されるのは、実装基板21の表面に限られず、実装基板21の裏面に実装されていてもよい。上記両端側にそれぞれひとつずつアンテナ390が設けられる場合には、それぞれの長手方向端部にそれぞれアンテナ端子392を設けて、それぞれにアンテナ線91が接続されてもよい。この場合、双方のアンテナ端子392にそれぞれ接続された2本のアンテナ線91は、一つに統合されて回路ユニット80に接続されてもよい。 Further, in the present modification, the antenna 390 is mounted on one end side in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through hole 25, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the antennas 390 may be provided on both end sides in the longitudinal direction of the mounting substrate 21 from the first through holes 25. In addition, the antenna 390 is mounted on the back surface of the mounting substrate 21 without being limited to the front surface of the mounting substrate 21. In the case where one antenna 390 is provided on each end, the antenna terminal 392 may be provided on each longitudinal end, and the antenna wire 91 may be connected to each. In this case, two antenna wires 91 respectively connected to both antenna terminals 392 may be integrated into one and connected to the circuit unit 80.
 (変形例18)
 上記変形例14および各変形例においては、発光部の実装基板21は平面視形状が矩形状をしていたが、これに限られない。
(Modification 18)
In the modification 14 and the modifications, the mounting substrate 21 of the light emitting unit has a rectangular shape in a plan view, but the present invention is not limited to this.
 図37は、変形例18に係る照明用光源1900の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源1900は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ1510、発光部420、支持部材1540、ステム1550、ケース1560、口金30、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90、リード線71,72等を備える。また図37においては図示されていないが、ケース1560内部に回路ユニット80(図25参照)が収容されており、アンテナ90と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91(図25参照)により接続されている。 FIG. 37 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 1900 according to the modification 18. As shown in FIG. The illumination light source 1900 includes a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 1540, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like as its main components. Although not shown in FIG. 37, circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 25) is accommodated in case 1560, and antenna 90 and circuit unit 80 are connected by antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 25). There is.
 照明用光源1900においては、発光部420の実装基板421は、円盤状の形状を有しており、円盤状の実装基板421の表面上に円環状に複数の半導体発光素子422が実装され、これら全ての半導体発光素子422を覆うように、封止体423が円環状に形成されている。実装基板421は、透光性の部材を用いて構成されている。前記透光性の部材としては、例えば、サファイア基板、ガラス基板、セラミック基板、透光性を有する樹脂基板等が用いられる。なお、ここでは、複数の半導体発光素子422は、第1の実施の形態で説明した半導体発光素子22と同じ構成であるが、別の構成、例えば、発光色、出力(輝度)が異なるようなものでもよい。 In the illumination light source 1900, the mounting substrate 421 of the light emitting unit 420 has a disk shape, and a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements 422 are mounted in a ring shape on the surface of the disk mounting substrate 421. The sealing body 423 is formed in an annular shape so as to cover all the semiconductor light emitting elements 422. The mounting substrate 421 is configured using a translucent member. As the translucent member, for example, a sapphire substrate, a glass substrate, a ceramic substrate, a translucent resin substrate, or the like is used. Here, the plurality of semiconductor light emitting devices 422 have the same configuration as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 described in the first embodiment, but different configurations, for example, emission color, output (luminance) are different. It may be something.
 封止体423は透光性材料からなる。半導体発光素子422が変形例14の半導体発光素子22と同じ色の光を発するため、変形例14と同様に、半導体発光素子422からの光の波長を所望(黄色)に変換する波長変換材料が上記透光性材料に混入されている。なお、封止体423は、平面視した場合に円環状をしているが、例えば、ドーム状(平面視した場合に円形状)に形成されてもよい。 The sealing body 423 is made of a translucent material. Since the semiconductor light emitting device 422 emits light of the same color as the semiconductor light emitting device 22 of the modification 14, as in the modification 14, the wavelength conversion material for converting the wavelength of light from the semiconductor light emitting device 422 into a desired (yellow) is It is mixed in the said translucent material. Note that the sealing body 423 has an annular shape when viewed in plan, but may be formed, for example, in a dome shape (circular shape when viewed in plan).
 リード線71,72における発光部420側の端部は、実装基板421に設けられた貫通孔に下から上へと挿通され、実装基板421の上面において半田等の導電性接合部材73により固定されると共に電気的に配線パターンと接続される。 The end portions of the lead wires 71 and 72 on the side of the light emitting unit 420 are inserted from the bottom to the top through the through holes provided in the mounting substrate 421 and fixed by the conductive bonding member 73 such as solder on the upper surface of the mounting substrate 421 And electrically connected with the wiring pattern.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1900においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 Also in the illumination light source 1900 according to the present modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源1900の構成によっても、変形例14および上記各変形例に照明用光源と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子22からの熱を充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 Also with the configuration of the illumination light source 1900 according to the present modification, the same effects as those of the illumination light source can be obtained in modification 14 and the above-described modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、発光部420がグローブ1510内の中央位置で支持部材440により支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができるとともに、アンテナ90が支持部材440に取着されてグローブ1510内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the globe 1510, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 90 is supported. Since it is attached to the member 440 and disposed inside the glove 1510, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, and transmission and reception of radio signals are more assured Can be done.
 さらに、実装基板421に透光性の部材が用いられ、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、実装基板421を透過してグローブ1510の後方側に出射されるとともに、支持部材440を細長い棒状の形状とすることにより、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材440により遮られる割合を少なくすることができ、これにより、照明用光源1900の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 Furthermore, a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 421 and emitted to the rear side of the globe 1510. In the elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, whereby the light source 1900 for illumination is The amount of light emitted can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
 なお、本変形例においては、支持部材1540は、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500における支持部材1540と同様の構成であり、ここでは、アルミから成るが、支持部材1540に透光性の部材を用いてもよい。その場合、支持部材1540からの放熱性はアルミの場合と比較すると低下するものの、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、支持部材240により遮られることなく支持部材240を透過してグローブ1510へと到達し、そこから外部へと出射される。これにより、照明用光源1800の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In this modification, the support member 1540 has the same configuration as the support member 1540 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14. In this embodiment, the support member 1540 is made of aluminum, but the support member 1540 is translucent. May be used. In that case, although the heat dissipation from the support member 1540 is reduced as compared to the case of aluminum, light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the support member 240 without being blocked by the support member 240. It reaches the glove 1510, from where it is emitted to the outside. As a result, the amount of light emitted to the rear side of the illumination light source 1800 can be increased, and better light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 また、本変形例においては、実装基板421は円盤状(平面視形状が円形)の形状を有しているが、これに限られず、平面視形状が六角形や八角形等の多角形やハート形等の不定形であってもよい。 Further, in the present modification, the mounting substrate 421 has a disk shape (a shape in a plan view is circular), but the present invention is not limited to this. A polygon such as a hexagon or an octagon in plan view or a heart It may be indeterminate form such as shape.
 (変形例19)
 上記変形例18に係る照明用光源1900は、円盤状の実装基板421を有する発光部420を、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500の発光部20に代えて構成に適用した例であった。
(Modification 19)
The illumination light source 1900 according to the modification 18 is an example in which the light emitting unit 420 having the disk-shaped mounting substrate 421 is applied to the configuration instead of the light emitting unit 20 of the illumination light source 1500 according to modification 14.
 しかし、変形例18の発光部420は、上記に限られず、変形例15に係る照明用光源1600に適用することも可能である。 However, the light emitting unit 420 of the modification 18 is not limited to the above, and may be applied to the illumination light source 1600 according to the modification 15.
 図38は、変形例19に係る照明用光源2000の概略構成を示す一部切欠き外観斜視図である。照明用光源2000は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ1510、発光部420、支持部材1640、ステム1550、ケース1560、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ1690、リード線71,72等を備える。図38においては、ケース1560の一部および口金30以外の部分は、断面図として示されている。また、ケース1560内部に回路ユニット80が収容されており、同図においては、ケース1560の切欠き部分から回路ユニット80の一部のみが見えている。 FIG. 38 is a partially cutaway appearance perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2000 according to Modification 19. As shown in FIG. The illumination light source 2000 includes a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 420, a support member 1640, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 1690 which is a rod antenna, and lead wires 71 and 72 as main components. In FIG. 38, a part of the case 1560 and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 1560, and in the figure, only a part of the circuit unit 80 can be seen from the notch portion of the case 1560.
 変形例19に係る照明用光源2000においては、支持部材1640は、変形例15に係る照明用光源の支持部材1640と同じ符号が付されていることからもわかるように、同様の構成を有しており、内部に棒状(円柱状)の長尺な形状を有するロッドアンテナ(ポールアンテナ)であるアンテナ1690が収容されている。 In the illumination light source 2000 according to the nineteenth modification, the support member 1640 has the same configuration as is apparent from the same reference numerals as the support member 1640 for the illumination light source according to the fifteenth modification. An antenna 1690, which is a rod antenna (pole antenna) having a long rod-like (cylindrical) shape, is accommodated inside.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源2000においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 Also in the illumination light source 2000 according to this modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 以上説明したように、本変形例に係る照明用光源2000の構成においても、変形例14および上記各変形例に係る照明用光源と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子22からの熱を充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 As described above, also in the configuration of the illumination light source 2000 according to the present modification, the same effects as those of the illumination light sources according to the modification 14 and the above-described modifications can be obtained. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、発光部420がグローブ1510内の中央位置で支持部材1640により支持されており、これにより、白熱電球の配光特性に近い良好な配光特性を得ることができるとともに、アンテナ1690が支持部材1640内部に収容された状態でグローブ1510内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, the light emitting unit 420 is supported by the support member 1640 at a central position in the globe 1510, whereby good light distribution characteristics close to the light distribution characteristics of the incandescent lamp can be obtained, and the antenna 1690 is supported. Since it is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being housed inside the member 1640, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be impeded compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, and transmission and reception of radio signals It can be done more reliably.
 さらに、実装基板421に透光性の部材が用いられ、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光が、実装基板421を透過してグローブ1510の後方側に出射されるとともに、支持部材440を細長い棒状の形状とすることにより、半導体発光素子22から後方へと発せられた光のうち支持部材440により遮られる割合を少なくすることができ、これにより、照明用光源1900の後方側へと出射される光量を増加させて、より良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 Furthermore, a translucent member is used for the mounting substrate 421, and light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is transmitted through the mounting substrate 421 and emitted to the rear side of the globe 1510. In the elongated rod-like shape, the ratio of the light emitted backward from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 by the support member 440 can be reduced, whereby the light source 1900 for illumination is The amount of light emitted can be increased to obtain better light distribution characteristics.
 (変形例20)
 上記変形例14および各変形例に係る各照明用光源おいては、光源としての半導体発光素子22が1枚の板状の実装基板上に実装されて成る発光部を備える構成について説明した。しかし、発光部の構造はこれらに限られず、より立体的な構造を有する発光部を備える構成としてもよい。
(Modification 20)
In each of the illumination light sources according to the modification 14 and the modifications, the configuration including the light emitting unit in which the semiconductor light emitting element 22 as the light source is mounted on a single plate-like mounting substrate has been described. However, the structure of the light emitting unit is not limited to these, and may be configured to include the light emitting unit having a more three-dimensional structure.
 図39は、変形例20に係る照明用光源2100の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源2100は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ1510、発光部620、支持部材1540、ステム1550、ケース1560、口金30、ヘリカルアンテナであるアンテナ90、リード線71,72等を備える。また同図においては図示されていないが、ケース1560内部に回路ユニット80(図25参照)が収容されており、アンテナ90と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91(図25参照)により接続されている。 FIG. 39 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2100 according to the modification 20. As shown in FIG. The illumination light source 2100 includes, as its main components, a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 1540, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 90 which is a helical antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. Although not shown in the figure, the circuit unit 80 (see FIG. 25) is accommodated in the case 1560, and the antenna 90 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by the antenna wire 91 (see FIG. 25). There is.
 照明用光源2100においては、発光部620は、SMDタイプ(表面実装タイプ)の半導体発光素子622が複数実装された正五角形の実装基板621が12枚組み合わされて正12面体様の形状に構成されている。各実装基板621は、接着剤等を用いて互いに固定されており、これにより、正12面体様の形状が維持されている。発光部620の正12面体の一つの面を構成する実装基板621に貫通孔が設けられており、当該貫通孔に支持部材1540の上面1541に設けられた凸部1543が嵌合することにより、発光部620は支持部材440によりグローブ1510内部に支持されている。なお、発光部620と支持部材1540との接合は、上記嵌合に限られず、接着剤や係合構造、ねじ止めや他の止め具等を用いてもよい。 In the illumination light source 2100, the light emitting unit 620 is formed into a regular dodecahedron-like shape by combining 12 regular pentagonal mounting substrates 621 on which a plurality of SMD type (surface mounting type) semiconductor light emitting devices 622 are mounted. ing. The respective mounting substrates 621 are fixed to one another using an adhesive or the like, whereby the regular dodecahedron-like shape is maintained. A through hole is provided in the mounting substrate 621 forming one surface of the regular dodecahedron of the light emitting unit 620, and the convex portion 1543 provided on the upper surface 1541 of the support member 1540 is fitted to the through hole. The light emitting unit 620 is supported inside the glove 1510 by the support member 440. In addition, joining with the light emission part 620 and the supporting member 1540 is not restricted to the said fitting, You may use an adhesive agent, an engaging structure, a screw, another stop etc.
 半導体発光素子622は、半導体発光素子22に相当する発光素子とそれを覆う封止体とが一つのチップとしてパッケージングされたものである。上記発光素子の発光色および封止体の材料構成や波長変換特性については、それぞれ半導体発光素子22および封止体23と同様である。 The semiconductor light emitting device 622 is obtained by packaging a light emitting device corresponding to the semiconductor light emitting device 22 and a sealing body covering the same as one chip. The luminescent color of the light emitting element, the material configuration of the sealing body, and the wavelength conversion characteristic are the same as those of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 and the sealing body 23, respectively.
 なお、本変形例においては、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子622が用いられているが、これに限られず、実施の形態1における半導体発光素子22のように、実装基板上に直接形成されるタイプの半導体発光素子の上に封止体23を形成したものを用いてもよい。 Although SMD type semiconductor light emitting element 622 is used in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and as in semiconductor light emitting element 22 in the first embodiment, it is of a type formed directly on the mounting substrate. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element may be used.
 リード線71,72の一端は、それぞれ異なる実装基板621に接続され、他端は、それぞれケース1560内に収容されている回路ユニット80に接続されている。 One ends of the lead wires 71 and 72 are connected to different mounting boards 621, and the other ends are connected to the circuit unit 80 housed in the case 1560.
 図39においては図示していないが、発光部620の内部において、各実装基板621はリード線により電気的に接続されており、これにより、各実装基板621は回路ユニット80と電気的に接続されている。 Although not shown in FIG. 39, each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected by a lead wire inside the light emitting portion 620, whereby each mounting substrate 621 is electrically connected to the circuit unit 80. ing.
 変形例20に係る照明用光源2100は、正12面体様の構造を有する発光部620が用いられている点以外は、図23に示す変形例14に係る照明用光源1500と基本的な構成は同じであり、本変形例に係る照明用光源2100においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 The illumination light source 2100 according to the modification 20 is basically the same as the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 shown in FIG. 23 except that a light emitting unit 620 having a regular dodecahedron-like structure is used. Also in the illumination light source 2100 according to the present modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源2100の構成によっても、変形例14および上記各変形例に係る照明用光源と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子622からの熱を充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 Also with the configuration of the illumination light source 2100 according to the present modification, it is possible to obtain the same effect as the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and each of the above modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat transmitted to the case 1560 side The rate can be reduced to suppress the temperature rise inside the case 1560, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed inside the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、アンテナ90が支持部材1540に取着されてグローブ1510内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, since the antenna 90 is attached to the support member 1540 and disposed inside the glove 1510, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560, Transmission and reception of wireless signals can be performed more reliably.
 また、発光部620は、正12面体様の形状となるように立体的に構成されており、各実装基板621がランプ軸に対してそれぞれ異なる角度で取着されている。そのため、それぞれの実装基板621上に実装されている半導体発光素子622の光の主出射方向が異なっている。さらに、発光部620が支持部材440によりグローブ1510内の中央位置で支持されているため、半導体発光素子622から発せられた光が略全方向に出射され、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 The light emitting unit 620 is three-dimensionally configured to have a regular dodecahedron shape, and the mounting boards 621 are attached at different angles with respect to the lamp axis. Therefore, the main emission directions of the light of the semiconductor light emitting elements 622 mounted on the respective mounting substrates 621 are different. Furthermore, since the light emitting portion 620 is supported by the support member 440 at a central position in the globe 1510, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions, and good light distribution characteristics can be obtained. .
 なお、本変形例においては、上記のように発光部620が立体的な構造を有し、半導体発光素子622から発せられた光が略全方向に出射されるため、実装基板621および、半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板については、透光性の部材により構成されていることを特に想定してはいないが、双方の基板に透光性の部材が用いられてもよい。その場合は、両方の基板に透光性の部材が用いられるのが好ましい。 In the present modification, as described above, the light emitting unit 620 has a three-dimensional structure, and the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is emitted in substantially all directions. The submount substrate of the element 622 is not particularly assumed to be made of a translucent member, but a translucent member may be used for both substrates. In that case, it is preferable to use a translucent member for both substrates.
 (変形例21)
 上記変形例20においては、立体的な構造を有する発光部620が、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500に適用された場合の構成について説明した。
(Modification 21)
In the modification 20, the configuration in the case where the light emitting unit 620 having a three-dimensional structure is applied to the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 has been described.
 しかし、変形例20の発光部620は、上記に限られず、変形例15に係る照明用光源1600に適用することも可能である。 However, the light emitting unit 620 of the modification 20 is not limited to the above, and can be applied to the illumination light source 1600 according to the modification 15.
 図40は、変形例21に係る照明用光源2200の概略構成を示す一部切欠き外観斜視図である。照明用光源2200は、その主な構成要素として、グローブ1510、発光部620、支持部材1640、ステム1550、ケース1560、口金30、ロッドアンテナであるアンテナ1690、リード線71,72等を備える。同図においては、発光部620、ケース1560の一部、および口金30以外の部分は、断面図として示されている。また、ケース1560内部に回路ユニット80が収容されており、同図においては、ケース1560の切欠き部分から回路ユニット80の一部のみが見えている。アンテナ1690と回路ユニット80とは、アンテナ線91により接続されている。 FIG. 40 is a partially cutaway external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2200 according to the modification 21. As shown in FIG. The illumination light source 2200 includes, as its main components, a globe 1510, a light emitting unit 620, a support member 1640, a stem 1550, a case 1560, a base 30, an antenna 1690 which is a rod antenna, lead wires 71 and 72, and the like. In the figure, the light emitting part 620, a part of the case 1560, and the part other than the base 30 are shown as cross-sectional views. Further, the circuit unit 80 is accommodated inside the case 1560, and in the figure, only a part of the circuit unit 80 can be seen from the notch portion of the case 1560. The antenna 1690 and the circuit unit 80 are connected by an antenna wire 91.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源2200は、正12面体様の構造を有する発光部620が用いられている点以外は、図34に示す変形例15に係る照明用光源1600と基本的な構成は同じである。 The illumination light source 2200 according to the present modification is basically the same as the illumination light source 1600 according to modification 15 shown in FIG. 34 except that the light emitting portion 620 having a regular dodecahedron-like structure is used. It is the same.
 また、本変形例に係る照明用光源2200の発光部620は、同じ符号が用いられていることからもわかるように、図39に示す変形例20に係る照明用光源2100の発光部620と同じ構成を有しており、本変形例に係る照明用光源2200においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 Further, as can be understood from the fact that the same reference numerals are used, the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 2200 according to the present modification is the same as the light emitting unit 620 of the illumination light source 2100 according to the modification 20 shown in FIG. Also in the illumination light source 2200 according to this modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源2200の構成によっても、変形例14および上記各変形例に係る照明用光源と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子622からの熱を、充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 Also with the configuration of the illumination light source 2200 according to the present modification, it is possible to obtain the same effect as the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and each of the above modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat is transmitted to the case 1560 side. The temperature load inside the case 1560 can be suppressed, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed in the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、アンテナ1690が支持部材540内部に収容された状態でグローブ1510内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, since the antenna 1690 is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being housed inside the support member 540, transmission and reception of radio signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560 Thus, the wireless signal can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 また、グローブ1510内の中央位置で支持され、直方体様の形状を有する発光部620から発せられる光は、略全方向に出射されるため、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since light emitted from the light emitting unit 620 supported at the center position in the globe 1510 and having a rectangular solid-like shape is emitted in substantially all directions, good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本変形例においても、実装基板621および、半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板については、透光性の部材により構成されていてもよく、その場合は、実装基板621と半導体発光素子622のサブマウント基板の両方に透光性の部材が用いられるのが好ましい。 Also in this modification, the mounting substrate 621 and the submount substrate of the semiconductor light emitting element 622 may be made of a translucent member, in which case the mounting substrate 621 and the semiconductor light emitting element 622 Preferably, translucent members are used for both of the submount substrates.
 なお、本変形例においても、SMDタイプの半導体発光素子622が用いられているが、これに限られず、実施の形態1における半導体発光素子22のように、実装基板上に直接形成されるタイプの半導体発光素子の上に封止体23を形成したものを用いてもよい。 Although the SMD type semiconductor light emitting element 622 is used also in this modification, the present invention is not limited to this, and as in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 in the first embodiment, the type is formed directly on the mounting substrate. What formed the sealing body 23 on the semiconductor light emitting element may be used.
 (変形例22)
 上記変形例15,21,23においては、ロッドアンテナの全体が支持部材の内部に収容されていたが、これに限られない。例えば、次のような変形例を考えることができる。
(Modification 22)
Although the whole rod antenna is accommodated in the inside of a support member in the above-mentioned modifications 15, 21, and 23, it is not restricted to this. For example, the following modification can be considered.
 図41は、変形例22に係る照明用光源2300の概略構成を示す外観斜視図である。照明用光源2300においては、2本のロッドアンテナ1390の一端がそれぞれ支持部材2340の円柱部947に設けられた凹部2349(図41においては、紙面手前側に位置する一方のみが図示されている。)に嵌合され、残りの部分は支持部材2340の円柱部947から外側に向かって延出している。 FIG. 41 is an external perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 2300 according to the modification 22. As shown in FIG. In the illumination light source 2300, concave portions 2349 (in FIG. 41, only one located on the front side of the drawing is shown) in which one end of each of two rod antennas 1390 is provided in the cylindrical portion 947 of the support member 2340. And the remaining part extends outward from the cylindrical portion 947 of the support member 2340.
 また、本変形例に係る照明用光源2300においても、グローブ1510内部には、充填流体12が封止されている。 Also in the illumination light source 2300 according to the present modification, the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源2300の構成によっても、変形例14および上記各変形例に係る照明用光源と同様の効果を得ることができる。即ち、グローブ1510内部に充填流体12が封止されているので、半導体発光素子622からの熱を、充填流体12を介してグローブ1510に伝導させてグローブ1510から放熱させ、ケース1560側に伝わる熱の割合を減じて、ケース1560内部の温度上昇を抑制し、ケース1560内部に収納された無線制御部820への熱負荷を抑制することができる。 Also with the configuration of the illumination light source 2300 according to the present modification, it is possible to obtain the same effect as the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and each of the above modifications. That is, since the filling fluid 12 is sealed inside the globe 1510, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 622 is conducted to the globe 1510 via the filling fluid 12 to dissipate heat from the globe 1510, and the heat is transmitted to the case 1560 side. The temperature load inside the case 1560 can be suppressed, and the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 housed in the case 1560 can be suppressed.
 加えて、アンテナ1390が支持部材2340に取着された状態でグローブ1510内部に配置されているため、アンテナがケース1560内部に収納されている場合と比較して、無線信号の送受信が阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。 In addition, since the antenna 1390 is disposed inside the glove 1510 in a state of being attached to the support member 2340, transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be inhibited compared to the case where the antenna is housed inside the case 1560 Thus, the wireless signal can be transmitted and received more reliably.
 また、発光部20は支持部材2340によりグローブ1510内部の中央位置に支持されているため、良好な配光特性を得ることができる。 In addition, since the light emitting unit 20 is supported at the center position inside the glove 1510 by the support member 2340, good light distribution characteristics can be obtained.
 なお、本変形例に係る照明用光源2300におけるアンテナ1390が、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500においてアンテナ90に代えて適用された場合を例に説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、各変形例に係る照明用光源のアンテナに代えてアンテナ1390が適用された構成でもよいし、変形例14および各変形例に係る照明用光源のアンテナに加えてアンテナ1390を備える構成としてもよい。 Although the case where the antenna 1390 in the illumination light source 2300 according to the present modification is applied instead of the antenna 90 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 has been described as an example, the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the antenna 1390 may be applied instead of the antenna of the illumination light source according to each modification, or the antenna 1390 may be provided in addition to the antenna of the illumination light source according to modification 14 and each modification. Good.
 (変形例23)
 上記変形例14および各変形例に係る照明用光源においては、グローブ1510と一体化されたステム1550を、接着剤1556を用いてケース1560に固定する場合について説明した。しかし、ステム(およびグローブ)とケースとの固定はこれに限られない。
(Modification 23)
In the illumination light source according to the modification 14 and the modifications, the case where the stem 1550 integrated with the globe 1510 is fixed to the case 1560 using the adhesive 1556 has been described. However, the fixing of the stem (and the glove) to the case is not limited to this.
 図42は、変形例23に係る照明用光源2400の概略構成を示す断面図である。照明用光源2400においては、グローブ2410の筒状部2410bの下端部とフレア2451の鍔部2451bの鍔下端部2451b1との接合部分が、径の大きさが一定の筒状となっており、当該接合部分とケース1560の大径部1561の大径上端部1561aの内周面との間には接着テープ2457が貼付されており、これにより、一体となったグローブ2410およびステム2450が、ケース1560に接着され固定される。 FIG. 42 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 2400 according to the modification 23. In the illumination light source 2400, the joint portion between the lower end of the cylindrical portion 2410b of the globe 2410 and the lower end 2451b1 of the flange 2451b of the flare 2451 has a cylindrical shape with a constant diameter. An adhesive tape 2457 is attached between the joint portion and the inner peripheral surface of the large-diameter upper end portion 1561a of the large-diameter portion 1561 of the case 1560, whereby the glove 2410 and the stem 2450 integrated together form the case 1560. Bonded to and fixed.
 なお、半導体発光素子22において発生した熱の、グローブ2410およびステム2450からケース1560への伝導を抑制するために、接着テープ2457に、断熱性を有するものを用いてもよい。 In order to suppress the conduction of heat generated in the semiconductor light emitting element 22 from the globe 2410 and the stem 2450 to the case 1560, the adhesive tape 2457 may be made of a material having heat insulation.
 (変形例24)
 さらには、次のような変形例を考えることも可能である。図43は、変形例24に係る照明用光源2500の概略構成を示す断面図である。照明用光源2500においては、グローブ2510とステム2550とは一体化されておらず、分離している。ケース2560の大径部2561の上端側内周面には、支持溝部2567が形成されている。支持溝部の溝の内径は、フレア2551の鍔部2551bの鍔下端部2551b1の外径と略一致しており、鍔下端部2551b1が支持溝部2567の溝に嵌るように載置され、さらにその外側にグローブ2510の筒状部2510bの下端部が支持溝部2567の溝に嵌るように載置される。鍔部2551bと筒状部2510bとの間の隙間には接着剤2558が施され、筒状部2510bとケース2560の大径上端部2561aとの間の隙間には接着剤2559が施され、これにより、ステム2550とグローブ2510とケース2560とが、互いに接着固定されている。
(Modification 24)
Furthermore, it is also possible to consider the following modifications. FIG. 43 is a cross-sectional view showing a schematic configuration of the illumination light source 2500 according to the modification 24. As shown in FIG. In the illumination light source 2500, the globe 2510 and the stem 2550 are not integrated but are separated. A support groove 2567 is formed on the inner peripheral surface on the upper end side of the large diameter portion 2561 of the case 2560. The inner diameter of the groove of the support groove substantially matches the outer diameter of the lower end 2551b1 of the flange 2551b of the flare 2551, and the lower end 2551b1 is placed so as to fit in the groove of the support groove 2567 and further outside The lower end portion of the cylindrical portion 2510 b of the glove 2510 is placed so as to fit in the groove of the support groove portion 2567. The adhesive 2558 is applied to the gap between the flange portion 2551b and the cylindrical portion 2510b, and the adhesive 2559 is applied to the gap between the cylindrical portion 2510b and the large diameter upper end portion 2561a of the case 2560. Thus, the stem 2550, the glove 2510 and the case 2560 are adhesively fixed to each other.
 なお、このとき、接着剤2558および2559にガス透過性の低い接着剤を用い、且つ、ランプ軸を中心とした周方向において全周に亘って切れ目なく接着剤を塗布することにより、グローブ2510内部の密閉性を確保し、充填流体12による放熱効果を持続的に保持することができる。 At this time, by using an adhesive having low gas permeability as the adhesives 2558 and 2559, and applying the adhesive without break along the entire circumference in the circumferential direction around the lamp axis, the inside of the glove 2510 is obtained. The sealing property of the fluid 12 can be secured, and the heat radiation effect by the filling fluid 12 can be maintained continuously.
 さらに、接着剤2558に熱伝導性の高い接着剤を用い、接着剤2559に熱伝導性の低い接着剤を用いてもよい。これにより、支持部材1540を介してステム2550の鍔部2551bへと伝わってきた半導体発光素子22からの熱が、鍔部2551bから接着剤2558を介してグローブ2510の筒状部2510bへとは伝わりやすいが、筒状部2510bから接着剤2559を介してケース2560の大径上端部2561aへとは伝わりにくいため、鍔部2551bへと伝わってきた半導体発光素子22からの熱の多くはグローブ2510側へと伝導されてそこから放熱され、ケース2560への熱伝導をより効果的に抑制することができる。そして、無線制御部820(および回路ユニット80)への熱負荷をより効果的に抑制することができる。 Furthermore, an adhesive with high thermal conductivity may be used as the adhesive 2558, and an adhesive with low thermal conductivity may be used as the adhesive 2559. Thereby, the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 transferred to the collar portion 2551b of the stem 2550 through the support member 1540 is transferred from the collar portion 2551b to the cylindrical portion 2510b of the glove 2510 through the adhesive 2558. Although it is easy, it is difficult to transfer from the cylindrical portion 2510b to the large diameter upper end portion 2561a of the case 2560 through the adhesive 2559, so most of the heat from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 transferred to the collar portion 2551b is on the glove 2510 side. It can be conducted to and dissipated therefrom, and the heat conduction to the case 2560 can be suppressed more effectively. Then, the heat load on the wireless control unit 820 (and the circuit unit 80) can be more effectively suppressed.
 なお、接着剤2559に、接着テープ2457を用いてもよい。この場合も、断熱性の接着テープを用いることにより、無線制御部820(および回路ユニット80)への熱負荷をより効果的に抑制することができる。 Note that an adhesive tape 2457 may be used as the adhesive 2559. Also in this case, the thermal load on the wireless control unit 820 (and the circuit unit 80) can be more effectively suppressed by using the heat insulating adhesive tape.
 (変形例25)
 図44に示す変形例25に係る照明用光源2600のように、グローブ2610内周面において、発光部220よりも下方側に機能層2614を形成することもできる。機能層2614は金属薄膜から成り、具体的には、例えば、アルミ蒸着により形成される。照明用光源2600は、アンテナ290としてPCBアンテナが用いられている。照明用光源2600が機能層2614を備えることにより、アンテナの指向性をより向上させることができる。
(Modification 25)
Like the illumination light source 2600 according to the modification 25 shown in FIG. 44, the functional layer 2614 can also be formed on the inner peripheral surface of the globe 2610 below the light emitting unit 220. The functional layer 2614 is made of a metal thin film, and specifically, formed by, for example, aluminum evaporation. The illumination light source 2600 uses a PCB antenna as the antenna 290. When the illumination light source 2600 includes the functional layer 2614, the directivity of the antenna can be further improved.
 (変形例26)
 図45に示す変形例26に係る照明用光源2700のように、アンテナ390として小型のSMDであるチップアンテナが用いられている場合にも、グローブ2610内周面において、発光部320よりも下方側に機能層2614を形成してもよい。この場合においても、アンテナの指向性をより向上させることができる。
(Modification 26)
As in the illumination light source 2700 according to the modification 26 shown in FIG. 45, even when a chip antenna which is a small SMD is used as the antenna 390, the inner peripheral surface of the globe 2610 is lower than the light emitting portion 320 The functional layer 2614 may be formed on Also in this case, the directivity of the antenna can be further improved.
 (変形例27)
 外部アンテナ接続のための接続端子を設けて、外部アンテナを利用可能としてもよい。外部アンテナの接続端子としては、例えば、速結端子等を用いることができる。また、外部アンテナ接続端子は、照明用光源が照明器具に装着された際に、外部に露出している部位に設けられている必要があるため、例えば、ケースやグローブに設けてもよい。グローブに設ける場合には、出射された光を遮らないように、発光部よりも下方に設けてもよい。
(Modification 27)
A connection terminal for external antenna connection may be provided to make an external antenna available. For example, a quick connection terminal can be used as the connection terminal of the external antenna. In addition, the external antenna connection terminal may be provided, for example, in a case or a glove, since it needs to be provided at a site exposed to the outside when the illumination light source is attached to the illumination device. When provided in the glove, it may be provided below the light emitting portion so as not to block the emitted light.
 (変形例28)
 図46に示す変形例28に係る照明用光源2800のように、支持部材2840の上方側の端部が、グローブ10内における情報側(グローブ10内における口金30とは反対側)において、接着剤15によりグローブ10と固着されていてもよい。このような構成により、発光部20で発生した熱を、グローブ10の上方側へ伝導させることができる。なお、照明用光源2800においては、半導体発光素子22は実装基板21における下方側(口金30側)の主面である裏面に実装されている。また、実装基板21は、透光性を有する材料により構成されている。よって、半導体発光素子22から発せられた光は、照明用光源2800の下方側へ出射されるだけでなく、実装基板21を透過して上方側へも出射させることができる。実装基板21として用いることが可能な材料としては、例えば、ガラス、アルミナ、サファイア、樹脂等が挙げられる。
(Modification 28)
As in the illumination light source 2800 according to the modification 28 shown in FIG. 46, the upper end of the support member 2840 is an adhesive on the information side in the glove 10 (the side opposite to the base 30 in the glove 10). 15 may be fixed to the glove 10. With such a configuration, the heat generated by the light emitting unit 20 can be conducted to the upper side of the globe 10. In the illumination light source 2800, the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is mounted on the back surface that is the main surface on the lower side (die 30 side) of the mounting substrate 21. The mounting substrate 21 is made of a light transmitting material. Therefore, the light emitted from the semiconductor light emitting element 22 can be emitted not only to the lower side of the illumination light source 2800 but also to the upper side through the mounting substrate 21. Examples of the material that can be used as the mounting substrate 21 include glass, alumina, sapphire, resin, and the like.
 照明用光源2800では、2本のロッドアンテナ1390を備えている。アンテナ1390は、それぞれ一端側が基台2850の凹部2853に嵌合され、他端側がグローブ10内部に突出する態様で設けられている。なお、図示していないが、凹部2853の中央部にはそれぞれ貫通孔が設けられており、アンテナ1390の一端にそれぞれ接続されたアンテナ線91が当該貫通孔を通され、それぞれの他端が回路ユニット80に接続されている。 The illumination light source 2800 is provided with two rod antennas 1390. Each of the antennas 1390 is provided in such a manner that one end thereof is fitted into the recess 2853 of the base 2850 and the other end thereof protrudes into the inside of the glove 10. Although not shown, a through hole is provided at the central portion of the recess 2853, and the antenna wire 91 connected to one end of the antenna 1390 passes through the through hole, and the other end is a circuit. It is connected to the unit 80.
 (変形例29)
 図47に示す変形例29に係る照明用光源2900のように、第1発光部2920aおよび第2発光部2920bとが、互いに平行に間隔を開けて2段に構成された発光部2920を備えてもよい。第1発光部2920aは、支持部材2940の第1ステム部2943aによりグローブ10内部において空中支持されており、第2発光部2920bは、第2ステム部2943bにより第1発光部2920aの上方側にほぼ平行に所定の間隔で保持されている。
(Modification 29)
Like the illumination light source 2900 according to the modified example 29 shown in FIG. 47, the first light emitting unit 2920a and the second light emitting unit 2920b are provided with light emitting units 2920 configured to have two steps parallel to each other and spaced from each other. It is also good. The first light emitting portion 2920a is supported in the air inside the glove 10 by the first stem portion 2943a of the support member 2940, and the second light emitting portion 2920b is substantially on the upper side of the first light emitting portion 2920a by the second stem portion 2943b. They are held in parallel at predetermined intervals.
 第1発光部2920aは、リード線2971により、回路ユニット(不図示)と電気的に接続されており、第2発光部2920bは、リード線2972により第1発光部2920aと電気的に接続されている。 The first light emitting unit 2920 a is electrically connected to the circuit unit (not shown) by the lead wire 2971, and the second light emitting unit 2920 b is electrically connected to the first light emitting unit 2920 a by the lead wire 2972. There is.
 第1ステム部2943bには、2本のロッドアンテナ1390のそれぞれ一端が固定されており、アンテナ1390の他端は、互いに遠ざかる方向に、第1発光部2920aおよび第2発光部2920bと略簿平行に伸びている。 One end of each of two rod antennas 1390 is fixed to the first stem portion 2943b, and the other end of the antenna 1390 is substantially parallel to the first light emitting portion 2920a and the second light emitting portion 2920b in a direction away from each other. Is growing.
 第1発光部2920a,第2発光部2920bは、実装基板に平板状の四角形状を有したものを用いた。しかしながら、これに限らず、五角形や八角形等の実装基板や、形状の異なる平板状の実装基板を複数組み合わせて使用しても良い。また、実装基板は透光性であっても不透光性のものでも良いが、透光性の実装基板を用いれば照射方向(口金の反対側)の明るさを向上できるので好ましい。この場合、透光性のLEDモジュールに用いられている基台(図示せず)は、透光率の高い(例えば90%以上)材料で構成することが好ましい。また、使用する発光部の発光色を異ならせても良い。 As the first light emitting unit 2920a and the second light emitting unit 2920b, a mounting substrate having a flat plate-like rectangular shape was used. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a plurality of mounting substrates such as pentagons and octagons or flat mounting substrates having different shapes may be used in combination. The mounting substrate may be translucent or opaque, but it is preferable to use a translucent mounting substrate because the brightness in the irradiation direction (the opposite side of the base) can be improved. In this case, the base (not shown) used for the translucent LED module is preferably made of a material having a high light transmittance (for example, 90% or more). In addition, the light emission color of the light emitting unit to be used may be made different.
 (変形例30)
 図48に示す変形例30に係る照明用光源3000のように、発光部3020が支持部材の代わりに剛性を有する2本のリード線71,72によりグローブ内において空中支持される構成としてもよい。照明用光源3000においては、ステム3040がグローブ内部に突出し、ステム3040の周面上にヘリカルアンテナ90が取着されている。
(Modification 30)
Like the illumination light source 3000 according to the modification 30 shown in FIG. 48, the light emitting unit 3020 may be supported in the air in the glove by two lead wires 71 and 72 having rigidity instead of the support member. In the illumination light source 3000, a stem 3040 protrudes inside the glove, and a helical antenna 90 is attached on the circumferential surface of the stem 3040.
 発光部3020の実装基板3021の裏面には、放熱体3070が熱伝導性の接着剤等により固定されている。放熱体3070は、実装基板3021の裏面に固定された平板状の第1放熱体部3071と、第1放熱体部3071の中央部から下方に延びる方向に立設された円柱形状の第2放熱体部3072とから成る。第2放熱体部3072の形状は、例えば、直径が5[mm]で高さが40[mm]の円柱である。 A heat sink 3070 is fixed to the back surface of the mounting substrate 3021 of the light emitting unit 3020 by a thermally conductive adhesive or the like. The heat dissipating member 3070 has a flat plate-like first heat dissipating member portion 3071 fixed to the back surface of the mounting substrate 3021, and a cylindrical second heat dissipating member provided to extend downward from the central portion of the first heat dissipating member portion 3071. It consists of body part 3072 and. The shape of the second heat radiating portion 3072 is, for example, a cylinder having a diameter of 5 mm and a height of 40 mm.
 また、グローブ3010内部には、充填流体12が充填されている。 Further, the inside of the glove 3010 is filled with the filling fluid 12.
 (変形例31)
 図49に示す変形例31に係る照明用光源3100のように、グローブ1510内部にピエゾファン3171を備えてもよい。グローブ1510の内壁には、給電線3172,3173が設けられており、給電線3172,3173を介してピエゾファン3171に電力が供給される。照明用光源3100のように、グローブ1510内にピエゾファン3171を設けてグローブ1510内のヘリウムガス等の充填流体12の対流を促進させることにより発光部20の温度の更なる低下が望めると考えられる。
(Modification 31)
As in the illumination light source 3100 according to the modification 31 shown in FIG. Feed lines 3172 and 3173 are provided on the inner wall of the globe 1510, and power is supplied to the piezo fan 3171 via the feed lines 3172 and 3173. As in the illumination light source 3100, it is considered that a further decrease in the temperature of the light emitting unit 20 can be expected by promoting the convection of the filling fluid 12 such as helium gas in the globe 1510 by providing the piezo fan 3171 in the globe 1510. .
 なお、この給電線3172,3173は、金属により形成してもよいが、ランプの配光特性を考慮すれば、ITO等の透明な導電性材料により形成するのが好ましい。 The feed lines 3172 and 3173 may be made of metal, but in consideration of the light distribution characteristic of the lamp, it is preferable to use a transparent conductive material such as ITO.
 また、本変形例においては、ピエゾファン3171は、グローブ1510内壁の頂部近傍に設けられている。このようにすると、ピエゾファン3171により充填流体12の対流を効率よく起こさせることができる。 Further, in the present modification, the piezo fan 3171 is provided in the vicinity of the top of the inner wall of the globe 1510. Thus, the convection of the filling fluid 12 can be efficiently caused by the piezo fan 3171.
 また、本変形例においては、支持部材3140の下端は、接着剤3153によりステム3150の頂部に固定されている。 Further, in the present modification, the lower end of the support member 3140 is fixed to the top of the stem 3150 by an adhesive 3153.
 (変形例32)
 図50は、本変形例に係る照明用光源3200の製造方法の製造工程の主要な一部を示す図である。
(Modification 32)
FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a main part of the manufacturing process of the method of manufacturing the illumination light source 3200 according to the present modification.
 照明用光源3200は、図50(c)に示すように、充填流体12が内部に封入されたグローブ3210と、グローブ3210の下端に装着されたケース1560と、ケース1560に設けられた口金30と、ステム3250を貫通してグローブ3210内へ延出する棒状部材3271c,3271dおよびアンテナ3290a,3290bと、これらの棒状部材およびアンテナのグローブ3210内側端に設けられた発光部3220とを備える。棒状部材3271c,3271dおよびアンテナ3290a,3290bは、剛性を有する金属材料、例えばジュメット材料により構成されている。発光部3220は、棒状部材3271c,3271dおよびアンテナ3290a,3290bによりグローブ3210内部において空中支持されている。アンテナ3290a,3290bは、棒状部材3271c,3271dと素材や形状等の基本構成は同一であるが、アンテナとしての機能を兼ねている。棒状部材3271c,3271dおよびアンテナ3290a,3290bのケース1560内側端が伝熱板3274に接触している。 As shown in FIG. 50C, the illumination light source 3200 includes a glove 3210 in which the filling fluid 12 is enclosed, a case 1560 attached to the lower end of the glove 3210, and a base 30 provided on the case 1560. Rod- like members 3271c and 3271d and antennas 3290a and 3290b extending through the stem 3250 into the glove 3210; and light-emitting portions 3220 provided on the inner ends of the rod-like members and antenna of the rod 3210. The rod- like members 3271 c and 3271 d and the antennas 3290 a and 3290 b are made of a rigid metal material, for example, a dumet material. The light emitting unit 3220 is air-supported inside the glove 3210 by the rod- like members 3271 c and 3271 d and the antennas 3290 a and 3290 b. The antennas 3290a and 3290b have the same basic configuration as the rod- like members 3271c and 3271d, such as the material and the shape, but also have the function as an antenna. The bar- like members 3271 c and 3271 d and the case 1560 inner ends of the antennas 3290 a and 3290 b are in contact with the heat transfer plate 3274.
 照明用光源3200は、口金30を介して受電して発光部3220を発光させるための回路ユニット80をケース1560内に格納し、全体形状が従来の白熱電球に似た形状をしている。 The illumination light source 3200 stores a circuit unit 80 for receiving light through the base 30 to cause the light emitting unit 3220 to emit light in a case 1560, and has an overall shape similar to a conventional incandescent lamp.
 次に、照明用光源3200の製造方法の主要な工程について説明する。ステム3250は、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500のステム1550と同様の方法により形成される。 Next, main steps of a method of manufacturing the illumination light source 3200 will be described. The stem 3250 is formed by the same method as the stem 1550 of the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14.
 図50(a)に示すように、ステム3250を貫通して下側へ延出する排気管3252と2本のリード線71,72と4本の棒状部材3271a,3271b,3271c,3271dとを平板上の金属から成る伝熱板3274の対応する貫通孔3274a,3274b,3274cに通し、伝熱板3274をグローブ3210に近づけて、ステム3250の下端部の内周面と伝熱板3274の外周とを接着剤で固着させる。 As shown in FIG. 50 (a), an exhaust pipe 3252 extending downward through the stem 3250, two lead wires 71, 72, and four rod- like members 3271a, 3271b, 3271c, 3271d are flat plates. Pass the heat transfer plate 3274 through the corresponding through holes 3274a, 3274b, 3274c of the heat transfer plate 3274 made of the upper metal, bring the heat transfer plate 3274 close to the globe 3210, and the inner peripheral surface of the lower end of the stem 3250 and the outer periphery of the heat transfer plate 3274 Is fixed with an adhesive.
 そして、回路ユニット80をケース1560に格納し、リード線71,72および、棒状部材3271a,3271bの下端にそれぞれ接続されたアンテナ線91を回路基板81に接続した後、ケース1560を一体化されたグローブ3210およびステム3250の下端部に接着剤にて固着させる。なお、棒状部材3271a,3271bは、アンテナ線91が回路基板81に接続されると、それぞれアンテナ3290a,3290bとなる。アンテナ3290a,3290bおよび、棒状部材3271c,3271dは、ケース1560と伝熱板3274とが接続されると、発光部3220(図50(b)に示す状態では、まだ点灯されない)の熱をケース1560に伝達できる状態になる。 Then, the circuit unit 80 is housed in the case 1560, and after the lead wires 71, 72 and the antenna wires 91 respectively connected to the lower ends of the rod members 3271a, 3271b are connected to the circuit board 81, the case 1560 is integrated. The lower ends of the glove 3210 and stem 3250 are fixed with an adhesive. When the antenna wire 91 is connected to the circuit board 81, the rod- like members 3271a and 3271b become antennas 3290a and 3290b, respectively. When the case 1560 and the heat transfer plate 3274 are connected, the antennas 3290a and 3290b and the rod- like members 3271c and 3271d heat the heat of the light emitting unit 3220 (not yet lit in the state shown in FIG. 50B). It can be transmitted to the
 次に、ケース1560に口金30を螺着して、回路ユニット80に接続されているリード線74,75を口金30に接続する。これで、照明用光源3200が完成する。 Next, the base 30 is screwed into the case 1560, and the lead wires 74 and 75 connected to the circuit unit 80 are connected to the base 30. Thus, the illumination light source 3200 is completed.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源3200の構成によると、棒状部材3271a,3271bおよび、アンテナ3290a,3290bを介して発光部3220からの熱を伝熱板3274へと伝え、そこからさらにケース1560および口金30へと伝熱することにより、放熱効果を高めることができる。 According to the configuration of the illumination light source 3200 according to this modification, the heat from the light emitting unit 3220 is transmitted to the heat transfer plate 3274 via the rod- like members 3271a and 3271b and the antennas 3290a and 3290b, and from there the case 1560 and the die Heat transfer to 30 can enhance the heat radiation effect.
 (変形例33)
 図51は、本変形例に係る照明用光源3300の概略構成を示す一部破断斜視図である。図52は、照明用光源3300の断面図である。照明用光源3300においては、グローブ3310内部に筒状部3312を備え、筒状部3312内部に支持部材140、発光部20、およびリード線71,72が収容されている。筒状部3312は、有底円筒形状を有し、ステム3350により開口が塞がれている。筒状部3312内壁とステム3350の上面とで囲まれた空間である第1領域S1には、透光性の熱伝導性樹脂3313が充填されている。また、グローブ3310の内壁と筒状部3312の外壁とで囲まれた空間である第2領域S2には、ヘリウムガス等の充填流体12が充填されている。
(Modification 33)
FIG. 51 is a partially broken perspective view showing a schematic configuration of a lighting light source 3300 according to the present modification. FIG. 52 is a cross-sectional view of the illumination light source 3300. In the illumination light source 3300, a cylindrical portion 3312 is provided inside the globe 3310, and the support member 140, the light emitting portion 20, and the lead wires 71 and 72 are accommodated inside the cylindrical portion 3312. The cylindrical portion 3312 has a bottomed cylindrical shape, and the opening is closed by the stem 3350. A translucent heat conductive resin 3313 is filled in a first region S1 which is a space surrounded by the inner wall of the cylindrical portion 3312 and the upper surface of the stem 3350. Further, the second region S2, which is a space surrounded by the inner wall of the globe 3310 and the outer wall of the cylindrical portion 3312, is filled with the filling fluid 12 such as helium gas.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源3300の製造方法について、その主要工程を図53および図54に基づいて説明する。 About the manufacturing method of the light source 3300 for illumination which concerns on this modification, the main processes are demonstrated based on FIG. 53 and FIG.
 まず、図53(a)に示すように、グローブ3310の基となるグローブ用部材3310’の内側に、透光性材料により形成された有底円筒状の円筒状部材3312’を挿入する。この円筒状部材3312’は、側壁に形成された排気口3314に連通する排気管3314aが溶着されている。 First, as shown in FIG. 53A, a bottomed cylindrical cylindrical member 3312 'formed of a translucent material is inserted into the inside of a glove member 3310' which is a base of the glove 3310. As shown in FIG. In the cylindrical member 3312 ', an exhaust pipe 3314a communicating with an exhaust port 3314 formed in a side wall is welded.
 次に、円筒状部材3312’がグローブ用部材3310’の内側に配置された状態で、円筒状部材3312’の開口側端部3311の外周部とグローブ用部材3310’の開口側端部の内周部とが互いに当接する部位を加熱することにより、円筒状部材3312’とグローブ用部材3310’とを溶着して、図53(b)に示すように、グローブ3310の内側に筒状部3312が設けられてなる構造体が形成される。ここで、筒状部3312の内部が第1領域S1に相当し、グローブ3310の内壁と筒状部3312の外壁とで囲まれた領域が第2領域S2に相当する。 Next, in a state where the cylindrical member 3312 'is disposed inside the glove member 3310', the inside of the outer peripheral portion of the opening end 3311 of the cylindrical member 3312 'and the opening end of the glove member 3310' The cylindrical member 3312 'and the glove member 3310' are welded by heating the portion where the peripheral portion abuts each other, and as shown in FIG. 53 (b), the cylindrical portion 3312 is formed inside the glove 3310. Is formed. Here, the inside of the cylindrical portion 3312 corresponds to the first region S1, and the region surrounded by the inner wall of the glove 3310 and the outer wall of the cylindrical portion 3312 corresponds to the second region S2.
 その後、排気管3314aを介して、第2領域S2に存在する空気を外部に排気した後(図53(b)参照)、排気管3314aを介して第2領域S2に充填流体12(本変形例においては、例えばヘリウムガスである。)を封入する(図53(c)参照)。このとき、第2領域S2に充填されるヘリウムガスの圧力は、大気圧と略同じか、若しくは、大気圧に比べて若干高圧となる。 Thereafter, after the air existing in the second area S2 is exhausted to the outside through the exhaust pipe 3314a (see FIG. 53 (b)), the filling fluid 12 is filled in the second area S2 through the exhaust pipe 3314a (this modification) , For example, helium gas) is sealed (see FIG. 53 (c)). At this time, the pressure of the helium gas filled in the second region S2 is substantially the same as the atmospheric pressure, or slightly higher than the atmospheric pressure.
 次に、排気管3314aの一部を加熱することにより排気管3314aを封じ切ることにより、細管部3314bが形成される(図54(a)参照)。 Next, the exhaust pipe 3314a is sealed by heating a part of the exhaust pipe 3314a to form the thin tube portion 3314b (see FIG. 54A).
 続いて、図54(b)に示すように、第1領域S1に、発光部20、ステム3350および支持部材140から構成される構造体を挿入し、ステム3350が筒状部3312の開口側端部3311に嵌合した状態で、ステム3350の周面と筒状部3312の開口側端部3311の内壁との間にシリコーン樹脂等の熱伝導性樹脂からなる接着剤を流し込むことで、ステム3350をグローブ3310の下端部に固着させる。 Subsequently, as shown in FIG. 54 (b), a structure composed of the light emitting unit 20, the stem 3350 and the support member 140 is inserted into the first region S 1, and the stem 3350 is the open end of the cylindrical portion 3312. The stem 3350 is made by pouring an adhesive made of a heat conductive resin such as silicone resin between the circumferential surface of the stem 3350 and the inner wall of the open end 3311 of the cylindrical portion 3312 in a state of being fitted to the portion 3311. Is fixed to the lower end of the glove 3310.
 その後、ステム3350の一部に形成された貫通孔3350aから、第1領域S1に、シリコーン樹脂等の熱伝導性樹脂を封入する(図54(c)参照)。 After that, a thermally conductive resin such as a silicone resin is sealed in the first region S1 from the through hole 3350a formed in a part of the stem 3350 (see FIG. 54 (c)).
 そして、リード線71,72それぞれにおける発光部20の給電端子24a,24bに接続される一端部とは反対側の他端部を回路ユニット80の電力出力部に接続する。その後、リード線等の配線を行ってケース60および口金30を取着し、照明用光源3300の
組み立てが完了する。
The other end of each of the lead wires 71 and 72 opposite to the one end connected to the feed terminals 24 a and 24 b of the light emitting unit 20 is connected to the power output unit of the circuit unit 80. Thereafter, wires such as lead wires are attached to attach the case 60 and the base 30, and the assembly of the illumination light source 3300 is completed.
 本変形例に係る照明用光源3300の構成によると、発光部20で発生した熱が、熱伝導性樹脂3313を介して筒状部3312の周壁に伝導した後、第2領域S2に充填されたヘリウムガスに伝導する。そして、ヘリウムガスに伝導した熱が、グローブ3310に伝導し、グローブ3310外表面から外部へ放出される。このように、発光部20で発生した熱が、ヘリウムガスおよびグローブ3310を介して外部へ放出され易くなるので、輝度向上のために発光部への供給電力を増加させても発光部の温度上昇を十分に抑制することができる。 According to the configuration of the illumination light source 3300 according to the present modification, the heat generated in the light emitting unit 20 is conducted to the peripheral wall of the cylindrical portion 3312 via the heat conductive resin 3313 and then filled in the second region S2. Conducts to helium gas. Then, the heat conducted to the helium gas is conducted to the globe 3310 and is released from the outer surface of the globe 3310 to the outside. As described above, the heat generated by the light emitting unit 20 is easily released to the outside through the helium gas and the globe 3310, so that the temperature rise of the light emitting unit even if the power supplied to the light emitting unit is increased to improve the luminance. Can be sufficiently suppressed.
 (変形例34)
 変形例3~6,20,21においては、多面体形状の発光部が支持部材によりグローブ内部で支持されていたが、これに限られない。例えば、上記多面体形状の発光部が基台またはステムに直接取着されてもよい。この場合は、多面体形状を構成している実装基板が支持部材を兼ねることになり、アンテナは、多面体の内部に収容される。
(Modification 34)
In the modified examples 3 to 6, 20, and 21, the polyhedral-shaped light emitting unit is supported inside the glove by the support member, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the polyhedron-shaped light emitting unit may be directly attached to the base or stem. In this case, the mounting substrate constituting the polyhedron shape also serves as the support member, and the antenna is accommodated inside the polyhedron.
 (変形例35)
 変形例3~6,20,21における発光部は、実装基板が複数組み合わされて多面体または多角柱を構成しており、当該多面体または多角柱の内部は中空となっている場合について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、非電導性の部材から成る多面体形状または多角柱形状のコアの外周面上に実装基板を貼付して、多面体または多角柱形状の発光部を形成してもよい。このような場合、各実装基板を電気的に接続する配線をコアの内部に形成してもよい。
(Modification 35)
In the light emitting units in the third to sixth modification examples, 20, and 21, a plurality of mounting substrates are combined to form a polyhedron or a polygonal prism, and the inside of the polyhedron or the polygonal prism is hollow. It is not restricted to this. For example, the mounting substrate may be attached to the outer peripheral surface of a polyhedron-shaped or polygon-pillar-shaped core formed of a nonconductive member to form a polyhedron- or polygon-pillar-shaped light emitting portion. In such a case, a wire for electrically connecting each mounting substrate may be formed inside the core.
 (変形例36)
 回路ユニット80は、上記各実施形態および各変形例において説明した構成に限られず、以下のような変形例を実施することができる。例えば、回路基板81がケース内部に固定的に収容される姿勢については、回路基板81の主面がランプ軸と略直交する姿勢に限られない。例えば、回路基板81が、ランプ軸と略平行になるような姿勢で収容されてもよいし、ランプ軸に対して所定の傾斜角を有する姿勢で収容されてもよい。
(Modification 36)
The circuit unit 80 is not limited to the configuration described in each of the embodiments and the modifications, and the following modifications can be implemented. For example, the attitude in which the circuit board 81 is fixedly accommodated in the case is not limited to the attitude in which the main surface of the circuit board 81 is substantially orthogonal to the lamp axis. For example, the circuit board 81 may be accommodated in a posture substantially parallel to the lamp axis, or may be accommodated in a posture having a predetermined inclination angle with respect to the lamp axis.
 また、回路基板81は、円盤状に限られず、平面視形状が矩形や多角形、さらにはハート形等の不定形であってもよいし、フレキシブル基板等の可撓性の部材により形成され、曲げられた状態でケース内部に収容されてもよい。 Further, the circuit board 81 is not limited to a disk shape, and may have an irregular shape such as a rectangular shape, a polygonal shape, or a heart shape in plan view, and is formed of a flexible member such as a flexible substrate. It may be housed inside the case in a bent state.
 また、回路基板81がケース内部に固定される方法は、係止部による係止構造に限られず、例えば、ねじ止め、接着などにより回路基板がケース内部に固定されてもよい。 Further, the method of fixing the circuit board 81 inside the case is not limited to the locking structure by the locking portion, and for example, the circuit board may be fixed inside the case by screwing, bonding or the like.
 (変形例37)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、半導体発光素子22としてのLEDの発光色は青色光であり、蛍光体粒子は青色光を黄色光に変換するものを例にして説明したが、他の組合せであっても良い。他の組み合わせの一例として、白色を発光させる場合、LEDの発光色を紫外線光とし、蛍光体粒子として、赤色光へ変換する粒子、緑色光へ変換する粒子、青色光へ変換する粒子の3種類を用いることができる。
(Modification 37)
In each of the above-described embodiments and modifications, the emission color of the LED as the semiconductor light emitting element 22 is blue light, and the phosphor particles convert blue light into yellow light as an example, It may be a combination. As another example of the combination, in the case of emitting white light, three types of particles are used: phosphor particles, particles to be converted to red light, particles to be converted to green light, and particles to be converted to blue light. Can be used.
 さらに、LEDの発光色を、赤色発光、緑色発光、青色発光の3種類のLED素子を用いて、混色させて白色光としても良い。なお、発光部から発せられる光色は、いうまでもなく、白色に限定されるものでなく、用途によって種々のLED(素子、表面実装タイプを含む)や蛍光体粒子を利用することができる。 Furthermore, the light emission color of the LED may be mixed to be white light using three types of LED elements of red light emission, green light emission and blue light emission. Needless to say, the color of light emitted from the light emitting part is not limited to white, and various LEDs (including elements and surface mounting types) and phosphor particles can be used depending on the application.
 (変形例38)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、平面視形状が矩形または円形をした実装基板を例にして説明したが、基板の平面視形状は特に上記の形状に限定されない。
(Modification 38)
In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, the mounting substrate having a rectangular or circular plan view shape has been described as an example, but the plan view shape of the substrate is not particularly limited to the above shape.
 また、各実施形態および各変形例においては、薄い板(上面の面積に比べて側面の面積が小さいもの)を例にして説明したが、例えば、厚肉の板を利用しても良いし、ブロック状のものを利用しても良い。 In each embodiment and each modification, a thin plate (a smaller side area compared to the upper surface area) has been described as an example, but a thick plate may be used, for example. You may use a block-like thing.
 なお、本明細書での実装基板は、形状、厚み、形態に関係なく、半導体発光素子(素子、表面実装タイプを含む)を実装すると共に半導体発光素子と電気的に接続するパターンを有したものを指している。従って、基板が、ブロック状をしていても良い。 The mounting substrate in the present specification has a pattern for mounting a semiconductor light emitting element (including an element and a surface mounting type) and electrically connecting to the semiconductor light emitting element regardless of the shape, thickness, and form. Point to Therefore, the substrate may have a block shape.
 また、各実施形態および各変形例においては、実装基板は透光性材料により構成していたが、下方に光を取り出す必要がない場合は、透光性材料以外の材料で構成しても良い。 Moreover, in each embodiment and each modification, although the mounting board was comprised with the translucent material, when it is not necessary to take out light below, you may comprise with materials other than the translucent material .
 (変形例39)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例における発光部は、実装基板を透光性材料により構成し、後方にも光を照射するようにしていたが、他の方法により後方へ光を照射するようにしても良い。
(Modification 39)
Although the light emitting unit in each of the above-described embodiments and each modification has the mounting substrate made of a translucent material and emits light to the rear, the light may be emitted to the rear by another method. Also good.
 他の方法としては、実装基板を透光性材料でない材料で構成し、実装基板の表裏両面に半導体発光素子を実装しても良い。また、反射部材やハーフミラー等を用いて後方へ光を照射するようにしてもよい。 As another method, the mounting substrate may be made of a material that is not a translucent material, and the semiconductor light emitting element may be mounted on both the front and back surfaces of the mounting substrate. In addition, light may be irradiated to the rear by using a reflecting member, a half mirror, or the like.
 (変形例40)
 変形例3~6,20,21においては、発光部が多面体形状を有していたが、これに限られず、球状や不定形の立体構造を有する実装基板またはコアの表面に半導体発光素子(砲弾やSMDを含む)を実装しても良い。
(Modification 40)
In the modified examples 3 to 6, 20 and 21, the light emitting part has a polyhedral shape, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a semiconductor light emitting element (bullet can be used on the surface of a mounting substrate or core having a spherical or irregular three-dimensional structure). And SMD may be implemented.
 (変形例41)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、半導体発光素子としてLEDを用いた場合について説明したが、これに限られず、LED以外の発光素子を用いても良い。他の発光素子としては、例えば、LD(レーザダイオード)やEL(エレクトリックルミネッセンス)発光素子(有機及び無機を含む。)等があり、LEDを含めて、これらを組合せて使用しても良い。
(Modification 41)
Although the case where LED was used as a semiconductor light-emitting element was demonstrated in said each embodiment and each modification, it is not restricted to this, You may use light-emitting elements other than LED. Other light emitting elements include, for example, LD (laser diode) and EL (electric luminescence) light emitting elements (including organic and inorganic) and the like, and LEDs may be used in combination.
 (変形例42)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、Aタイプ、Rタイプのグローブを利用したが、これに限られない。例えば、B、Gタイプであっても良く、白熱電球のバルブ形状や電球形蛍光ランプのグローブ形状と全く異なる形状であっても良い。
(Modification 42)
Although the glove of A type and R type was utilized in each above-mentioned embodiment and each modification, it is not restricted to this. For example, it may be of B or G type, or may be completely different in shape from the bulb shape of the incandescent lamp or the globe shape of the compact fluorescent lamp.
 また、グローブは、内部が見えるように透明であっても良いし、内部が見えないように半透明であっても良い。半透明にする方法としては、例えば、内面に炭酸カルシウム、シリカや白色顔料等を主成分とする拡散層を施したり、内面を凹凸状にする処理(例えばブラスト処理)を施したりする方法がある。 Also, the glove may be transparent so that the inside can be seen, or semitransparent so that the inside can not be seen. As a method of making it semitransparent, for example, there is a method of applying a diffusion layer containing calcium carbonate, silica, a white pigment or the like as a main component to the inner surface, or applying a treatment (for example, blasting) to make the inner surface uneven. .
 また、グローブはガラス材料により構成されていたが、他の材料で構成することもできる。他の材料として、透光性の樹脂やセラミック等を用いてもよい。 Moreover, although the glove was comprised with the glass material, it can also be comprised with another material. As another material, a translucent resin, ceramic or the like may be used.
 (変形例43)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、ケースは樹脂材料により構成していたが、他の材料で構成することもできる。他の材料として金属材料を利用する場合には、口金との間の絶縁性を確保する必要がある。口金との間の絶縁性は、例えば、ケースの小径部の外周面に絶縁層を塗布したり、小径部に対して絶縁処理をしたりすることで確保できる。さらには、ケースのグローブ側を金属材料により構成し、ケースの口金側を樹脂材料により構成して、双方を結合することによっても確保できる。
(Modification 43)
In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, the case is made of a resin material, but may be made of another material. In the case of using a metal material as another material, it is necessary to secure insulation between the metal cap and the base. The insulation between the base and the base can be ensured, for example, by applying an insulating layer to the outer peripheral surface of the small diameter portion of the case or performing an insulation treatment on the small diameter portion. Furthermore, the glove side of the case may be made of a metal material, and the die side of the case may be made of a resin material, which can be secured by combining the two.
 また、上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、ケースの表面については特に説明しなかったが、例えば、放熱フィンを設けても良いし、輻射率を向上させるための処理を施してもよい。 In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, the surface of the case is not particularly described. However, for example, a radiation fin may be provided, or a process for improving the emissivity may be performed.
 さらに、ケースは1つの部材から構成されていたが、複数の部材で構成することもできる。例えば、変形例14に係る照明用光源1500における大径部1561に相当する大径部材と、小径部1562に相当する小径部材とを接着剤により接合したものであっても良い。この際、大径部材を金属で、小径部材を樹脂でそれぞれ構成しても良い。 Furthermore, although the case was comprised from one member, it can also be comprised with several members. For example, a large diameter member corresponding to the large diameter portion 1561 in the illumination light source 1500 according to the modification 14 and a small diameter member corresponding to the small diameter portion 1562 may be joined with an adhesive. At this time, the large diameter member may be made of metal and the small diameter member may be made of resin.
 また、各実施形態および各変形例においては、ケース内部に空間があり、当該空間内部に回路ユニット80が格納されていたが、例えば、前記空間に樹脂材料が充填されていてもよい。この場合、絶縁性および高い熱伝導性を有する樹脂を充填することにより、回路ユニット80で発生した熱をケースにより効率よく伝熱することができ、回路ユニット80に作用する熱負荷を低減することができる。 Moreover, in each embodiment and each modification, there is a space inside the case, and the circuit unit 80 is stored inside the space, but for example, the space may be filled with a resin material. In this case, by filling the resin having the insulating property and the high thermal conductivity, the heat generated in the circuit unit 80 can be efficiently transferred by the case, and the heat load acting on the circuit unit 80 is reduced. Can.
 (変形例44)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、口金30としてエジソンタイプの口金を利用した場合について説明したが、他のタイプ、例えば、ピンタイプ(具体的にはGY、GX等のGタイプである。)を利用しても良い。
(Modification 44)
In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, the case where an Edison-type base is used as the base 30 has been described, but other types, for example, a pin type (specifically, G-type such as GY or GX). ) May be used.
 また、口金30は、シェル部33の雌ねじを利用してケースのネジ部分(小径部)に螺合させることで、ケースに装着(接合)されていたが、他の方法でケースと接合されても良い。他の方法としては、接着剤による接合、カシメによる接合、圧入による接合等があり、これらの方法を2つ以上組合せても良い。 Further, although the base 30 is attached (joined) to the case by screwing it to the screw portion (small diameter portion) of the case using the female screw of the shell portion 33, it is joined to the case by another method Also good. Other methods include adhesive bonding, caulking bonding, press-in bonding, and the like, and two or more of these methods may be combined.
 また、シェル部33の半分以上がケースの筒状をした小径部のネジ部分に螺合していたが、小径部が実施形態よりも短いケースに装着されても良い。この場合、シェル部33の内側に回路ユニット80の電子部品が位置する場合もある。このような場合、シェル部33内に絶縁性を有する樹脂が充填されてもよい。これにより、電子部品と口金との間の絶縁が確保されると共に、高い熱伝導性を有する樹脂を用いることにより電子部品で発生した熱を口金により効率よく伝熱することができる。 In addition, although half or more of the shell portion 33 is screwed to the screw portion of the cylindrical small diameter portion of the case, the small diameter portion may be attached to the case shorter than the embodiment. In this case, the electronic components of the circuit unit 80 may be located inside the shell portion 33. In such a case, the shell 33 may be filled with an insulating resin. Thus, the insulation between the electronic component and the die is secured, and by using the resin having high thermal conductivity, the heat generated in the electronic component can be efficiently transferred by the die.
 (変形例45)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、基台およびステムと支持部材とが別部材で構成されていたが、これに限定されない。例えば、支持部材が、基台と一体的に形成されていてもよいし、ステムと一体的に成形されていてもよい。
(Modification 45)
In each of the above-mentioned embodiments and each modification, although a pedestal, a stem, and a support member were constituted by another member, it is not limited to this. For example, the support member may be integrally formed with the base or may be integrally formed with the stem.
 (変形例46)
 変形例45のように、基台と支持部材、ステムと支持部材とが一体的に成形されている場合、リード線71,72が支持部材の内部を通って配線されるように基台(またはステム)と支持部材と共に一体成形されてもよい。この場合、給電端子24a,24bを実装基板の中央部に設けてもよい。
(Modification 46)
As in the modification 45, when the base and the support member, and the stem and the support member are integrally formed, the base (or the base) is arranged such that the lead wires 71 and 72 are wired through the inside of the support member. It may be integrally molded with the stem) and the support member. In this case, the feed terminals 24a and 24b may be provided at the center of the mounting substrate.
 また、アンテナが支持部材の内部に収納されている場合は、支持部材内部に収容されたアンテナに接続されたアンテナ線が支持部材内部を通って配線されるように、アンテナおよびアンテナ線が基台(またはステム)と支持部材と共に一体成形されてもよい。さらには、リード線71,72、アンテナ、およびアンテナ線が、基台(またはステム)および支持部材と共に一体成形されてもよい。 When the antenna is housed inside the support member, the antenna and the antenna wire are mounted on the base so that the antenna wire connected to the antenna housed inside the support member is routed through the inside of the support member. It may be integrally molded with (or the stem) and the support member. Furthermore, the lead wires 71 and 72, the antenna, and the antenna wire may be integrally formed with the base (or stem) and the support member.
 (変形例47)
 上記の変形例14~32においては、製造工程においてステムで閉塞されたグローブ内の排気およびヘリウムガスの封入を行う排気孔および排気管が、ステムに形成されている構成とした(変形例33においては、筒状部3312に形成)。しかしながら、本発明はこれに限定されず、例えば、グローブに形成されてもよい。
(Modification 47)
In the above-described modifications 14 to 32, an exhaust hole and an exhaust pipe for exhausting the inside of the globe closed by the stem and enclosing helium gas in the manufacturing process are formed in the stem (in the modification 33) Is formed on the tubular portion 3312). However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and may be formed, for example, in a glove.
 (変形例48)
 発光部からグローブへの熱伝導性を増加させてグローブからの放熱を促進するために、グローブの内壁に高熱伝導層を設けてもよい。具体的に説明すると、グローブの内壁前面に、グローブを構成している材料よりも熱伝導性の高い材料で構成された高熱伝導層が形成されていてもよい。これにより、空気または充填流体12とグローブとの間の熱の受け渡しがより効率よく行われ、その結果、発光部からグローブへの熱伝導性を高めることができる。高熱伝導層は、透光性を有する樹脂材料、金属材料等により構成されている。透光性を有する金属材料としては、例えば、酸化インジウム錫(ITO)、酸化インジウム亜鉛(IZO)、酸化錫(SnO2)、アンチモンドープ酸化錫(ATO)、酸化亜鉛(ZnO)等がある。
(Modification 48)
A high thermal conductivity layer may be provided on the inner wall of the glove in order to increase the thermal conductivity from the light emitting portion to the glove to promote heat dissipation from the glove. If it demonstrates concretely, the highly heat-conductive layer comprised with the material whose heat conductivity is higher than the material which comprises the glove may be formed in the inner wall front of a glove. As a result, heat can be more efficiently transferred between the air or the filling fluid 12 and the glove, and as a result, the heat conductivity from the light emitting portion to the glove can be enhanced. The high thermal conductivity layer is made of a translucent resin material, a metal material or the like. Examples of the light-transmitting metal material include indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide (IZO), tin oxide (SnO2), antimony-doped tin oxide (ATO), zinc oxide (ZnO), and the like.
 (変形例49)
 変形例24に係る照明用光源2500(図43参照)において大径部2561内周面に段差部1566や支持溝部2567を備えない構成としてもよい。この場合、グローブの最頂部とアイレット部の最下端部との間のランプ軸に沿った長さ、即ち、照明用光源の全長が所定の長さとなるような位置において、接着剤等を用いてグローブとケースとが固着される。
(Modification 49)
In the illumination light source 2500 (see FIG. 43) according to the modification 24, the large diameter portion 2561 may not be provided with the step portion 1566 and the support groove portion 2567 on the inner peripheral surface. In this case, an adhesive or the like is used at a position along the lamp axis between the top of the glove and the lowermost end of the eyelet, that is, at a position where the total length of the illumination light source is a predetermined length. The glove and the case are fixed.
 (変形例50)
 変形例14~24,30~32においては、ステムがガラス材料で形成されていたが、本発明はこれに限定されない。例えば、樹脂材料でステムを形成してもよい。
(Modification 50)
In the modifications 14 to 24 and 30 to 32, the stem is formed of the glass material, but the present invention is not limited thereto. For example, the stem may be formed of a resin material.
 ステムで閉塞されたグローブ内を密に封止するためには、グローブと樹脂材料で形成されたステムとを接合する必要があるが、これには例えば、接着剤を用いることもできる。接着剤を用いる方法以外でも、グローブとステムとを封止膜で覆うことにより、ステムで閉塞されたグローブ内を封止することが可能である。前記封止膜はグローブの外側から覆ってもよいし、内側から覆ってもよい。 In order to tightly seal the inside of the globe closed by the stem, it is necessary to join the globe and the stem formed of a resin material, but for example, an adhesive can be used. It is possible to seal the inside of the glove closed with the stem by covering the glove and the stem with a sealing film other than the method using an adhesive. The sealing film may be covered from the outside or the inside of the glove.
 さらには、グローブおよびステムを構成する樹脂材料が熱可塑性材料である場合には、ガラス材料の場合と同様の成形方法(図27~33)を採用することも可能である。 Furthermore, when the resin material constituting the glove and the stem is a thermoplastic material, it is possible to adopt the same molding method (FIGS. 27 to 33) as in the case of the glass material.
 (変形例51)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、封止体内に蛍光体粒子を混入させていたが、例えば、グローブの内面に蛍光体粒子を含んだ蛍光体層を形成しても良く、さらには、封止体とは別に、半導体発光素子における光の出射方向に蛍光体粒子を含んだ蛍光板等の波長変換部材を設けても良い。ここで、蛍光体粒子は高温になると波長変換効率が低下する。したがって、蛍光体層をグローブの内面に形成することにより、半導体発光素子を封止している封止体内に蛍光体粒子を混入させた場合より、半導体発光素子発光時の熱の影響を受け難く、蛍光体粒子の波長変換効率の低下を抑制することができる。
(Modification 51)
Although the phosphor particles are mixed in the sealed body in each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, for example, a phosphor layer containing the phosphor particles may be formed on the inner surface of the glove, and further, Aside from the sealing body, a wavelength conversion member such as a fluorescent plate containing phosphor particles in the light emission direction of the semiconductor light emitting device may be provided. Here, as the temperature of the phosphor particles becomes high, the wavelength conversion efficiency decreases. Therefore, by forming the phosphor layer on the inner surface of the globe, the semiconductor light emitting device is less susceptible to the heat during light emission of the semiconductor light emitting device than when the phosphor particles are mixed in the sealing body sealing the semiconductor light emitting device. The decrease in wavelength conversion efficiency of the phosphor particles can be suppressed.
 (変形例52)
 上記各実施形態および変形例9~17,22~28,30~33においては、ひとつの封止体は、実装基板上に直線状に実装された複数の半導体発光素子の一列を被覆していたが、本発明はこれに限定されない。例えば、1つの半導体発光素子を1つの封止体で被覆しても良いし、変形例1,2,18,19,29のように、全ての半導体発光素子を1つの封止体で被覆してもよい。
(Modification 52)
In each of the above embodiments and modified examples 9 to 17, 22 to 28, and 30 to 33, one sealing body covers one row of a plurality of semiconductor light emitting elements linearly mounted on a mounting substrate. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, one semiconductor light emitting element may be covered with one sealing body, or all of the semiconductor light emitting elements may be covered with one sealing body as in the first, second, eighteenth, nineteenth, and twenty ninth modifications. May be
 (変形例53)
 上記各変形例においては、ステムは所謂ドーム状の形状を有していたがこれに限られない。例えば、ボタンステムや中央が窪んだ形状としてもよい。
(Modification 53)
In each of the above-mentioned modifications, the stem has a so-called dome shape, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, a button stem or a shape with a depressed center may be used.
 (変形例54)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例において、支持部材内部にアンテナを収容しない場合には支持部材を金属等の導電性部材により形成することができる。この場合、支持部材そのものがアンテナとして機能してもよい。支持部材そのものがアンテナとして機能する場合、ヘリカルアンテナやロッドアンテナよりも支持部材は径が大きいため、送受信できる電波の周波数の幅がより広くなるという効果がある。
(Modification 54)
In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, when the antenna is not accommodated inside the support member, the support member can be formed of a conductive member such as metal. In this case, the support member itself may function as an antenna. When the support member itself functions as an antenna, the diameter of the support member is larger than that of the helical antenna and the rod antenna, so that the width of the frequency of radio waves that can be transmitted and received becomes wider.
 (変形例55)
 上記各実施形態および各変形例においては、支持部材は棒状の形状を有していたが、これに限定されない。例えば、円錐形状や台形であってもよい。また、支持部材は、単一の部材に限られず、複数の部材が組み合わされてひとつの支持部材を構成してもよい。さらには、支持部材は、ひとつに限られず、例えば、複数の支持部材が発光部を支持する構成であってもよい。
(Modification 55)
In each of the embodiments and the modifications described above, the support member has a rod-like shape, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be conical or trapezoidal. Further, the support member is not limited to a single member, and a plurality of members may be combined to constitute one support member. Furthermore, the number of support members is not limited to one. For example, a plurality of support members may support the light emitting unit.
 (変形例56)
 上記第2の実施形態、変形例2,4,6,7,8,15,19,21,33においては、ロッドアンテナ全体が支持部材の内部または発光部の内部に収容されている場合について説明したが、これに限られない。例えば、アンテナの一部が支持部材および発光部を貫通してグローブ内部に露出するような構成とすることも可能である。この場合、照明用光源が照明装置に装着されたときに外部に対して最も露出しているグローブの領域に近づく方向にアンテナを露出させるのが好ましい。そのようにすることにより、アンテナの露出している部分が、外部に対してより露出した箇所に位置することになるため、無線信号の送受信がより阻害されにくくなり、無線信号の送受信をより確実に行うことができる。例えば、変形例14における照明装置2に装着される場合には、グローブの頂部に近づく方向にアンテナを露出させるのが好ましい。即ち、ランプ軸に沿って、そのままロッドアンテナを上方に延伸させて支持部材および発光部の実装基板を突き抜けるようにアンテナを露出させるのが好ましい。
(Modification 56)
In the second embodiment and modifications 2, 4, 6, 7, 8, 15, 19, 21, and 33 described above, the case where the entire rod antenna is accommodated in the inside of the support member or the inside of the light emitting portion is described. However, it is not limited to this. For example, a part of the antenna may be configured to be exposed to the inside of the glove through the support member and the light emitting unit. In this case, it is preferable to expose the antenna in a direction approaching the area of the globe that is most exposed to the outside when the illumination light source is attached to the illumination device. By doing so, the exposed portion of the antenna is located at a position more exposed to the outside, so transmission and reception of wireless signals are less likely to be disturbed, and transmission and reception of wireless signals are more reliable. Can be done. For example, when mounted on the lighting apparatus 2 in the modification 14, it is preferable to expose the antenna in a direction approaching the top of the glove. That is, it is preferable to extend the rod antenna as it is along the lamp axis to expose the antenna so as to penetrate the mounting member of the support member and the light emitting unit.
 (変形例57)
 以上、本発明に係る照明用光源について、実施形態およびその変形例に基づいて説明したが、本発明は、これらの実施形態および変形例に限定されるものではない。
(Modification 57)
As mentioned above, although the light source for illumination which concerns on this invention was demonstrated based on embodiment and its modification, this invention is not limited to these embodiment and modification.
 例えば、本発明は、このような照明用光源を備える照明装置としても実現することができる。以下、本変形例に係る照明装置について、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1を用いた場合を例に説明する。 For example, the present invention can also be realized as an illumination device provided with such an illumination light source. Hereinafter, the case where the light source 1 for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment is used is demonstrated to an example about the illuminating device which concerns on this modification.
 図55は、本変形例に係る照明装置の概略図である。 FIG. 55 is a schematic view of a lighting device according to the present modification.
 照明装置2は、例えば、天井3に装着されて使用される。 The lighting device 2 is mounted on, for example, a ceiling 3 and used.
 照明装置2は、図55に示すように、照明用光源1と、照明用光源1を装着して点灯・消灯をさせる照明器具7とを備える。 As shown in FIG. 55, the illumination device 2 includes the illumination light source 1 and the illumination fixture 7 to which the illumination light source 1 is attached and which is turned on / off.
 照明器具7は、例えば、天井3に取着される器具本体4と、器具本体4に装着され、且つ照明用光源1を覆うランプカバー5とを備える。ランプカバー5は、ここでは開口型であり、照明用光源1から出射された光を所定方向(ここでは下方である。)に反射させる反射膜8を内面に有している。 The lighting fixture 7 includes, for example, a fixture body 4 attached to the ceiling 3 and a lamp cover 5 attached to the fixture body 4 and covering the illumination light source 1. The lamp cover 5 is an aperture type here, and has a reflective film 8 on its inner surface that reflects the light emitted from the illumination light source 1 in a predetermined direction (here, the lower side).
 器具本体4には、照明用光源1の口金30が取着(螺着)されるソケット6を備え、このソケット6を介して照明用光源1に給電される。 The fixture body 4 is provided with a socket 6 to which the base 30 of the illumination light source 1 is attached (screwed), and power is supplied to the illumination light source 1 through the socket 6.
 本変形例では、照明器具7に装着される照明用光源1の半導体発光素子22(発光部20)の配置位置が白熱電球のフィラメントの配置位置に近いため、照明用光源1における発光中心と、白熱電球における発光中心とが近いものとなる。 In this modification, since the arrangement position of the semiconductor light emitting element 22 (light emitting unit 20) of the illumination light source 1 mounted on the lighting apparatus 7 is close to the arrangement position of the filament of the incandescent lamp, It becomes close to the light emission center in the incandescent lamp.
 このため、白熱電球が装着されていた照明器具に照明用光源1を装着しても、ランプとしての発光中心の位置が近似しているため、被照射面に円環状の影が発生する等の問題が生じ難くなる。 For this reason, even if the illumination light source 1 is attached to the lighting fixture to which the incandescent lamp has been attached, since the position of the light emission center as the lamp approximates, an annular shadow is generated on the illuminated surface, etc. Problems are less likely to occur.
 なお、ここでの照明器具は、一例であり、例えば、開口型のランプカバー5を有さずに、閉塞型のランプカバーを有するものであっても良いし、照明用光源が横を向くような姿勢(ランプ軸が水平となるような姿勢)や傾斜する姿勢(ランプ軸が照明器具の中心軸に対して傾斜する姿勢)で装着・点灯されるような照明器具でもよい。 In addition, the lighting fixture here is an example, for example, may not have the lamp cover 5 of opening type, but may have a lamp cover of closing type, and the light source for illumination faces sideways. The lighting apparatus may be mounted and lighted in a proper posture (a posture in which the lamp axis is horizontal) or an inclined posture (a posture in which the lamp axis is inclined with respect to the central axis of the lighting device).
 また、本変形例においては、照明装置2は、天井や壁に接触する状態で照明器具7が装着される直付タイプであったが、天井や壁に埋め込まれた状態で照明器具が装着される埋込タイプであっても良いし、照明器具の電気ケーブルにより天井から吊り下げられる吊下タイプ等であってもよい。 Further, in the present modification, the lighting device 2 is a direct attachment type in which the lighting device 7 is mounted in contact with the ceiling or wall, but the lighting device is mounted in a state embedded in the ceiling or wall It may be an embedded type, or it may be a suspended type that is suspended from a ceiling by an electric cable of a lighting fixture.
 さらに、ここでは、照明器具は、装着される1つの照明用光源を点灯させているが、複数個(例えば、3個)の照明用光源が装着・点灯されるようなものであってもよい。 Furthermore, although the lighting fixture here lights one illumination light source to be attached, a plurality of (for example, three) illumination light sources may be attached and turned on. .
 また、本変形例においては、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1が照明装置2に装着された場合を例に説明したが、これに限られず、上記各実施形態および各変形例に係るいずれの照明用光源が照明装置2に装着されるとしてもよい。 Moreover, in this modification, although the case where the light source 1 for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment was mounted | worn with the illuminating device 2 was demonstrated to the example, it is not restricted to this, It concerns on said each embodiment and each modification. Any illumination light source may be attached to the illumination device 2.
 (変形例58)
 変形例57に係る照明装置2においては、第1の実施形態に係る照明用光源1が照明器具7に装着された場合を例に説明したが、これに限られず、上記各実施形態および各変形例に係るいずれの照明用光源が照明器具7に装着された照明装置としてもよい。
(Modification 58)
In the illuminating device 2 which concerns on the modification 57, although the case where the light source 1 for illumination which concerns on 1st Embodiment was mounted | worn with the lighting fixture 7 was demonstrated to the example, it is not restricted to this, Each said embodiment and each deformation | transformation Any illumination light source according to the example may be a lighting device mounted on the lighting fixture 7.
 以上、本発明に係る照明用光源および照明装置について、上記各実施形態および各変形例に基づいて図面を参照しながら説明した。なお、上記各実施形態に係る照明用光源の部分的な構成、および上記各変形例に係る構成を、適宜組み合わせて成る照明用光源であっても良い。また、各図面における部材の縮尺は実際のものとは異なる。また、本願において、数値範囲を示す際に用いる符号「~」は、その両端の数値を含む。上記各実施形態および各変形例における説明に記載した材料、数値等は好ましいものを例示しているだけであり、それに限定されることはない。また、各図面における各部材の寸法および比は、一例として挙げたものであり、必ずしも実在の照明用光源の寸法および比と一致するとは限らない。さらに、本発明の技術的思想の範囲を逸脱しない範囲で、照明用光源の構成に適宜変更を加えることは可能である。 The light source for illumination and the illumination device according to the present invention have been described above with reference to the drawings based on the above embodiments and modifications. In addition, you may be an illumination light source which combines suitably the partial structure of the light source for illumination which concerns on said each embodiment, and the structure which concerns on each said modification. Further, the scale of members in each drawing is different from the actual one. Further, in the present application, the symbol “to” used to indicate a numerical range includes the numerical values at both ends thereof. Materials, numerical values, and the like described in the description in each of the above-described embodiments and the respective modifications merely exemplify preferable materials, and the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, the dimensions and ratios of the respective members in the respective drawings are given as an example, and do not necessarily coincide with the dimensions and ratios of the existing illumination light source. Furthermore, it is possible to appropriately change the configuration of the illumination light source without departing from the scope of the technical idea of the present invention.
 また、上記各実施形態および各変形例において述べたアンテナの指向性は、無指向性であることが望ましい。 Moreover, as for the directivity of the antenna described in each said embodiment and each modification, it is desirable that it is non-directivity.
 本発明は、無線信号の送受信を行う照明一般に広く利用することができる。 The present invention can be widely used in general for lighting that transmits and receives wireless signals.
  1,100,200,300,400,500,600,700,900,1000,1100,1200,1300 照明用光源
  2 照明装置
  4 器具本体
  5 ランプカバー
  6 ソケット
  7 照明器具
  10,1110 グローブ
  20,220,320,420,620,920,1120,1220 発光部
  21,421,621,921,1121a,1121b,1121c,1221 実装基板
  22,422,622,1122,1222 半導体発光素子
  23,423 封止体
  30 口金
  40,140,240,340,440,540,1140b,1140c,1340 支持部材
  50,150,250,450,550,1150,1250 基台
  50a 大径部
  50b 小径部
  60,1160 ケース
  61 大径部
  62 小径部
  71,72,74,75,76,77,78 リード線
  80 回路ユニット
  81 回路基板
  81a 表面
  81b 裏面
  83 発振子
  84 無線制御部用電源
  85 清流回路
  86 平滑コンデンサ
  87 発光素子制御部
  88 電子部品
  89a,89b 入力端子
  89c,89d 出力端子
  89e,292,392 アンテナ端子
  90,190,290,390,1390 アンテナ
  91 アンテナ線
1, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 500, 600, 700, 900, 1000, 1100, 1200, 1300 illumination light source 2 illumination device 4 appliance main body 5 lamp cover 6 socket 7 illumination fixture 10, 1110 glove 20, 220, 320, 420, 620, 920, 1120, 1220 Light emitting units 21, 421, 621, 921, 1211, 1121a, 1121b, 1121c, 1221 Mounting substrates 22, 422, 622, 1122, 1222 Semiconductor light emitting elements 23, 42 Seals 30 caps 40, 140, 240, 340, 440, 540, 1140b, 1140c, 1340 Support members 50, 150, 250, 450, 550, 1150, 1250 Base 50a Large diameter portion 50b Small diameter portion 60, 1160 Case 61 Large diameter portion 62 small Diameter part 71, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78 Lead wire 80 Circuit unit 81 Circuit board 81a Front surface 81b Back surface 83 Resonator 84 Power supply for wireless control unit 85 Clear flow circuit 86 Smoothing capacitor 87 Light emitting element control unit 88 Electronic parts 89a, 89b input terminal 89c, 89d output terminal 89e, 292, 392 antenna terminal 90, 190, 290, 390, 1390 antenna 91 antenna wire

Claims (22)

  1.  透光性の部材から成る中空のグローブを備え、外部からの無線信号を受けて半導体発光素子を点灯制御する照明用光源であって、
     前記半導体発光素子が、前記グローブ内部において支持部材により支持されており、
     前記無線信号を受信するアンテナが、前記グローブ内に配されている
     ことを特徴とする照明用光源。
    An illumination light source including a hollow globe made of a translucent member, and receiving a wireless signal from the outside to control lighting of the semiconductor light emitting element,
    The semiconductor light emitting device is supported by a support member inside the globe,
    An antenna for receiving the wireless signal is disposed in the glove.
  2.  前記アンテナは、前記支持部材の外面に取着されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to claim 1, wherein the antenna is attached to an outer surface of the support member.
  3.  前記支持部材は、非導電性の部材から成り、
     前記アンテナは、前記支持部材内部に収容されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の照明用光源。
    The support member comprises a non-conductive member
    The illumination light source according to claim 1, wherein the antenna is accommodated inside the support member.
  4.  前記アンテナは、ヘリカルアンテナであって、少なくとも一部が前記支持部材の周囲に螺旋状に巻回されることにより取着されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項2に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to claim 2, wherein the antenna is a helical antenna, and at least a part of the antenna is attached by being spirally wound around the support member.
  5.  前記アンテナは、棒状の外観を有するアンテナであって、その全体が前記支持部材内部に収容されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項3に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to claim 3, wherein the antenna is an antenna having a rod-like appearance, and the whole is accommodated inside the support member.
  6.  前記アンテナは、棒状の外観を有するアンテナであって、その一部は、前記支持部材の外面に固定されており、残りの部分は、前記前記支持部材の外側に突出している
     ことを特徴とする請求項2に記載の照明用光源。
    The antenna is an antenna having a rod-like appearance, a part of which is fixed to the outer surface of the support member, and a remaining part of the antenna projects outside the support member. The illumination light source according to claim 2.
  7.  前記半導体発光素子を発光させるための電力を外部から受電する口金を、さらに有し、
     前記グローブは、前記口金側に開口を有し、
     前記支持部材は、前記グローブの開口を塞ぐように設けられた基台から前記グローブ内部に延伸する方向に前記基台上に立設されており、
     前記半導体発光素子は、前記支持部材の延伸する方向の端部に取着されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から6のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    It further has a cap for receiving power from the outside for emitting light from the semiconductor light emitting element,
    The glove has an opening on the base side,
    The supporting member is erected on the base in a direction extending from the base provided to close the opening of the glove to the inside of the glove,
    The illumination light source according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the semiconductor light emitting element is attached to an end of the support member in the extending direction.
  8.  前記半導体発光素子は、実装基板上に実装されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1から7のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the semiconductor light emitting element is mounted on a mounting substrate.
  9.  前記実装基板は、透光性を有する部材から成る
     ことを特徴とする請求項8に記載の照明用光源。
    The said mounting substrate consists of a member which has translucency. The light source for illuminations of Claim 8 characterized by the above-mentioned.
  10.  前記支持部材は、透光性を有する部材から成る
     ことを特徴とする請求項9に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to claim 9, wherein the support member is made of a translucent member.
  11.  前記アンテナは、前記実装基板上の前記半導体発光素子が実装されている箇所を避けた位置に配置されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項8から10のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein the antenna is disposed at a position avoiding a portion where the semiconductor light emitting element is mounted on the mounting substrate.
  12.  前記アンテナは、前記実装基板上にプリント配線の態様で形成されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項11に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to claim 11, wherein the antenna is formed on the mounting substrate in the form of a printed wiring.
  13.  前記アンテナは、SMDである
     ことを特徴とする請求項11に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to claim 11, wherein the antenna is an SMD.
  14.  前記実装基板は、複数組み合わされて多面体を構成し、
     前記半導体発光素子は、前記多面体の外面上に実装されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項8から13のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    A plurality of mounting substrates are combined to form a polyhedron;
    The light source for illumination according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein the semiconductor light emitting element is mounted on the outer surface of the polyhedron.
  15.  前記実装基板は、前記支持部材を兼ねる
     ことを特徴とする請求項8から14のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    The illumination light source according to any one of claims 8 to 14, wherein the mounting substrate doubles as the support member.
  16.  前記半導体発光素子が実装された前記実装基板は、前記基台上面の前記支持部材が設けられている領域以外の領域にさらに取着されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項8から15のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    The mounting substrate on which the semiconductor light emitting element is mounted is further attached to a region other than the region where the support member is provided on the upper surface of the base. The illumination light source according to item 1.
  17.  前記支持部材は、前記延伸する方向に2層以上の層構造を有し、
     前記層構造を構成する各層のうち、前記延伸する方向における最端層以外の層に、前記半導体発光素子がさらに取着されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項8から16のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源。
    The support member has a layer structure of two or more layers in the extending direction,
    17. The semiconductor light emitting device according to claim 8, wherein the semiconductor light emitting device is further attached to a layer other than the endmost layer in the extending direction among the layers constituting the layer structure. The illumination light source as described.
  18.  前記グローブ内には、透光性を有し空気よりも高い熱伝導性を有する流体が封入されている
     ことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の照明用光源。
    The light source for illumination according to claim 1, wherein a fluid having a light transmitting property and a thermal conductivity higher than that of air is enclosed in the glove.
  19.  前記透光性を有し空気よりも高い熱伝導性を有する流体は、気体である
     ことを特徴とする請求項18に記載の照明用光源。
    The light source for illumination according to claim 18, wherein the light-transmissive fluid having a thermal conductivity higher than that of air is a gas.
  20.  前記透光性を有し空気よりも高い熱伝導性を有する流体は、ヘリウムガスである
     ことを特徴とする請求項18に記載の照明用光源。
    The light source for illumination according to claim 18, wherein the light-transmissive fluid having a thermal conductivity higher than that of air is helium gas.
  21.  前記基台は、前記グローブと一体的に形成されることにより、前記透光性を有し空気よりも高い熱伝導性を有する流体を前記グローブ内に密封している
     ことを特徴とする請求項18に記載の照明用光源。
    The base is formed integrally with the glove, thereby sealing a fluid having a light-transmitting property and a thermal conductivity higher than that of air in the glove. The illumination light source according to 18.
  22.  請求項1から21のいずれか1項に記載の照明用光源を備える
     ことを特徴とする照明装置。
    An illumination device comprising the illumination light source according to any one of claims 1 to 21.
PCT/JP2012/000832 2011-07-22 2012-02-08 Light source for lighting, and lighting device WO2013014821A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012527537A JP5129413B1 (en) 2011-07-22 2012-02-08 Illumination light source and illumination device

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011160635 2011-07-22
JP2011-160635 2011-07-22
JP2011-160634 2011-07-22
JP2011160634 2011-07-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013014821A1 true WO2013014821A1 (en) 2013-01-31

Family

ID=47600699

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2012/000832 WO2013014821A1 (en) 2011-07-22 2012-02-08 Light source for lighting, and lighting device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (2) JP5129413B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2013014821A1 (en)

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014179270A (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Illumination lamp and lighting device
JP2015008123A (en) * 2013-06-24 2015-01-15 ビューティフル ライト テクノロジー コーポレイション Light emission diode bulb
WO2016078998A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device
FR3028920A1 (en) * 2014-11-25 2016-05-27 Bell & Wyson LIGHTING BULB HAVING AN ADDITIONAL DEVICE
US20170059095A1 (en) * 2015-09-01 2017-03-02 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
WO2017060210A1 (en) * 2015-10-07 2017-04-13 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Shock-preventing lighting units
WO2017067793A1 (en) 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device having a wireless communication antenna
EP3193073A1 (en) * 2016-01-14 2017-07-19 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. A lighting device
WO2017189470A1 (en) * 2016-04-29 2017-11-02 General Electric Company Antenna for lighting control at mesh networks nodes
EP3290773A1 (en) * 2016-09-05 2018-03-07 Double Good Co. Led light bulb and fabrication method thereof
US20190086037A1 (en) * 2017-09-15 2019-03-21 Technical Consumer Products, Inc. Light emitting diode (led) filament light bulb with secured antenna
WO2019228836A1 (en) * 2018-05-29 2019-12-05 Signify Holding B.V. Lighting module having a communication element
WO2021239670A1 (en) * 2020-05-28 2021-12-02 Signify Holding B.V. A light bulb

Families Citing this family (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014135221A (en) * 2013-01-11 2014-07-24 Li-Hsiang Perng Wide-angle illumination device
KR101463353B1 (en) * 2013-09-11 2014-11-18 김은호 Light emitting diode bulb
WO2016030063A1 (en) * 2014-08-27 2016-03-03 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. A lamp
USD831862S1 (en) 2015-03-04 2018-10-23 Hengdian Group Tospo Lighting Co., Ltd. LED lamp
CN104728642B (en) * 2015-03-31 2017-01-11 厦门莱肯照明科技有限公司 Manufacturing technology for liquid LED lamp
JP7080220B2 (en) * 2016-09-05 2022-06-03 シグニファイ ホールディング ビー ヴィ Lighting device with LED filament and LED filament
JP6801362B2 (en) * 2016-10-24 2020-12-16 三菱電機株式会社 Light source unit and lighting equipment
CA3131649A1 (en) * 2018-03-01 2019-09-06 Broseley Limited Dimming systems

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002525814A (en) * 1998-09-17 2002-08-13 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ LED bulb
JP2008204922A (en) * 2007-02-22 2008-09-04 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Illumination system
JP2008225592A (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-25 Oki Data Corp Flexible display and article therewith
JP2010267482A (en) * 2009-05-14 2010-11-25 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp Light emitting module, lamp with base, and lighting apparatus
JP2010541152A (en) * 2007-09-27 2010-12-24 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ Light emitting device and method for cooling light emitting device
JP2011108661A (en) * 2008-09-04 2011-06-02 Panasonic Corp Luminaire with reflecting mirror

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0521893Y2 (en) * 1987-10-28 1993-06-04
JP4232156B2 (en) * 2003-03-20 2009-03-04 日立金属株式会社 Surface-mount type chip antenna, antenna device, and communication device equipped with the same
JP2005091082A (en) * 2003-09-16 2005-04-07 Denso Corp Antenna-integrated navigation system
JP2005136224A (en) * 2003-10-30 2005-05-26 Asahi Kasei Electronics Co Ltd Light-emitting diode illumination module
WO2009004703A1 (en) * 2007-07-02 2009-01-08 Toshiba Mitsubishi-Electric Industrial Systems Corporation Tracking device
JP2009032466A (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-02-12 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp Illuminating device
JP2009277586A (en) * 2008-05-16 2009-11-26 San Corporation Kk Electric lamp type led luminaire
JP2010282838A (en) * 2009-06-04 2010-12-16 Sharp Corp Lighting device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002525814A (en) * 1998-09-17 2002-08-13 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ LED bulb
JP2008204922A (en) * 2007-02-22 2008-09-04 Matsushita Electric Works Ltd Illumination system
JP2008225592A (en) * 2007-03-09 2008-09-25 Oki Data Corp Flexible display and article therewith
JP2010541152A (en) * 2007-09-27 2010-12-24 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エレクトロニクス エヌ ヴィ Light emitting device and method for cooling light emitting device
JP2011108661A (en) * 2008-09-04 2011-06-02 Panasonic Corp Luminaire with reflecting mirror
JP2010267482A (en) * 2009-05-14 2010-11-25 Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corp Light emitting module, lamp with base, and lighting apparatus

Cited By (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2014179270A (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-25 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Illumination lamp and lighting device
JP2015008123A (en) * 2013-06-24 2015-01-15 ビューティフル ライト テクノロジー コーポレイション Light emission diode bulb
US9182083B2 (en) 2013-06-24 2015-11-10 Beautiful Light Technology Corp. Light emitting diode bulb
WO2016078998A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device
JP2017528876A (en) * 2014-11-17 2017-09-28 フィリップス ライティング ホールディング ビー ヴィ Lighting device
CN106574751A (en) * 2014-11-17 2017-04-19 飞利浦照明控股有限公司 Lighting device
WO2016083445A1 (en) * 2014-11-25 2016-06-02 Bell & Wyson Light bulb provided with an additional device
FR3028920A1 (en) * 2014-11-25 2016-05-27 Bell & Wyson LIGHTING BULB HAVING AN ADDITIONAL DEVICE
US20220065408A1 (en) * 2015-09-01 2022-03-03 Signify Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
US20170059095A1 (en) * 2015-09-01 2017-03-02 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
RU2709099C2 (en) * 2015-09-01 2019-12-16 Филипс Лайтинг Холдинг Б.В. Lighting device with wireless communication antenna
JP7446058B2 (en) 2015-09-01 2024-03-08 シグニファイ ホールディング ビー ヴィ Lighting device with wireless communication antenna
US11746965B2 (en) 2015-09-01 2023-09-05 Signify Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
EP3139086A1 (en) 2015-09-01 2017-03-08 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
WO2017036733A1 (en) * 2015-09-01 2017-03-09 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
JP2021185569A (en) * 2015-09-01 2021-12-09 シグニファイ ホールディング ビー ヴィSignify Holding B.V. Lighting device with wireless communication antenna
US11175000B2 (en) * 2015-09-01 2021-11-16 Signify Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
CN108027111A (en) * 2015-09-01 2018-05-11 飞利浦照明控股有限公司 Lighting apparatus with radio antenna
EP3351851A1 (en) 2015-09-01 2018-07-25 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device with a wireless communication antenna
JP2018526787A (en) * 2015-09-01 2018-09-13 フィリップス ライティング ホールディング ビー ヴィ Illumination device having wireless communication antenna
WO2017060210A1 (en) * 2015-10-07 2017-04-13 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Shock-preventing lighting units
WO2017067793A1 (en) 2015-10-22 2017-04-27 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. Lighting device having a wireless communication antenna
US10487990B2 (en) 2015-10-22 2019-11-26 Signify Holding B.V. Lighting device having a wireless communication antenna
EP3193073A1 (en) * 2016-01-14 2017-07-19 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. A lighting device
WO2017121723A1 (en) * 2016-01-14 2017-07-20 Philips Lighting Holding B.V. A lighting device
WO2017189470A1 (en) * 2016-04-29 2017-11-02 General Electric Company Antenna for lighting control at mesh networks nodes
EP3290773A1 (en) * 2016-09-05 2018-03-07 Double Good Co. Led light bulb and fabrication method thereof
CN111247370B (en) * 2017-09-15 2023-05-30 技术消费产品股份有限公司 Light Emitting Diode (LED) filament bulb with fixed antenna
US11054087B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2021-07-06 Technical Consumer Products, Inc. Light emitting diode (LED) filament light bulb with secured antenna
JP2020534648A (en) * 2017-09-15 2020-11-26 テクニカル コンシューマー プロダクツ インコーポレイテッド Light Emitting Diode (LED) Filament Bulb with Fixed Antenna
CN111247370A (en) * 2017-09-15 2020-06-05 技术消费产品股份有限公司 Light Emitting Diode (LED) filament bulb with fixed antenna
US11543082B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2023-01-03 Technical Consumer Products, Inc. Light emitting diode (LED) filament light bulb with secured antenna
US10544907B2 (en) * 2017-09-15 2020-01-28 Technical Consumer Products, Inc. Light emitting diode (LED) filament light bulb with secured antenna
JP7296371B2 (en) 2017-09-15 2023-06-22 テクニカル コンシューマー プロダクツ インコーポレイテッド Light emitting diode (LED) filament bulb with fixed antenna
US20190086037A1 (en) * 2017-09-15 2019-03-21 Technical Consumer Products, Inc. Light emitting diode (led) filament light bulb with secured antenna
WO2019228836A1 (en) * 2018-05-29 2019-12-05 Signify Holding B.V. Lighting module having a communication element
WO2021239670A1 (en) * 2020-05-28 2021-12-02 Signify Holding B.V. A light bulb

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP5129413B1 (en) 2013-01-30
JPWO2013014821A1 (en) 2015-02-23
JP5491601B2 (en) 2014-05-14
JP2013048106A (en) 2013-03-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2013014821A1 (en) Light source for lighting, and lighting device
JP4995997B2 (en) lamp
JP5406347B2 (en) lamp
US20130170221A1 (en) Lamp
WO2013024557A1 (en) Led lamp and lighting device
JP5895166B2 (en) Light emitting module, lamp and lighting device
JP2013026053A (en) Lamp and lighting fixture
JP5363687B1 (en) Lamp and lighting device
JP5934947B2 (en) Lamp and light emitting device
WO2013014822A1 (en) Lamp and lighting device
JP5074639B1 (en) Lamp and lighting device
WO2013084407A1 (en) Lamp and illuminating apparatus
WO2013121484A1 (en) Lamp and lighting device
JP5824680B2 (en) Lamp and lighting device
JP5681969B2 (en) lamp
JP5793721B2 (en) Illumination light source and illumination device
JP5681971B2 (en) lamp
JP2013093281A (en) Lamp with base, and lighting fixture
JP5066304B1 (en) lamp
JP2012074256A (en) Lamp
JP2012074251A (en) Lamp
WO2014024339A1 (en) Bulb-type lamp, illumination device, and method for manufacturing bulb-type lamp
WO2013084389A1 (en) Lamp and illumination device
JP2013165040A (en) Lamp, lighting device, and light-emitting module
JP2013026051A (en) Lamp and lighting device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2012527537

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12817191

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 12817191

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1